Class D FjHJL

Book B4_ _

Copyright N°

COPYRIGHT DEPOSIT.
 ASTROLOGY
SCIENCE OF KNOWLEDGE AND REASON

A TREATISE ON THE HEAVENLY BODIES IN AN

EASY AND COMPREHENSIVE FORM

ysl—

ELLEN H. BENNETT

NEW YORK
Vt?

PUBLISHED BY THE AUTHOR

1897

ADDRESS : 761 SIXTH AVE., NEW YORK CITY

Price, f3.00
Copyrighted, 1896, by
ELLEN H. BENNETT
 :

THE SOUL'S OUTLOOK.

Dedicated to the Author by Leila S. Frost.

Upward toward Heaven's silent starry splendor

The soul looks through life's bars,

Intent as though some secret sweet and tender

"Were hidden by the stars.
Will ye reveal the secrets of your glory
To seer or to sage ?
Ye who have mused in silence o'er Earth's story
And read Life's tear-stained page ?

Ye told man of Our Saviour's birth, most holy

'Twas Heaven's brightest star
That flashed the signal-light to shepherds lowly,
And spread Love's message far.
Is there no sign for us in all thy shining,
No lesser light of love.
To teach us to look up midst our repining,
And raise the soul above ?

Onward ye move from hour to hour,

in state
We follow too same God's command.
at the
Is there a mortal of us who hath power
To loose one glittering hand ?
Yet may be read in starry scrolls of splendor
—
Man's destiny his works, done and undone :

—
Fate's menaces Love's promise, true and tender,
Life's lessons and their rich rewards unwon.

Tracing these out amid their starlit courses

I see a slightform stand ;

It scatters wisdom from those high, pure sources,

That woman's slender hand !
 ! — —

Vi THE SOUL'S OUTLOOK.

While round her throng the sad and weary-hearted
Dear E. H. B,— she soothes each stricken soul,
Reading the secrets of a past departed
From Heaven's own starry scroll.

Or following the future course unerring

With prescience reflected from above,
The symboled truths of Life and Love averring
With simplest words of love.
Yes, Love can teach where earthly wisdom falters.
Untaught the heedless yield to Nature's sway :

Earth's idols crumble on their ruined altars

Love follows Truth along her star-paved way.

Seeker ! sad, curious, or longing,

Listen and heed the truths she will impart.
Ponder them well nor wonder at this thronging,
For few have learned this Heaven-imparted art.
The charlatan and impostor have trifled
And mocked Astrology with lies too long,
many mortal ears are stifled,
Until too
And cannot hear the stars' harmonious song.

—
But now she comes a woman fair and tender
With gentle words to teach this Heaven-writ lore ;

She sees beyond the silent starry splendor

The Future's open door.
Look through and smile to see thy woes departing
!
;

Look through and see the years that bring thee peace
!
;

Look through! and dry the tears of love quick-starting ;

For Heaven alone can give Earth's woes surcease.

Dear E. H. B., our own devoted Seer,

Who lifts for us that mystic starry veil
Which screens the Future— sweet thy mission here
Which cannot ever fail
show amid Life's tangled mazes
'Tis hers to
Of dark and dangerous ways, the way of Love.
On Earth she walks, but ever upward gazes
On Heaven's pure lights above.
 PREFACE.
This work has been compiled after years of careful,
critical study, to demonstrate that we are all members of

one great body, and therefore have the same great privi-

lege to study and become wise, for knowledge is ours.

We, therefore, should digest and assimilate it, and make it

part and parcel of ourselves, as there is no more certain

way of invigorating the mind than to go into study, which
will awaken muscle and soul-force, and will be so bound-
less and infinite that we shall soon become happy and
wise in ourselves. A zealous study of science brings in-
creasing happiness and honor, and a wise man will never
cease to learn and become distinguished in his own knowl-
edge of good and evil. He will by that means inflict less

wrongs on others. The present age embraces such a vast

line of study that all can learn what of the morrow. The
great number of books that are within reach of all gives to

all the opportunity to learn and become wise within them-

selves regarding present events, as well as what is coming,
so that they may be the better able to protect themselves,
and not to cry in the hour of midnight that all is lost, or
that they are standing on sandy ground waiting for help ;

for each one has within himself a mountain of strength,

and only by learning can be brought out the wisdom that

Vill PREFACE.

each person possesses to a greater or less degree. The

same world, with its sun, moon, and stars, exists as thou-

sands of years ago, as has been stated by wise writers since

the creation of the world ; and the planets do direct the
influence of the mind on the body and bring mental emo-
tion which, in a brief space of time, induces death in per-

fectly healthy people, as is freely admitted by science.

Therefore it devolves on us to know ourselves, what .we

should eat, drink, and wear, and what complaints we are
liable to. By that means we can help ourselves and assist

physicians in their grand study and work, for it should not

be a belief in what your doctor can do, but a fact in what
you yourself can do to help him by understanding yourself
and family. Many a wise and learned physician is at a

stand- still what to do first to help the patient, when with a

little assistance from your knowledge, he would at times

save the dear one from death. Now, if parents would study
their own and their children's horoscopes, they would be
led to pursue a course of mild medicine which would, to a
great extent, counteract, if not wholly eradicate, the ten-
dency to disease. Our emotions should be as completely
under the control of reason as our intellectual processes
and actions are. Each one of us has his destiny to fulfil.

Few, indeed, endeavor to ascertain what that particular

destiny may be. Fewer still, having ascertained the nature
of their destiny, are inclined to submit to it. Although
life has been defined as "irritability," the excess of the
irritable nature tends to shorten life, and quarrelling with
one's destiny is as unwise as it is injurious.
 PREFACE. IX

By referring to the diagram of the solar man in this

book will be seen the signs that belong to the human body,
showing their relatedness to the respective functions of the

human system as ruled by the twelve signs of the Zodiac.

And by referring to the seven planets in their respective

position, one can soon ascertain the nature of the troubles

that may be located in the nervous system, whether in mind,

anxiety, or bodily disease.

I would like to call attention to Horary Astrology, a

subject in this work which may be speedily learned by any
person of even moderate education, and may, as far as re-

gards its elementary difficulties, be mastered in a few days'

study. It may be well understood and reduced to con-

stant practice in less than three months, and no one will

find himself at a loss for occasions to test its reality or its

utility, for his own avocations, and the affairs of his

friends, will offer these almost daily. If a proposition of

any nature be made to any individual, about the result of

which he is anxious, and therefore uncertain whether to
accede to it or not, let him but note the hour and minute
when it was first made, and erect a figure of the heavens,
as herein taught, and his doubts will be instantly resolved.
He may thus, in five minutes, learn infallibly whether the
affair will succeed or not ; and, consequently, whether it is

prudent to adopt the offer made or not. To make Horary

Astrology more easy, it is necessary to ascertain the hour
of sunrise in whatever p'art of the world one may be, which
can be found in the almanac or the daily newspaper, and
so follow the hour of sunrise during each day of the week.
X PREFACE.

After many years' experience I have found the laws of

Astrology unfailing, and in editing this work my chief ob-

ject has been to render it useful to the student in Astrol-

ogy, and so, by forwarding the science, to promote the
general interests of humanity.
By referring to Chapter XL., page 309, the reader will
find a full explanation of all the signs and characters used
in Astrology, which will enable him to study the various

subjects to advantage.
Hoping this book will be of use and service to the many,
with every good and kindly wish to the readers,
Your Friend in Science,

Ellen H. Bennett.
 —

CONTENTS
PAGE
Frontispiece, ii

The Soul's Outlook, Dedicated to the Author, . . v

Preface, vii

Introduction, xv

I. An Historical Review, 1

II. Origin of the Days of the Week, .... 8

III. Chronology, or the Art of Measuring Time, . 17

Chronological Periods.

IV. Cosmogony, or Creation of the World, . . .30

Table of the Ages of Adam, Seth, and their Children.

V. The Ancient God Saturn, or Kronos, . . 38

Orphic Hymn to Kronos, or Saturn.

VI. Destiny, 46
Time and Chance.

VII. The Months and Weeks, 53

VIII. Saturn and the Sabbath of the Jews, . .57

IX. Greek Mythologists, 62

X. Eleusinian Mysteries, 67

XI. The Heavens, 71

The Planets —Ancient Zodiac of Thebes—The Signs of

the Zodiac — Diagram of Sun's Motion in the Zodiac
—The Dragon's Head and Tail—The Part of Fortune
Erecting a Figure of the Heavens — Of the Aspects.
If

Xii CONTENTS.
PAGE
XII. Of the Twelve Houses, their Nature and
Signification, 86

XIII. The Planets and their Significations, . . 93

The colors of the Planets and Signs.

XIV. Observations and Predictions,

—
.... 101
A Ship and her Safety or Destruction Parts of a Ship
—
Ruled by the Signs Lawsuits and their Success How —
the Parties Shall Agree after Marriage — Sickness, and
Length of Time before Recovery.

XV. Astrology and Medicine, ... . . . Ill

XVI. The Principles of Wisdom on which the Science

of Astrology is Founded, . . . .115
Rationale of the Astrological Aspect — Climacteric Years.
XVII. The Essential Dignities of the Planets, . . 122
Table — Explanation of the Table — Considerations before
Judgment.
XVIII. What Significator, Querent, and Quesited, are ;

and an Introduction to the Judgment of a

Question, 128
To know Whether Thing Demanded will be Brought to
a
Perfection —Of the True Time of Erecting a Figure —
Of the Planets which Hinder the Tbing Demanded in any
Question.

XIX. Elementary Motions of the Twelve Signs, . 135

The Planets Ruliug the Seven Days of the Week.
XX. Planets in their Own Houses, and in Those of
Each Other, as They are Lords of a Na-
tivity, 140
Saturn — Jupiter— Mars— The Sun— Venus—Mercury — The
Moon.
XXL Horary Inquiries, 150
—
The Planet Neptune Rules to Find the Time the Moon
—
Forms an Aspect in the Heavens Members of Body the
Planets Influence.
 —

CONTENTS. Xlll

PAGE
XXII. Trigonometrical Formulae for Working Astro-
nomical Problems, 157

XXIII. Spiritual Affinities,

Instructions in Making Horoscopes.
..... .171

XXIV. Description of Persons in Each of the Twelve

Signs, 177
Saturn in the Twelve Signs —Jupiter in the Twelve Signs
Mars in the Twelve Signs — The Sun in the Twelve Signs
—Venus in the Twelve Signs — Mercury in the Twelve
—
Signs The Moon in the Twelve Signs.

XXV. Effects of the Aspects Between the Signif-

icators, 205

XXVI. The Natures of the Planets, ....

Observations on the Effects of Directions— Specific Rules
223

Final Observations.

XXVII. The Signs of the Zodiac Ruling the Twelve

Months, 245
Aquarius — Pisces — Aries — Taurus — Gemini — Cancer —Leo
— Virgo —-Libra— Scorpio — Sagittarius — Capricornus.
XXVIII. The Moon in the Human Body as She Passes
Through the Twelve Signs of the Zodiac, 259

XXIX. Countries Ruled by the Twelve Signs, . . 261

XXX. The Seventh House and Its Questions, . . 264

XXXI. The Tenth House and Its Questions —Prefer-

ment, Trade, or Professions, . . . 268
Whether a Person Shall Remain in the Office He Holds or
Not.

XXXII. The Nature and Effects of the Fixed Stars, . 271

XXXIII. Description of Persons—Their Temperament,

Disposition, and Disease Under the Twelve
Signs of the Zodiac, 273
Characters of the Planets —Aspects and their Character.
XIV CONTENTS.

XXXIV. Rules for Judging Lawsuits,

Winning Testimonies—Losing Testimonies—When
.... PAGE
280
to Sell
Land or Property.

XXXV. Planetary Influences on Nature, . . . 282

Marriage — Fortune of Marriage — Riches and Advantages in
Marriage— Signs of Late Marriage— Marriage of Women
Riches and Good Fortune by Marriage— Signs of Late Mar-
riage—The Form of Body, Stature, and General Char-
acter of Wife or Husband.

XXXVI. Astrological Hints to Farmers, . . . 294

XXXVII. Aids to the Foretelling of the Weather, . 298

Fortunate Days in the Week.

XXXVIII. The Goddess Cali, 301

XXXIX. The Character and Number of the Believers

in Astrology, Since the World Began, . 303
XL. Explanation of Terms Used in this Work, . 309
 INTRODUCTION.

Through the minds of many great men we find that As-

trology has been tanght and read far back into remote
ages. Illustrations of this are to be found spread over the
vast depths of antiquity, especially among the ancients
spoken of by Claudius Ptolemy, one of the ancient sages of
Egypt, to whom we are indebted for our present knowl-

edge of this science ; and subsequently among the Arabians,

Spaniards, French, Italians, Germans, and English, during
the Middle Ages ; and finally it was established by the
practice of such able men as Kepler, and piit on public
record by William Lilly, Ramesey, and numerous other
such writers. Even the forty years' experience of Zadkiel

himself can hardly be said to have afforded but a small

number of the demonstrations of the truth of this grand
science.

The following list of ancient and modern men of note in

Science, who have been well known as Astrologers, may be

useful to place in the hands of sceptics, since it has been
the custom of many to revile Astrology, as having no men
of authority in Science among its supporters. We have
here a galaxy of talent which no other Science can boast,
and which has shed its light on the beauties of Astral Doc-
trines from among all the most celebrated nations of the
 ;

XVI INTRODUCTION.

world. Among the Jews, Indians, Persians, etc., we find

Zoroaster, Vicra Maditya, Josephus, Berosus, Buddha and

all his learned priests. Among the Greeks : Thales, b.c.

640, who first foretold eclipses ; Anaxhnander, b.c. 610, of

whom Pliny says, " He foretold the earthquakes which

overthrew Lacedemon —he was also the inventor of globes

Pythagoras, b.c. 580, whose fame was so well known that at

the Olympic Games he was saluted by the name of the

"wise man ;" Anaxagoras, b.c. 500, who predicted that one

day a stone would fall from the sun, which, it is said, really

fell into the river Argos ; Socrates, b.c 400 ; Plato, of

whose greatness it is needless to say anything ; Eudoxus,

b.c 368, was distinguished for a knowledge of Astrology,
Medicine, and Geometry, and was the first who regu-
lated the year among the Greeks ; Aratus, whom St. Paul
quotes ; Hippocrates, b.c. 361 ; Aristotle, b.c. 322, who was
called by Plato the "Philosopher of Truth ;" Porphyry.
a.d. 304, " a man of universal information ;
" Proclus, a.d.

410, a celebrated mathematician. And among the Romans :

Propertius, b.c. 40 ; Pliny, a.d. 113 ; Galen, a.d. 193 ; Ma-

crobius, a.d. 415 ; Virgil; Horace ; Nigidius Figulus, who
was the most learned man of Rome. The book of Daniel,

48th verse, 2d chapter, also states that Daniel was a teacher

of Astrology.
 ASTROLOGY.
AN HISTORICAL REVIEW.

"The use recently made of astrology in the practical machinery of

certain works of genius (which are of the highest popularity, and
above all praise) seems to have excited in the world at large a desire
to learn something of the mysteries of that science which has, in all
former ages, if not in these days, more or less engaged reverence and
usurped belief."

The above language was used by Mr. J. M. Ashmand, in

1822,by way of apology for offering to the public an Eng-
lish translation of that ancient astronomer and geographer,
Claudius Ptolemy, on the influence of the stars. Presum-
ing that these words are fully as applicable to the circum-
stances existing to-clay, the writer proposes to offer a few
reflections upon the ancient science of astrology, in the
progress of which would seem meet to give a condensed
it

history of its rise and progress, followed by a brief ex-

planation of the general principles upon which the science,
is founded, and the supposed effects of the more simple

positions and motions of the planetary orbs.

That the public will be interested in this subject, even
though (as is generally the case) they are disbelievers in its
truthfulness, there is but little doubt, that, of all sciences
which have at any time engaged the attention of the world,
there is not one of which the real or assumed principles
2 ASTROLOGY.

are less generally known in the present age than those

of astrology.
The oldest work which has come clown to our clay upon
astrology is the " Tetrabiblos, or Quadripartite " of Claud-
ius Ptolemy, which was written about A.D. 133 indeed, ;

this work, as an eminent writer remarks, "is the entire

groundwork of those stupendous tomes in folio and quarto
on the same subject which were produced in myriads dur-
ing the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries." Ptolemy,
however, does not claim to have invented, or rather dis-
covered, the principles of astral influence, but to have com-
pleted, as he says, " the rules of the ancients, whose ob-
servations were founded in nature." Indeed, astrology
can be clearly traced in Egypt, the ancient seat of learning,
as farback as Hermes Trismegist, who lived anterior to
Moses. He wrote four astrological books, and the books
of Ptolemy are four in number and as the latter writer
;

frequently alludes to the " rules of the ancients," "ancient

writings," and of doctrines " handed clown and recommend-
ed in the writings of the Egyptian authors," it has been

supposed, with a great deal of probability, that Ptolemy's

writings on this subject were actually founded on these
very ancient works of Hermes himself. Be this as it may,
that the belief in the doctrines of astrology can be traced
to a very early age cannot be denied, and that these doc-
trineswere very universally diffused throughout the world
long preceding the birth of Christ is equally well authenti-
cated. It is quite probable, however, that the science took
its rise in Egypt. Sir Isaac Newton says that astrology was
studied in Babylon seven hundred and fifty years before
Christ. The science flourished in Persia in the time of
Zoroaster, who was himself a star-worshipper ; and to this
day it is held in great repute in that country, as high as
six million livres being paid to astrologers annually by the
 AN HISTORICAL REVIEW. 3

Persian kings. According to Pliny, who himself believed

in stellar influences, Anaximander, the friend
and disciple
of Thales, by the rules of astrology "foretold the earth-
quake which overthrew Lacedemon." This was in Greece,
nearly six hundred years before Christ. Auaxagoras, a fa-
mous philosopher of Greece, and preceptor of Socrates, is
said to have devoted his whole life to astrology. Pythagoras,
Plato, Porphyry, Aristotle, and the great Hippocrates, the
Father of Medicine, were all supporters of the doctrines of
this ancient science. In Rome the science was equally as
popular at an early day among the most cultivated and en-
lightened. Among others who speak in its favor may be
mentioned Virgil, Cicero, and especially Horace. Macro-
bius wrote a poem on astrology. The name of the most
learned proctor of Rome, Nigidius Figulus, should not be
omitted, as he was a most gifted philosopher and astrologer.
In Arabia, China, India, and among the Buddhists, astrology
was first established centuries before the Christian era ;

and even in Mexico traces of this ancient science are found

on the ruins of massive temples and crumbling pyramids
built by a race long since extinct. Space will only permit
a mere allusion to the astrological history of the ancients,
which is indeed inexhaustible and deeply interesting but
;

enough has been said to show that the science is as old as

history, and was widely diffused over the leading countries
of the world at a very early period- We now come to the
rise and progress of astrology in England and the United
States.
As we have heretofore remarked, the source of all astro-
"
logicalknowledge among the moderns is the "Quadripartite
of Ptolemy. This work was, however, but little known in
England before the fifteenth century and during the six-
;

teenth and seventeenth centuries numerous systems made

their appearance, founded upon the writings of Ptolemy,
4 ASTROLOGY.

to be sure, but so tinctured with the superstitions of the

Arabs, and crowded with errors resulting frequently from
the ignorance of the authors themselves, that but little re-
liance could be placed upon these productions. Ptolemy's
work was not translated into English until 1701, and that
edition has been long removed from sale, owing to the
gross misinterpretations of its author. Numerous pro-
fessors of the astral science sprang up in England soon
after the appearance of this work but, of course, as their
;

foundation was in error, they proved stumbling-blocks to

the candid investigator. No reliable English translation of
the four books of Ptolemy was made till 1822, when Mr.
Ashmand's work appeared. This translation was made
from Proclus's Greek Paraphrase of Ptolemy's original text,
and is pronounced by critics as a very accurate rendering,
and therefore reliable.
In 1647 Placidus de Titus, an Italian monk and cele-
brated mathematician, published a work entitled "The
Primum Mobile," devoted to a demonstration of the prin-
ciples of astrology as taughtby Ptolemy, and which is ex-
emplified by most eminent men of
thirty nativities of the
Europe. This work has been pronounced the most suc-
cessful attempt to reduce the teachings of Ptolemy's four
books to practice ever made. It is certainly a work of
deep research, and proves the author to have been a man
of uncommon observation and possessed of rare mental
endowments. It was written in Latin. Several astrologers
wrote upon the science in England, even after the produc-
tion of this great work by Placidus, founding their doc-
trines thereon but it is singular that no reliable translation
;

was made before the present century.

of the entire treatise
In 1816 a Mr. John Cooper rendered it into English. This
work and Ptolemy's "Quadripartite," translated „ by Ash-
mand, are now considered standard works upon astrology.
 AK HISTORICAL REVIEW. 5

It is remarkable that from the days of the Conquest

down to thetime of Lord Bacon, almost every man of note
as a mathematician was an astrologer ; which shows how
universal was the belief in the science at that age. There
was Oliver of Malmesbury, 1060, who is the oldest known
writer on mathematics then comes Herbert of Lorraine,
;

1095, and Roger Bacon, born in 1214. In 1256 died the

celebrated John of Halifax, whose true name was Holy-
wood, and who, before Newton, was one of the ablest men
of England —
he too was a writer on astrology. From the
middle of the thirteenth century we will pass by a host of
noted men who believed in the truth of planetary influ-
ence, and come down to King Richard I., 1392, who wrote
" something on astrology." The poet, Geoffrey Chaucer,
wrote a treatise on the astrolabe, an instrument used at
that period for making stellar observations for astrological
purposes. The Duke of Gloucester, in 1440, composed as-
trological tables to aid in the computing of " directions."
Robert Recorde, the founder of the school of English
writers, the first man who wrote on arithmetic in English,
the first writer in English on geometry, and who intro-
duced algebra into England, was also a believer in astrol-
ogy. Lastly should be mentioned the Viscount St. Albans,
Lord Verulam, the noted Bacon. He was a firm believer
in judicial astrology, if we can believe the editors of Cham-
bers's Journal. Bacon, it will be remembered, is called the
founder of the new or inductive philosophy — a philoso-
phy based wholly on observation and experiment ; conse-
quently it is natural to suppose, being himself such a
close observer of nature's operations, he became a convert
to the doctrines of astrology only after a careful compari-
son of theory with facts at least, so astrologers would
;

have us think. With Lord Bacon should be ranked the

prince of mathematicians, Baron Napier, who invented
6 ASTEOLOGY.

logarithms. He speaks of astrology as a true science.

To another mathematician, the great Kepler, modern as-
trologers are indebted for the discovery of several new as-
trological "aspects."
Of the more modern professors of astrology, space will
only allow the mention of a few of the most notorious.
First of all is William
Lilly. He commenced the practice
of astrology in London in 1641, and soon became known all
over the kingdom and on the continent. A universal be-
lief in his powers soon pervaded all ranks, and during the
civilwars which prevailed in his day he was consulted with
the utmost confidence by both parties. On health, jour-
neys, the gaining of wealth and honors, love, courtships,
marriages — on
any and all affairs of life his decisions —
were sought for with avidity by high and low, rich and
poor, and believed with the utmost credulity. Even kings
consulted him vide King Charles I. He is said to have
;

published some very remarkable prophecies, among them

the great plague of 1651, and the great fire in 1666 which
destroyed the greater part of London. He wrote several
works on astrology. He died June 9, 1681, at the age of
seventy-nine.
A Mr. Partridge gained a considerable notoriety in Eng-
land about the commencement of the eighteenth century
as an astrological writer. He published an almanac for
many years, and the most important of
several books,
which are the "Opus Reformatum " and the "Defectio
Geniturarum," both made up from Placidus. They con-
tain numerous examples. In 1795, in England, Mr. R. C.
Smith was born. He began the study of astrology at an
early age, and commenced its practice while young in
years, in 1822. Indeed he was soon considered quite a
vara avis, as since the days of Lilly most professors of the
science had been wofully illiterate. In 1824 he com-
 AN HISTOEICAL KEVIEW. 7

menced the publication of the "Straggling Astrologer,"

afterward known as the "Astrologer of the Nineteenth
Century;" This work gave him a great notoriety, and he
afterward received the visits of nobles, and even of the
greatest man in the realm. In 1826 he brought out his
" Prophetic Messenger," which met with a rapid sale. He
was also the author of several minor works on his favorite
study. We should add that Mr. Smith was almost uni-
versally known as "Raphael," a cognomen he assumed in
all his astrological writings. He died at the early age of
thirty-seven.
During the early part of this century an English gentle-
man, of no mean reputation as an astronomer, has devoted
much of his time to the production of works on the an-
cient science of the stars, under the cognomen of " Zad-
kiel." Indeed, so carefully has he disguised himself be-
hind this assumed name, that but few even in England
are aware who is the talented author of the many astrolog-
ical works which have from time to time made their
appearance in that kingdom during the past fifty years.
For several years Zadkiel edited a periodical entitled the
" Horoscope : a Miscellany of Meteorology, the Celestial
Science of Astrology, and Literature." He has also pub-
lished several treatises explanatory of the science, and in
1842 edited a new edition of Lilly's "Introduction to
Astrology," written in 1647. Zadkiel was born the same
year as " Raphael," and published two extensive works on
different branches of his favorite science. This talented
writer did a great deal to call the attention of the intelli-
gent to this long-neglected science, so popular among the
ancients, and he seemed perfectly sanguine that astrology
would at an early day take its place with the more popular
sciences.
 n.

ORIGIN OF THE DAYS OF THE WEEK.

Wherever we look into the customs of ancient nations re-

garding the origin of the names given to the days of the
week we discover a unity of purpose. Everything shows
a common source, a similar intention or meaning, in de-
voting the seven days of the week each to one of the seven
planets. Thus we find that not only did the English
names derive their origin from the Saxon names for the
same days, which were the names of the Sclavonian gods,
the planets, but the French, Spanish, and Italian nations
have taken exactly the same names as the ancient Romans
had for the seven days.* These were derived by that peo-
ple from the oriental names long after the original cause
of those names had been forgotten. The first day they
called Dies Dominicus or Dominica, the " Lord's " Day,
meaning the " Lord " Sun for the Sun was always called
;

Dominus Sol, the "Lord Sun." Thus, the Persians called

their god Mithra (the Sun), "the Lord Mithra ;" and the
Syrians gave their epithet of Adonis, which equally means
Lord, to the Sun. This word is derived from the Hebrew
P^IN], Adonai, the name of God the root of the word be-
;

ing [j~i], Dan, a ruler or judge. And no doubt the term

*"We find from time immemorial," says the learned President Goguet, "the
use of this period among all nations, without any variation in the form of it.
The Israelites, Assyrians, Egyptians, Indians, Arabians, and, in a word, all the na-
tions of the East,have made use of a week consisting of seven days. We find the
same custom among the ancient Romans, Gauls, Britons, Germans, the nations of
the North, and of America."— Origin of Laws, etc., vol. i., B. ill., p. 230.
"The months (of the ancient Scandinavians) were divided into weeks of seven
days ; a division which hath prevailed among almost all the nations we have any
knowledge of, from the extremity of Asia to that of Europe."— MalleVs Northern
Antiquities, vol. L, p. 357.
 .

ORIGIN OF THE DAYS OF THE WEEK. 9

was often applied among the Hebrews to the great light of

heaven, the Sun ; it Baal or Molech did also,
signified, as
the Lord, or Prince of the planets. Porphyry, in a prayer
to the Sun, calls him Do-minus Sol and, in short, all the
;

oriental nations gave the Sun the title of Lord, or Master.

Though the Romans called the first day of the week the
day of the Lord Sun, or briefly Dies Dominica, " the Lord's
day," they merely called the others by the simple names of
the planets to which they were dedicated. Thus, they
named the
1st day, Dies Dominica, the day of the Lord Sun . O
2d day, Dies Lunce, the day of the Moon J)

3d day, Dies Martis, the day of Mars 5

4th day, Dies Mercurii, the day of Mercury 9
5th day, Dies Jovis, the day of Jupiter %
6th day, Dies Veneris, the day of Venus $
7th day, Dies Saturni, the day of Saturn ^

The seven principal deities among the Saxons were, the

Sun, the Moon, Tuisco, Woden, Thor, Frea, Seater. These
were the five planets following the Sun and Moon in the
same order as among the Romans, with one exception,
where Mercury and Mars change places. They did not
originate those names, as the Scandinavian nations had no
knowledge of astronomy but they had borrowed their
;

gods from the orientals originally, as these had arranged

the order of the rule of the planets over the days according
to the law of their relative motions in the heavens, as will
presently appear.
The Buddhists, the most numerous of the Indian nations,
who still count two hundred millions of people, divide their
weeks in the same way, and name the days accordingly.
Thus, they say, Hiru, the Sun, rules Sunday Kandu, the ;

Moon, Monday Angaharu, Mars, Tuesday Budahu, Mer-

; ;
 ;

10 ASTROLOGY.

cury, Wednesday; Braspaty, Jupiter, Thursday; Sicura,

Venus, Friday ;and Henaharu, Saturn, Saturday.
These people, the most learned of all the modem Indian
nations, equally with the Scandinavian nations, the Romans,
Chaldeans, Persians, Hebrews, Arabs, and Egyptians, all
devoted the seven days to the seven planets, in the order of
of motion in the zodiac. This had been
their several rates
determined by the observations of the earliest astrologers.
By these the day was divided into twelve hours, not equal
hours of sixty minutes each, but each being one-twelfth
part of the time from sunrise to sunset and the night, also,
;

into twelve hours. These are the planetary hours, of which

the first was devoted to the planet that governed the day.
The order of motion of the planets is this Saturn, Jupiter,
:

Mars, Sol, Venus, Mercury, Luna. Hence, if we begin with

the first day of the week, Sunday, and apply the first hour
to the Sun, the second will be that of Venus, the third that
of Mercury, the fourth that of Luna, the fifth that of Sat-
urn, the sixth that of Jupiter, the seventh that of Mars
and then the eighth hour will recommence the rotation
with the Sun, as seen on the opposite page.
Here it is seen that the seven days of the week fall neces-
sarily in the order we have them, as each day begins with
the planetary hour of that planet after which the day is
named for if the hours were devoted to, or ruled over by,
;

the planets, in the order of their motion (Saturn slowest and

the Moon swiftest), then the several days must needs fall

in the exact order they now and ever have done, among
do,
all nations who had any knowledge of astronomy. This
order was not, therefore, arbitrary or accidental, but
founded in facts observed in nature. Nor could the day
and night have been divided into any other number of
hours consistent with a iveek of seven days; which must,
therefore, have existed from the earliest dawn of astronomy.
 .

Hour
of the Sun- Mon- Tues* fVednes- TAwr$- Fri- Satur-
Day, day. day day. day. day. day. day.
&c.

*1 B &
'
3f ?
2 2 1? 3) $
3 3 it $ J? D $
4 1) $ 5 $ h
5 1? B $ U ?
6 % $ % B &
7 $ ? B
*8 D ?
9 5!

9 B $
?
10 g •
? O B
11 $ ? 1?

12 3) 5 ?

13 D 5
14 & ? J? © B
15 O B $ 2{ ?
16 O D SI

17 v. ? B
18 D $
19 J? D $ if $
20 ? 1? D $
21 $ $ ? © B
*J22 Q B $ if ? h
23 ? O B
24 3 O B *
TABLE OF PLANETARY HOURS.
* The weekly order of the days is shown to be that of the 1st, 8th, 15th, and 22d
hour of the twenty-four hours. This points out © day, D day, t day, 8 day, n
day, s day, and *> day, as the natural order, which really exists. The 0, the chief
object in the Heavens, having had the first day and the first hour allotted to him ;
because he was observed to have chief influence in that day.
\2 ASTROLOGY.

I shall now show that the fact of the seven days of the
week being was known
so devoted to the seven planets,
at the first formation of the Hebrew language.
Because
the names of the first seven cardinal numbers were all formed
in reference to that fact ; and they must, therefore, have
been so spoken by Adam, as they were certainly so written
by Moses.
The seven Hebrew words which express the seven first
cardinal numbers are all formed of one syllable that signi-
fies a star, and of one or more others that imply the char-

acter or quality of that star.

The following table expresses the seven numbers, the
stars they refer to, and days of the week they rule over, or
influence

1. inx Atched, or Ash-shed ; Sol, © , Sunday.

2. WW Shenim, or Ash-nem ; Luna, J) , Monday.
3. whlV Shelesh, or Ash-lesh Mars, $ , Tuesday. ;

4. ysix Arabo, or Ar-rabo Mercury, $ Wednesday.

; ,

5. WOn Chemash, or Chem-ash ; Jupiter, U, Thursday.

6. WW Shish, or Ash-Ish ; Venus, ? , Friday.
7. J?2^ Shebo, or Ash-Shebo ; Saturn, *> , Saturday.

1. "iriN one, is a corruption of the words Wit Ash,

Atched,
fire, and ~\W Shed, to pour forth ; whence "H^ Sheddai, the

name of God, the "All Bountiful ;" and the words signify
"The All-bountieul Fire " which is perfectly characteris-
;

tic of the Sun. The word alludes in various ways also to

the same idea; signifying "Ash," "heat," "brightness," "a
hearth," etc., derived from the original Wrt ash, fire, and
"\1V shed, to pour forth. It is, then, a direct reference to
the sun, whose rule was, and still is, over "inN CV iaum
atched, "day one."
2. np}W Shenim, two, or Ash-nem, is compounded of Wtf

Ash, fire (the stars being termed the fires of heaven), and
 ;

OEIGIN OF THE DAYS OF THE WEEK. 13

CJ Nem, slumber, meaning " the star of slumber " which ;

Moon, as the ruler of the night,

distinctly applies to ^he
the time for dumber. From this word others were formed,
referring to the Moon's power, character, or influence.
Thus, r\2W Shenah, to repeat, to do again, to change ; and
C^W Shenim, elephant's teeth, because they change them
and, as a verb, to alter or disguise one's self, all alluding to
the character of the changeful Moon. Again, WW, with a
formative k, becomes Ash-anim, or Ash-ani "the star of
ships," alluding to the Moon's power over ships and the sea.
Again, ijny Shini, urine, alludes to the Moon's influence
over the bladder ; both old astrological doctrines. Thus,
Shenim, tivo, clearly pointed to the rule of the Moon over
"day two." But the word "two," in the feminine, was
C^nif, Shethim, or Ash-Thim, formed of Ash, the fire or star,
and Thim, from the Chaldaic root en Them,* a wonder, a
from which the Greeks had Themis, the God-
miracle, etc.,
dess of Oracles, and .^-Temis, Diana, theMoon where the !

Ar is merely an expletive particle. The oracle of Themis

was the most ancient, and was consulted by Deucalion after
the flood. Among the oldest of the Orphic hymns is one
addressed to the Moon, under this title :

ArOYSA KAAOY'2 KAPHOY'2 dirb yai V s.

Thou bringest from the earth the goodly fruits.

This proves the ancient belief in the Moon's power over

vegetation, a factbeyond question. Thus we have ample
and abundant proof that these Hebrew words for " two,"
alluded to the Moon's influence over the second day, Moon-
day.

* The root CH Them, is found in the names of the precious stones worn by
Aaron. The Urim were the lights, or stars, and the Thummim were the oracular
stones, the crystals, in which visions are to be seen to the present day, and which
all the old astrologers declare to be influenced by the Moon,
14 ASTROLOGY.

3. wbw Shelesh, three, is formed of ^n Ash, fire, and

Lesh, a flame ; signifying the fire or star of flame, or
'tifo

flaming stak the exact description of Mars, the red and

:

flaming star. Shelesh means also a general or commander

of an army ; most appropriate to Mars, " the god of war,"
who influences all military men.
4. J?2"1N Arabo, four, is compounded of ~]tf Ar, light, i.e.,

the light or star and yn^ Eabo, activity, business or em-

;

ployment thus meaning " the active star," or " star of em-
:

ployment : " alluding to the doctrine that Mercury rules

over business and employment, and influences activity.
Arabo means a finger, and also a locust; both influenced,
astrologically, by Mercury. The name of the wandering
Arabs is taken from this word, all persons born under
Mercury's influence being fond of moving about.
The root of the word ^"1 Rab, means to strive or contend
in words, to dispute as do all Mercury men. It is the
;

root, also, of the word signifying increase, or progeny. And,

again, Mercury rules over children. All which shows that
the word Arabo, four, alluded to Mercury, who rules over
" day four."
5. W12Pi Chemash, five, is obviously formed of ion Chem,
warmth, and ft/K Ash, a star ; thus meaning " the star of

warmth ;
" the very character of Jupiter, " in whom," says
Ptolemy, "warmth is predominant." By transposing the
first two letters we have r\WO Meshech, to anoint with oil,

the root being cognate with flD Mech, fat ; whence the
term iTItflD Meshich, the anointed, "the Messiah ;" because
anointing with oil ceremony of appoint-
was a part of the
ing priests as well as kings. Here we have the reference
to the influence of Jupiter (who rules the fifth day) over
priests, religion, and holy things and olive oil was used ;

generally, because the olive is under that planet's influence.

Again, piD^ Shemach, formed from Chemash, by transpos-
 ORIGIN OF THE DAYS OF THE WEEK. 15

ing the first and last letter, signifies Joy, and is a direct
corruption of Ash-Mach, literally "the Star of Joy," which
is the emphatic title of " Jove ;" whence we derive "jovial,"

"jolly," "joy," etc. Here is ample evidence that the word

five alluded to the day of Jupiter,who rules " day five."
6. w Shish, si'#, is an abbreviation of W-ttfN Ash-Ish,
"the star of Being or Existence;" the precise character of
Venus, who rules over procreation. The word Shish means
to be brisk, cheerful, and Shishan implies hilarity and tri-
umphant joy : of Venus people.
the characteristics It
means, also, fine white linen, and ivhite marble, and the
white lily (so called from its vivid cheerful whiteness), for
Venus influences the lily and all ivhite colors. On this sixth
day the Creation was finished and Job says (xxxviii. 7)
;

" the morning stars sang together and all the sons of God
;

shouted for joy." Venus influences music and singing. All

these things prove that the influence of Venus was recog-
nized over "day six."
7. J72ty Shebo, seven, is composed of lyx Ash, a star, and

2Ef Sheb, old age ; thus expressing the chief character of

Saturn as " the star or old age." Sheb signifies, also, " to
turn from one state to another," "to return," and "to go
into captivity," a state of sorrow, which Saturn produces.
Sheb, to return, or to restore, is applied (1 Sam. vii. 17) to

the end of the year and beginning again so it implies

its ;

the end of a week of days and its beginning again. It

means, also, "hoary hairs," which are under Saturn's sad
influence. Shebo signifies, also, to be full, or have plenty,
in allusion to Saturn's rule over the produce of the earth ;

just as the Latins had saturo, to sate or saturate, from Sat-

urnus. In allusion to this power of the star of agricult-
ure, recognized by all astrologers, Virgil calls a sickle,
Saturni dens curvus, the crooked tooth of Saturn, whence
f? , the planet's character.
 : ' 1

16 ASTROLOGY.

Wherefore we have ample proof that the word Shebo,

seven,had reference to Satubn, the ruler of "day seven."
The following table gives a summary of these facts and
names
>.
d
ll
«
9 I I
s
i 1 § M
*| g f J
rt
£ I
«' '—"^ —
E» «
p*"!
w
^ fa
J
P
fa
§ O S
M a
^ o
Sz;
<
M P go
p
h-
w p
j
hi
o ^ £ m M O
P, fa Ph fa fa pE| fa &
9< o o o o o o o
f?'
« « « « fa fa «
hi a) < < < < «: <!
fa H H H H H H Eh
<! C£ m m tJi cc 02 GO
fa fa fa fa fa fa fa fa
w w w w w w W a
H H H H H H H H
'S « 2 ^ » * o §

££ r u £j & & g ^
Here we have and extraordinary evidence that
decisive
the first seven Hebrew must have
cardinal numbers, which
been among the earliest words used, did express the fact
that the seven days of the week were named after the seven
planets.
 III.

CHRONOLOGY, OR THE ART OF MEASURING TIME.

It will be interesting to many of my readers to be in-

formed and meaning of several of those terms
of the origin
they find in Almanacs, having reference to the measure of
time, such as cycle, epact, era, period, etc.
A cycle implies a circle, from early astronomers having
observed that the heavenly bodies move in circles, which
for all common practical purposes they may be conceived
to do ; thus a day is a cycle or circle of hours and a week
;

is a cycle or circle of days ; which when finished recom-

mences its continual revolution. The same may be said of
any other measure of time. The word period is generally
applied to those cycles which, from having been noticed
and brought forward by certain individuals, bore their
names thus there is the Period of Meton, who observed
;

that in nineteen years the Sun and Moon returned together

to the same place, nearly, in the heavens also the CaUp2^ic
;

Period, from Calippus, who having observed the error of

that of Meton, thought he should correct it by fixing on a
period of seventy-six years, as that, when the new and full
Moons would return exactly at the same time. But he was
wrong and his error still amounted to eighteen hours at
;

the end of his seventy-six years. It was not till the Period
of Hipparchus, one hundred and fifty years before Christ,
that the really correct period of three hundred and four, or
still more exactly three hundred and twelve, years was es-

tablished. He was the first genuine astronomer among the

Greeks, for all their knowledge of astronomy before Hip-
parchus was undoubtedly borrowed from the Babylonians
and Egyptians.
2
18 ASTROLOGY.

The use of a cycle was the application of the motions of

the heavenly bodies to chronology without having any frac-
tions. It was to avoid mentioning odd days and hours, etc.,
cycleswere invented, in which the motions of the Sun and
Moon were thought to be stated in integral numbers. The
cycle of the Moon which has been most in use is that of
Meton, containing nineteen solar years.
The cycle of the Sun is twenty-eight years, which have
nothing to do with the Sun's motion, but refer to the Sun-
day letters in the calendar, which after that time return in
the same order as before. The use of the Sunday letters,

A, B, C, D, E, F, G, is to find Easter Day (on which depend

all other church festivals).
The cycle of Indiction is fifteen years. It has nothing to
do with the heavenly bodies, but is believed to have been
first established by the Romans, about three hundred and

thirteen years after Christ, to fix the payment of some par-

ticular tax, or other civil purpose.
These are the three chief cycles, which, on being multiplied
into each other, produce the number 7,980, which is called
the Julian Period. This is of use in reducing the years of
one period to those of another. The value of it is, that
there can be no possible mistake about the time that any
event happened, if it be stated in any year of this period ;

and the reason of that is, that throughout all the period of
7,980 years, there are no two years in which the years of all
the three cycles, the Solar, Lunar, and Indiction, do agree,
or have the same numbers. This period was invented by
the famous Joseph Scahger, and has the name of Julian,
because it is adapted to the Julian year. It began seven
hundred and nine years before the creation, according to
Archbishop Usher's computation and as this present year
;

is the 6,610th of the Julian Period, it wants 1,370 years

of being completed after which the second Julian Period

;
 '

THE ART OF MEASURING TIME. 19

will commence ; and so new one,

after every 7,980 years a
until the end of time. Yet when the
it is possible that
solar period or cycle ceases to be required to mid Easter
Day, if that should ever happen, a better method of com-
puting by the revolutions or years of the planet Uranus may
be adopted. But the science of astronomy is now so per-
fect that the world can never again fall into chronological
errors.
The next thing to explain is the meaning of the word
Epact, which is but little understood. The word signifies
added days. The lunar year, or length of twelve Moons, is
three hundred and fifty-four days, or eleven days less than
the solar year ; and it is this difference which constitutes,
or rather creates, the epact. This is carried through all

the nineteen years of the lunar cycle ; and the epact of any
year is the age of the Moon on January 1st of that year.
The epact of the first year of the cycle is eleven, that of the
second year twenty-two, and that of the third year thirty-
three, or three times eleven but as this exceeds a whole
;

month, or thirty days, they intercalate a month, and count

the odd three days the epact for the year. And so they go
on, adding eleven days for every year and intercalating a
month when they exceed thirty, until the end of the nine-
teen years, when they add twelve instead of eleven days,
and the becomes thirty, or rather nothing, and
epact then
the cycle recommences. The use of the epact is to find the
day on which the new Moon will fall, for the regulation of
Easter and other church festivals. The rule is, add to the
epact the number of the month (counting March the first
month) and take the sum from thirty, or, if over thirty,
from sixty, and the remainder is the day of the month on
which the new Moon happens. But as the error of the
lunar cycle makes a whole day, by accurate calculation, in
three hundred and twelve years, one day is thereby added
20 ASTROLOGY.

to every epact in that time. At the time of the Nicene

Council, when the calendar was arranged by the golden
number, the science astronomy was at a discount, and
of
they did not know one day and it has since
of this error of ;

gone on increasing, so that the new moons now happen

about five days sooner than they should do according to
the rule. But the Church of England, and, I believe, the
Church of Rome, still go on computing lunations in the
old way. It is the character of some institutions to dread
change more than error.
We proceed to consider eras or epochs. These are cer-
tain fixed points of time, made remarkable by some event,
from which it becomes the custom to reckon the ensuing
years.
We reckon from the era of the incarnation of the Re-
deemer, or the Christian era, as it is termed. This is
counted, not from the day of the supposed birth of Christ,
but from the day of his supposed circumcision, the first
day of January, in the fourth year (the middle of that year),
of the 194th Olympiad, the 753d of the building of Rome,
the 747th of the kingdom of Babylon being founded by
Nabonassar, and the 4,714th of the Julian Period. If these
four numbers be committed to memory by young persons,
they will find it very useful in their historical studies.
The person who proposed to adojDt this era was Pan-
first

odorus, an Egyptian monk but it was not followed till the

;

time of the Roman Abbot Dionysius Exiguus, in the sixth

century. Before that time Christian nations adopted vari-
ous other eras, the most common being that of the build-
ing of Borne. This was variously stated by ancient writers ;

but has been fully determined to have been B.C. 753,

it

commencing on April 21st. Still we are not to under-

stand by this that no building existed in Rome before
that day ; in all probability there may have been people
 ;

THE ART OF MEASURING TIME. 21

residing there ages before ; for the story of Romulus and

the wolf is a mere fable.
—
The Era of the Creation. This, as might be expected, has
been fixed at various periods. The Jewish computation
made it B.C. 3,761 ; the ancient Greek historians made
it 5,500 years, the latter and the Russians,
Greeks,
make it 5,508 ; the same by the era of Antioch was
ten years later ; but the Bishop Eusebius made it 4,228
B.C., and modern chronologers have adopted Archbishop
Usher's chronology, and fixed it at 4,004 years before that
event. If we take Faber's account of the Chronology of
the Deluge as B.C. 2,938, and add thereto Josephus's ac-
count of the time before it, which is the Bible account, we
have 4,594 years for the era of the Creation before Christ.
These accounts differ vastly, and I fear that we must con-
fess that we do not know the age of the world. To pro-
ceed with the Epochas we find these very numerous but
:
;

it will not be necessary to mention them all.

The Era of Seleucides, or the Syro-Macedonian Epocha,

was that fixed at the time that Seleucus Nicanor, one of the
generals of Alexander the Great, established himself in
Syria. This was twelve years after the great conqueror
died, and three hundred and twelve years before Christ
and is the Epocha dated from in the Book of Maccabees and
by Josephus. The Jews were compelled to adopt this era,
being then subjects of the kings of Syria and they con- ;

tinued to use it for 1,800 years, until the fifteenth century,

when they adopted that which they now use, " the era of
the creation of the world." Some of them pretend that
they have always used the latter era but this is an error,
;

as the names of their months, being nearly all those of the

Syrian months, bespeak their origin, and also that of the
Jewish era.
32 ASTROLOGY.

JEWISH MONTHS. SYRIAN MONTHS.

Tisri. Tisri (1st).
Ghesvan. Tisri (2d).
Ghisleu. Canun (1st).

Thebet. Canun (2d).

Shebat. Shabat.
Adar. Adar.
Nisan (or Abib). Nisan.
Jyar. Icar.
Sivan. Haziran.
Thamuz. Tamuz.
Ab. Ab.
EM. Eloul.

The Era of the Hegira, or flight of Mahomet from Mecca,

is that of the Turks aiid other Mahometans. It began
on Friday, July 15, A.D. 622 ; hence the Turkish Sabbath
is held on a Friday. The Persians have their era of Gey-
degird III. from the date of that monarch taking his seat
on the throne on June 16, A.D. 632. These nations at
first copied the ancient year of the Egyptians, which had

taken the name of the year of Nabonassar. This King of

Babylon began to reign on Wednesday, February 26th, in the
3.967th year of the Julian Period that is, in the year B.C.
;

747. This is the best established and most important of

all eras, as regards chronology. It was used by Ptolemy
and other writers, and "by it all other epochs are con-
nected and adjusted." The years were those of ancient
Egyptians, and the first month, the Thoth, began on the
day just named.
The last era I shall name is that called the Gregorian
Epocha, from Pope Gregory XIII., who introduced a ref-
ormation in the Calendar in the year of our Lord 1582.
The Julian method of computing the years, invented by
 THE ART OP MEASURING TIME. 23

Sosigenes,was a beautiful proof of the astronomy at that

time existing in Egypt but, though nearly correct, it was
;

not quite so. It assumed that a year was exactly 365^

days. But this is not correct, as there is a slight differ-
ence, which, in the course of 900 years, creates an error
of seven days. This error caused the days of the Equi-
noxes to creep away from the 21st of March and Septem-
ber, where they were fixed at first and, after much pro
;

and con demand for reform, it was resolved on by the

before-named Pope.
On October 4, 1582, it was ordained that ten days
should be struck out, and that the following day, in-
stead of being reckoned the 5th, should be called the 15th.
The Catholic countries immediately adopted the reformed
Calendar but not so the Protestants they retained the
; ;

old Calendar, and though in England on March 16, 1585,

a bill was brought into the House of Lords to amend the
Calendar, it had too much of the reform spirit in it to
render it necessary to say that it died a natural death.
In fact, the " New Style," as it was termed, was not intro-
"duced into England until the year 1752 in which year ;

an act passed, that " the natural day next immediately

following September 2, 1752, shall be called and reckoned
as the fourteenth day of September, omitting the eleven in-
termediate nominal days of the common Calendar."
Up to the year 1699 the difference between the Old
Style and the New amounted to ten days after 1700 it was
;

eleven days, and after 1800 it was twelve days so that ;

January 1, 1800, of the Old answered to January 13th of

the New Style.
It was not till the year 1836 that the New Style was
adopted by the Russians, nor is it as yet in most of the
countries of the East.
The year in England was held to begin on March
 ;

24 ASTROLOGY.

25th, up to the year 1751 ; was not

that year, however,
suffered to expire, but was cut short by 1752 commencing
on January 1st — a custom which already prevailed in most
parts of the Continent.
I blush to say that "England was the last European
nation to admit the claims of truth and utility over error
and confusion," and to reform its Calendar. And when
this was done it gave great offence to most part of the
people, who appear to have possessed great prejudice,
though they enjoyed that brilliant acquisition, so much
lauded nowadays, called " the wisdom of our ancestors."
It may be interesting here to explain the principle of that
reform in the Calendar to which we have just been attend-
ing. The tropical year is continually varying, yet we are
obliged to use it in our computations of time ; but it is

not so much its variation as its incommensurability with the

only invariable period of time, a sidereal day, that creates
a difficulty.
The day is a certain measure of time, always the same
but the year consists of a number of days and a fraction of
hours, minutes, and seconds, which we are obliged, after a
time, to turn over to another year, when they make up one.
The Gregorian rule for this taking in the fractions is
very simple, and almost exactly correct. It treats the
years after the birth of Christ as of two kinds, one contain-
ing 365 days and the other 366. Every year which may
not be divisible by 4, without a remainder, has 365 days ;

but every year which may be so divided, but not divided

by 100, has 366. Every year divisible by 100, but not by
400, has again 365 but if it may also be divided by 400,
;

it has 366 days.

Thus, the year 1848 may be divided by 4 without a re-

mainder it therefore had 366 days the year 1850 cannot
; ;

be divided by 4 without a remainder it will therefore have ;

 THE ART OF MEASURING TIME. 25

365 days. The year 1800 could be divided by 4, and

would therefore have had 366 days but as it could also be
;

divided by 100, and not by 400, it contained only 365

days so that from 1796 until the year 1804 no leap year
;

occurred. In the same way 1900 will not be a leap year,

but will contain 365 days, because it may not only be
divided by 4 but by 100, and yet not by 400. Now the
year 2000 may be divided by 4, by 100, and by 400 it ;

will, therefore, contain 366 days.

If we look to the result of this system, to see how long-
it keep the legal year in agreement with the real tropi-
will
cal year, we shall see that there will be an error accrue of
about 22 seconds every year, which in 1,000 years will be
only 5 hours and 41 minutes, and only 17 hours and 3 min-
utes in 3,000 years. This seems to be sufficient for all the
purposes of society yet this trivial error will recpaire cor-
;

rection in the course of time. For in the period of 50,000

years the error will again be 13 days, just one day more
than what it was at the commencement of this century.

As regards the commencement of the year, I may here

add that in England, so late as the thirteenth century, the
year was reckoned from Christmas-day but that, in the
;

twelfth century, the Anglican Church began the year on

March 25th, which was soon after adopted by civilians. We
sometimes find dates thus expressed, 1648-49, which sig-
nifies that theevent took place between the commencement
of the civil and of the historical year, between January 1st
and March 25th of the latter year.
In various countries of Europe, the year, until after the
introduction of the "New Style," began at Easter, or Lady-
day, or August 12th, or Christmas-day, or January 1st and ;

these various ways of counting the years caused much error

and confusion. The reason of January 1st having been
chosen by Sosigenes, who corrected the Calendar for Julius
 :

26 ASTROLOGY.

Csesar, was, because the new moon after the Sun passed the
tropic (the neomenia or new moon of the year) happened
on that day at the time of the Julian year commencing.
But the custom of beginning the year on January 1st has
no astronomical basis and it would have been better
;

that, when they did reform the calendar, they had fixed
on the time of the Sun crossing the equator or passing the
tropic and so made the year to begin, for example, on the
;

shortest day, December 21st or otherwise, when the Sun

;

crosses the equator, on March 21st which was done in

;

ancient times.* In this case, of course, the days of the

months would have begun accordingly with those events.
I have now to offer a suggestion to those young persons
who are desirous of having a general idea of the chronology
of the world in their heads, without overmuch labor or the
expenditure of time. The plan I recommend is to commit
to memory seventeen dates of events before Christ, and
nineteen dates subsequently. These are in all thirty-six
dates,which may be learned in a few hours with ease and ;

any person having them fixed well in his memory, when

reading history, will find them, like milestones in a long
journey, at least useful to remind him of his whereabouts,
if not thought to be very ornamental.
I shall here state them, for the benefit of my young
readers
CHRONOLOGICAL PERIODS.
B.C.
2230. Celestial Observations made about this time at Baby-
lon.
2060. The kingdom of Assyria established.
1820. Memnon, the Egyptian, said to have invented the
Alphabet, which was certainly in existence about this
time. The Chinese letters long before.
* Hence some very ancient nations worshipped the Goat and others the Ram, All
idolatry arose from corruption of Astrology.
 THE ART OF MEASURING TIME. 27

B.C.

1570. The Birth of Moses, and the founding of the kingdom

Athens by Cecrops, who brought a colony of Egyp-
of
tians from Sais ; and they, having worshipped as their
chief deity Athena, so named their new city.
1220. The Olympic Games celebrated by Hercules.
900. Homer and Hesiod, the first two Poets, flourished.
820. Fall of the empire of Assyria, under Sardana/palus,
and beginning of the kingdom of Macedonia.
776. Corcebus conquers at Olympia, and this forms the
period of the Olympiads..
753. The building of Rome and the beginning of the
Prophecies of Isaiah.
747. The Era of Nebonassar.
587. Jerusalem taken by Nabuchadnezzar.
540. Babylon taken by Cyrus, whose son overran Egypt
and destroyed most of its monuments. The Chinese
philosopher Confucius flourished at this time. The
following were his two most famous maxims :
" He
"
who has offended God has no longer any protector ;

and " A good heart leans toward kindness and indul-

gence a contracted heart goes no farther than patience
;

and moderation."
320. Death of Alexander the Great. Seleucus takes
Babylon, and the Era of the Seleucidoe commences,
and the reign of the Ptolemies in Egypt.
170. The fall of the Macedonian empire, and the first

Library established at Rome by means of books

brought from the plunder of Macedonia.
45. The correct Calendar of Sosigenes begins to be used
at Rome.
31. The Battle of Actium, and the commencement of
the era of Roman Emperors.
30. Egypt reduced into a Roman province.
28 ASTROLOGY.

The before-mentioned seventeen dates I have given mostly

in round numbers, as best retained in the memory but ;

those subsequent to our Saviour's time I shall give more

accurately, according to Usher's Chronology.

A.D.

40. The name of Christians first given to the followers

of Jesus at Antioch.
70. Jerusalem destroyed by Titus, as foretold by our
Saviour.
207. Severus came to Britain, and built a wall from the
Frith of Forth to keep off the Scots.
230. Artaxerxes, King of Media, overthrew the Parthian
empire ; the remnant of that people found their way
where they are termed Parsees.
to India,
328. The seat of empire removed by Constantine from
Rome to Byzantium, which he named Constantinople.
426. The Romans take their final departure from Britain.
500. Christianity embraced in France.
600. The Saxon Heptarchy began in England, and St.
Augustine preached the religion of Rome.
622. Mahomet fled from Mecca, and established his re-
ligion.
800. Charlemagne crowned Emperor of Rome and the
Western Empire.
807. The Council of Saltzburg held on January 26th,
wherein it was decided that "Tithes ought to be di-
vided into four portions — the first for the Bishop, the
second for the Priests, the third for the Poor, and the
fourth for the repair of the Church."
816. Almamon, the Saracen Prince, made observations on
the Sun and encouraged learning and ordered the ;

Almagest of Ptolemy to be translated into Arabic soon

after.
 THE ART OF MEASURING TIME. 29

A.D.
900. Death of Alfred.
1002. A general mdssacre of the Danes in England on
November 13th.
1035. The kingdoms of Castile and Aragon began.
1050. The Turks invade the Koman empire.
1060. Oliver of Malniesbury, the first English Mathematical
writer.
1065. The Turks take Jerusalem from the Saracens.
1066. On October 14th the celebrated battle of Hastings,
and the Conquest of England by William the Bastard,
Duke of Normandy.
 IV.

COSMOGONY, OR CREATION OF THE WORLD.

According to the few authors who have treated of cos-

mogony among the Chaldseans, Alorus is said to have been
the first man. They state that he reigned 10 Sari, or
36,000 years of days. This number is exactly 100 years,
or 36,000 divided by 360 (the number of days in the Chal-
dsean year, as used by Daniel the prophet), and to be re-
duced to Julian years of 365^ days, the 100 years must be
brought to 98 years and six months. The following table
gives the reigns of the rulers in the race of Cain :

Table I.

Nantes. Reigned. Years of Days. Prophetic Year.

Alorus 10 Sari 36,000 100

Alaparus 3 Sari 10,800 30
Amillarus 13 Sari 46,800 130
Amenon 12 Sari 43,200 120
Megulanus .... 18 Sari 64,800 180
Daus 10 Sari....'. . 36,000 100
Anodaphus . . . . 18 Sari 64,800 180

840

Apollodorus makes Acdoreschus the last named. In

this tablewe find two persons who reigned one hundred
and eighty prophetic years, or one hundred and seventy-
seven Julian years. This seems a great age, and throws a
considerable doubt on the whole statement ;
yet these old
 COSMOGONY, OR CREATION OP THE WORLD. 31

men were but children when compared with the asserted

ages of the children of Adam, through Seth, as the follow-
ing table demonstrates :

Table II.

Table of the Ages of Adam, Seth, and their Children.

Names. Born A.M. Died a.m. Aged.

Adam 1 931 930

Seth 131 1,043 912
Enos 236. 1,141 905
Cainan 326. 1,236 910
Mahalaleel 396 1,291 895
Jared 461 1,423 962
Enoch 623 988 365
Methuselah 688 1,656 968
Lamech 875 1,651 776
Noah 1,057 2,007 950

8,573

According to this table, founded on the Hebrew chronol-

ogy, the average age of these men was 857 years and up-
ward.
Before we make any remark on this account, we will ex-
amine briefly the mode of calculating, which was followed
by the ancient Chaldseans. They made use of three periods,
viz., the Sosos of 60 days, the Neiros of 600 days, and the

Saros of 3,600 days. The two former being multiplied into

each other give just ten times the latter ; for 60 x 600 —
36,000. Also 60 x 60 = and 3,600 divided by 600
3,600 ;

= 6 which last number seems to have been the key to their

;

cipher. To them no doubt the world is indebted for the

division of the circle into 360 degrees.
The most ancient system of calculating time, all over the
32 ASTROLOGY.

oriental world, was by a cycle of 60 and there can be lit-

;

tle doubt that the Chaldseans adopted it early, if they did

not really invent it.

It will appear clearly that they had no term, or word, to

denote what we usually call a year. They must have spoken
of it as six sosi, that is, 6 x 60 days. It is a fact that the ear-
liest copies of the Hebrew accounts of the flood and the an-
tediluvian ages, were based on a similar system, which
etc.,

gave 30 days to the month. For we are told in Gen. vii. 24

that " the waters prevailed upon the earth an hundred and
fifty days," which are equal to 5 months of 30 days each.

And in Gen. viii. 4 it says that " the ark rested in the sev-
enth month, on the seventeenth day of the month " but ;

in Gen. vii. 11 we learn that " in the second month, on

the seventeenth day of the month, the same day were all

the fountains of the great deep broken up," etc. Hence

from the second month to the seventh month was just five
months, and that was 150 days giving 30 days to a month,
;

or 360 to the year.

Now after the people of Israel, and all the inhabitants of
Jerusalem, were carried away captive and held in captivity
for 70 years, they lost sight of the ancient writings of Moses.
This is evident in Nehemiah viii. 17, where it is recorded
that they kept the feast of tabernacles, which they had for-
gotten since the days of Joshua, the son of Nun, or from
A.M. 2560 to AM. 3551, a space of 991 years. It follows
that they had, during their captivity, adopted the Chaldaean
notation, and had been in the habit of reading a sai'os in-
stead of a year. This, and only this, will explain how it
was that they read 930 years for the age of Adam, instead
of 93 years, and so 968 years for Methuselah, instead of 96
years, and 956 years for that of Noah, instead of 95 years.
Taking this view of the case, we get rid of a great difficulty ;

inasmuch as it is found extremely hard to believe that any

 :

COSMOGONY, OE CREATION OF THE WORLD. 33

man, born of a woman, could ever have reached the enor-

mous age of 968 years ! It is, if true, a standing miracle
of the highest class Yet we seek in vain
and character.
for the slightest hint at the fact, all through the poetical
book of Job, which treats on very many of the wonders of
the Almighty. In like way David, in all his Psalms, in
which he enlarges on the miraculous history of the Israel-
ites, never seems to remember the wondrous ages of the

patriarchs. A like silence reigns all through the Scriptures ;

nor have we any confirmation anywhere of the wondrous fact.

If we take the sum total of the ages in the last table at one-
tenth of the sum, we shall find that the patriarchs lived each,
on an average, only 84 years and 3 months. And surely it

is much more rational toconclude that Noah lived 50 years,

instead of 500 years, before he took a ivife and begat Shem,
Ham, and Japheth. Let us consider the sort of being he
must have been, if he were 600 years old, when called on to
undertake the active, stirring office of preparing and con-
trolling and managing the ark and all its various contents.
Besides the fact that this gives 855^ears as the total of
ages from Adam to the death of Noah, which comes very
near to the period of 840 years in Table I., there is another
argument against these immense ages, in the Scripture
account of the death of Moses. We read in Deut. xxxiv. 8
that "Moses was an hundred and twenty years old when
he died his eye was not dim, nor his natural force
:

abated." But, surely, this death, being only 547 years

subsequent to that of Noah, at the supposed age of 950
years, there was nothing surprising in the matter, to call
for observation.
The following table is taken from the Septuagint version
of the Bible, which must have been made from Hebrew
copies of much older date than any now existing, or that
have existed for many ages
 2

34 ASTROLOGY.

Table III.

Total Ages in
Names. Before Generation. Prophetic Years.

Adam 23 .years 93.0

Seth 20.5 " 91.2
Enos 19.0 " 90.5
Cainan 17.0 " 91.0
Mahalaleel 16.5 " 89.5
Jared 16.2 " 96.2
Enoch 16.5 " 36.5
Methuselah 16.7 " 96.9
Lamech 18.8 " 75.3
Noah 50.0 " 95.0
Added 10.0 "
855.1
224.2 years = 85.5 average.
Adam in innocency . 817 . 10

Year of the Flood 1041 . .

The reason for adding 817 years for the time that Adam
lived in innocency, is because there was a very general
legend abroad in the East that such was the case. That
Adam had born to him Cain and Abel before Seth is well
known but the periods of their birth are not known. The
;

difficulties that arise as to the great professed ages of his

sons do not arise in his case, because he was not "of
woman born," but was created. Of course his mortal sys-
tem was very different from that who were born
of his sons,
to die only and they could not have lived to the age of
;

many hundred years without a miracle, which, if it had ex-

isted, must have been known to the Chaldseans, the descend-
ants of Cain yet they make no mention of the matter, nor
;
 COSMOGONY, OR CREATION OP THE WORLD. 35

do they claim any such length of life for their rulers.

Neither do the Egyptians, Indians, or Chinese make any
such claim.
The country of Phoenicia has been supposed to be named
from the Greek for a palm-tree but it is clear that it had
;

a name before Greece was peopled, and that name was, in

the old language, Feine-ce, in which the c is sounded hard,
like k, there being no soft c in that language. The word
meant " the land of husbandmen " and we have the au-
;

thority of Pliny for saying that Phoenicia was a term for

oats and barley. A sad thought it is, that, though Josephus
says of the Phoenicians, " so great was their care that the
memorial of past transactions should not be lost, that their
wisest men continually preserved them in public records
sacredly," there are now but very slight remains of all their

history. One tribe of these people was certainly the He-

brews, of whose history we have tolerable records. One
other only, called the Gaal Sciot Ib-eir, is in possession
of chronicles, from which we learn that they emigrated
from Iber (in Ardmenia), by the way of Sidon and the
Mediterranean, to the northwest quarter of Spain ; that
when had sojourned two hundred and fifty years
this tribe
in Gaelag,* a colony, led by Eocaid, crossed the Pyrenees
and called the land Eocaid-tan ; from which name the
Romans formed Aquitonia that when they had dwelt
;

four hundred and fifty-three years in Gael-ag, certain

Sidonians passed the Breo-cean of Gaelag and discovered
an island to which they gave the name of Breo-tan, the
present Britain that when this tribe had resided four
;

hundred and eighty-four years in Gaelag, Sesostris came

from Egypt and overran Spain that the Gaal Sciot Ib-eAr,
;

rather than live in subjection, did (in the year B. C. 1006)

abandon their land and homes and quitted Gaelag, and
•Now Galicia.
36 ASTROLOGY.

steered their course to the west of Breo-tan to an island

called Fodla, towhich they gave the name of Eri.
The system that these people followed was :

Government by a single chief, elected An armed people ;

;

Public assemblies ; Possession of lands, not individual,

but tribal ; Dwelling in tents.
The people were Sabians, or fire- worshippers, in religion,
and paid adoration to the Sun, called Baal, and to the Moon,
called Re, and to the Stars, like as did all the Scythian race,
who had no idols. Their veneration for fire is not yet quite
extinguished. An acquaintance with their history as a
tribe of Scythians will enable any one to understand tvhy
Cyrus, the Elamite, or Persian Scythian (whose mother was
Mandane, daughter of Astyages, the Median Assyrian), was
called a Mule also, why Daniel, the Hebrew Scythian, ad-
;

hered to Cyrus, the Scythian, and enjoyed the favor of

that prince and why the decree authorizing the Hebrew
;

Scythians, captivated by the Assyrians, to return to their

own land, and rebuild their temple had been issued. The
language in which the chronicles of these people are writ-
ten is, at this day, called Bearla-Feine, which signifies the
Phoenician language their ancestors having been instructed
;

by the Phoenicians. Their unwritten or spoken dialect is

called Gneat Bearla, which means "unwritten vernacular,
or native tongue " also Gaelag, or language of the Gael, or
;

tribe, or kindred. Their letters, as taught to Eolus, in Si-

don, were sixteen, namely, A, B, C, D, E, F, G, I, L, M, N,

O, K, S, T, U. And it is clear that the story of the Irish
being taught letters by St. Patrick is false, because he was
said to be a priest from Rome, and he would, of course,
have taught them the Roman alphabet of twenty-three let-
ters. Their language is the same as the Gaelag, spoken by
the Scotch, which was Phoenician, they being descended
from the ancient Gaal Sciot Ib-eir, who conquered Ireland.
 :

COSMOGONY, OK CREATION OF THE WORLD. 37

It is a curious relic, venerable for its antiquity, though now

only spoken by the poor and ignorant in Ireland and the
Highlands of Scotland. It was first written in Gaelag,
B. C. 1365.
It was necessary to introduce these preliminary remarks
before explaining the cosmogony of these people. In the
writings of Eolus we find it clearly indicated that the earth
was existing originally under the waters. " Who can de-
clare at what time the waters were rolled from off this
earth?" he asks; "Who hath informed man how he was
—
made how long his dwelling was in the bosom of the vast
—
deep how, or when, he ceased to breathe that element ?
None." This idea is quite consonant with the Hebrew
" And God said let the waters under the heavens be gathered

together into one place, and let the dry land appear " (Gen.
i. 9). It is evident that the Scythians fancied that man and
all animals had originally been inhabitants of the waters.

It is remarkable that the Hebrew names for Adam and Eve

were Isch and Ischa ; and these, in the language of Eri,
mean a male and female fish. That the Hebrew language
is a dialect of the Scythian, of which also the language of

Eri was a dialect, has been satisfactorily proved. Lastly,

we learn from Herodotus that the Persians, " from his own
knowledge, had neither statues, temples, nor altars; but
offered on the tops of the highest mountains sacrifices to
Jove (by which they meant the deity of the air) that they ;

adored the sun, moon, earth, fire, water, and the winds ;

that they gave the preference to teepoil, whereon they laid

their offerings ;that they ate sparingly of flesh, but drank
profusely." When we consider them as a remnant of the
ancient Scythians, like as were the Gael Sciot Ib-eir the
we are struck with the fact of the
progenitors of the Irish,
trefoil being the true Irish shamrock, to say nothing of
the little meat eaten by the Irish, who, however, are de-

cidedly given to " drink profusely."

 THE ANCIENT GOD SATURN, OR KRONOS.

The ancients —by whom I do not mean the poets of

Greece and Rome, but the ancient inhabitants of India,
Phoenicia, and Egypt —
these men seem to have paid very
early attention to the planet Saturn, and to have comprised
in their esoteric doctrines a very extensive knowledge of
the nature of the influences observed to emanate from that
planet. It may be instructive, therefore, as well as inter-
esting to throw together a few of the facts we gather from
mythology and history upon this matter, as, by doing so,
we may hope to break down some of the prejudices and
root up some of the ignorance which prevails most ex-
tensively in modern days, touching this remarkable sub-
ject. The root of the name Saturn is clearly the ancient
Hebrew term Sater, to hide or conceal. There is ample
evidence of this fact and it is proved, also, by the subse-
;

quent fable of the Roman poets, that when Jupiter drove

his father Saturn from Heaven, the latter took refuge
with Janus, whose kingdom was hence called Latium, from
Latere, to lie hid or concealed. We may see the original
idea of being hidden or concealed, or, in fact, of secrecy,
was found among the most ancient people of the East, the
Indians and the Phoenicians, as evidenced by the Orphic
Hymn to Kronos or Saturn, the vast antiquity of which
is indisputable and, also, among the Western European
;

nations, the Saxons having, probably, formed their god

Seater (whose name has been given to our Saturday) from
the Roman Saturnus. The ancient astrologers, the Chal-
dees, who extended over all the East, observed that the
 THE ANCIENT GOD SATURN, OR KRONOS. 39

influence of Saturn, when potent in a nativity, rendered

the person then born "mystical," and "confederate in
secrecy" these bein'g the very words made use of to ex-
plain the nature of Saturn by Claudius Ptolemy, in the
tenth chapter of his " Tetrabiblos," published in the second
century. Of course, there are other qualities, such as
cruelty, observed to arise from this planet ; but the chief
or leading characteristic was the great love of secrecy,
mystery, and concealment ; whence he derived his name of
Sater or Seater, which signified the god of secrecy, etc.
The same term in the Chaldee signified to destroy or to
demolish and as it was (as it still is) observed that infants
;

born when Saturn is powerfully placed, invariably die in

infancy, the fable arose that Saturn devoured his own
children. It was in this way that priests, aided by the
poets, continued to personify the doctrines they taught,
and, in fables and apologues, to hand down, probably long
anterior to the invention of letters, the major portion of
their celestial knowledge. And although they have been
accused of practising this kind of thing as mere priestcraft,
and to deceive and delude the vulgar, I really do not see
that it is at all proved that such was the original object or
intention of the custom, whatever corruption might and
did afterward arise, when priests and princes began to
increase and multiply.
The other name of the planet, Kronos, seems to have
arisen also from the Hebrew word Kron, a horn, which be-
came very early the emblem of power in the East whence ;

the great power of Saturn (perhaps one of the first things

that becomes obvious in the study of astrology) led to his
receiving the name or title, and appears to have been why
the symbol of Saturn has ever been the crook (thought
by some to be a sickle), in reference to his being the god
of corn, but by others, more truly, conceived to have been
40 ASTROLOGY.

originally the horn of the goat, because in that sign exists

his chief power. In time this planet came to be wor-
shipped as a god which was the great error into which
;

•the Chasdim fell, who, observing the irresistible fact of the

power of the planets, thought they must be gods, and so
fell to worshipping them. The extent to which this was
carried may be seen by the following

OEPHIC HYMN TO KEONOS, OR SATURN.

" Illustrious or cherishing father, both of the immortal

gods and of men, various of counsel, spotless, powerful,
mighty Titan who consumest all things, and again thyself
;

repairest them who hoklest the ineffable bands through-

;

out the boundless world Kronos, thou universal parent of

;

successive being Kronos, various in design, offspring (or

;

rather fructifier) of the earth and of the starry heavens ;

birth, growth, consumption husband of Rhea ; dread

;

Prometheus, who dwellest in all parts of the world, author

of generation, tortuous in counsel, most excellent, hearing
our supplicant voice, send of our life a happy, blameless
end."

The latter words of this prayer had evident reference to

the idea which prevailed among the Chasdim, very gener-
ally, that Saturn had ruled over the "end" of all men.
Hence Ptolemy says, " Saturn, moving in the last sphere,
regulates the final old age."
This kind of adoration or worship of the Heavenly Host
aj)pears to have existed a long time, many ages, and per-
haps thousands of years, before mankind began to make
" graven images of things in heaven," for, as a veiy learned
author has observed, " originally in Rome, Greece, and
Egypt, which conveys with it India, there was no idolatry,
except it was simply the Linga, as the emblem of the cre-
ative power."
 THE ANCIENT GOD SATURN, OR KRONOS. 41

A description of the Saxon Seater, or Saturn, is given,

which declares him to be an old man, standing on a fish,
with a basket of fruits and flowers in his right hand, and a
wheel in his left. I think this connects him clearly with
the old Sidonian idol, Dagon, of which we read in the
Scriptures. For the term " Dagon " im-
plies corn of all sorts, and it is known
that Saturn ruled over agriculture, and
of course over "corn." Hence, the fish
on which Seater stands appears to be
equivalent to the "fishy parts," or lower
parts, of Dagon. The fruits and flowers
in the hand of Seater have evident ref-
erence to the rule of this planet (Saturn)
over the produce of the earth generally ;

an old astrological doctrine, which gave

birth to the myth that Saturnus was born
of Terra, the earth. The wheel which he
carries in his left hand is generally taken
as an emblem of revolution, or change ;

but I think at first the emblem was

chosen to show that the great and im-
portant hebdomadal period was com-
pleted by him, or on his day, the sev-
enth day of the week, and that then the week recommenced.
I would here observe that the planet Saturn not only
had rule, as before said, over the " end " of every man,
but over old age generally and that whenever Saturn de-
;

notes any person in astrology, it is always an aged person.

Now, the word signifying old age in the Hebrew is Shib ;

and it is remarkable that this very root enters into all the
terms that seem to have any reference to Saturn. Thus,
Shib implies to return, to cause to return ; it so expresses
the completion of the period of time, as in theshuba he-
 ;

42 ASTROLOGY.

shina, the return of the year. And the day of Saturn com-
pletes the week, when its commencement returns. The
word Shiba denotes gray hairs, referring to the period of
life ruled by Saturn. The word Shibat denotes the
eleventh month, when the sun is in the sign of Aquarius,
the house or special domain of Saturn. Again, Shibeleth
is an ear of corn, which is under the rule of Saturn, in his

character of Dagon. Then there is the word Shibel, the

leg and foot, ruled by the sign Aquarius, already named
as the house of Saturn, and Shibu, the Turquoise stone,
said to be ruled by Saturn. The term Shibong implies
enough, full, to saturate, in reference to the abundance of
corn produced by Saturn. The same word Shibong is
used for a week of seven days and when in regimine, it is
;

Shiboth and we find Shibeth to be the verb signifying to

;

cease, leave off, or rest from work. As a noun, Shibeth is

a cessation from labor, a rest from work, a Sabbath
whether that of the seventh day, the tenth day, or the sev-
enth month, or that of the seventh year. In all these terms,
therefore, Ave find a reference to the planet Saturn, who
ruled over the seventh day among the ancient Egyptians,
which reference is too clear, too decided, too often re-
peated, to be the result of mere accident. It follows,
therefore, that Moses, who was skilled in all the learning
of the Egyptians, designedly adopted the day of Saturn
for his sacred day, or sabbath. I do not say that he did
this wholly in compliment to that planet but I do con-
;

ceive that the belief among the Egyptians and the Hebrew
people, that Saturn's evil influence was upon all works be-
gun upon that day, made it appear a more fit day than any
other of the days of the week to be declared a sabbath, or
day of rest, when no works or labors should be carried on.
Hence, in Scotland, noone will marry on that day.
There are numerous other Hebrew and Arabic terms into
 THE ANCIENT GOD SATUKN, OK KEONOS. 43

which this root Shib enters, which it would be tedious to

mention but I may name one other which frequently oc-
;

curs, namely, mtjshib, a dwelling or habitation, which in

astrology is entirely under the influence of Saturn, who
rules houses or buildings. But if there were any doubt
that this root had reference to Saturn, it would be de-
stroyed by the fact that the name of this planet among the
ancient Hebrews was Shibetai which, although it may not
;

be met with in some modern Hebrew lexicons, is beyond

dispute, because Scaliger himself, a very learned man,
quotes it from Rabbi Moses, to whom he gives this testi-
mony Primus inter Hebroeos nugari desivit ; and from
:

R. Aben-Esra, whom he calls Magistrum Judceum et homi-

nem supra captam Judceorum. And it is found in R. Isaac
Hazan, whom the Jews conceive to have been the author of
the Astronomical Tables of Alphonsus also in R. Abarbanel,
;

R. Isaac Israelita, R. Jacob Raphael Ben Samuel, Aben-Are,

and R. Ghomer, and others of the most learned men of the
Hebrew nation. I can only conceive the reason of its

omission by Parkhurst, and other lexicon-writers, to have

been their prejudice against the whole science of astrology.
I must make one exception, however, for we find that the
celebrated Spanish Jew, Jacob Rodrigues Moreira, three
hundred years ago, in his " Kehilath Jahacob," has given in
the list of the " Seven Planets, and their power in the
seven days of the week," in Hebrew, " Shibet Ium Shibe-
tai," in English, " Saturn, Saturday," and in Spanish, " Sa-
turno, Sabado."
It has been generally imagined that the Hebrew and
other of the earliest nations of the East offered their chil-
dren in sacrifice to Saturn, under the title of Molech or
Moloch ; but I think it has been clearly shown that they
never did anything of the kind. I observe, in limine, that
nowhere through the Scripture, is any phrase used, when
44 ASTROLOGY.

speaking of the custom among the Hebrews, which signi-

fies either to burn, or kill, or put to death ; but the matter
isnever alluded to without the term heobik, which imports
only to " pass over," and this is sometimes used alone and ;

even when the full phrase is used, which is heobir bash, the
word bash is as correctly rendered "by the fire," as "in the
fire ;" and since to say " to pass over by the fire " is sense,
and to say " to pass over in the fire " is nonsense, I should,
for that reason alone, prefer the former. This leads me to
believe that the idolatrous Hebrews had the same custom of
making and their cattle pass over by or be-
their children
tween' the which has existed among many Eastern
fires,

nations in honor of the great king, or Moloch, which was

evidently the sun, because it was done, and still is done,
on St. John's Day, Midsummer-day, when the sun (their
great god) attains his highest point in the heavens. The
ancient Celtic colonies, who came from Phoenicia, brought
this custom into Ireland and Scotland, where it is yet
existing for on St. John's Day children and cattle are
;

still made to pass over the fire of St. John in these coun-

tries. —
The custom formerly so prevalent that it was con-
demned by a council held at Constantinople prevailed —
generally in France in the seventeenth century, and was
found even in America, among the Brazilians. James
Gaffarel, in his work translated into English in 1650, says,
" Christian mothers do yearly cause their children to pass
over the fire of St. John to this day."
A writer in a valuable periodical says, in reference to
this subject: "The late Lady Baird, of Ferntowers, in
Perthshire, told me that every year at Beltane (on May ' '

1st), a number of men and women assembled at an ancient

Druidical circle of stones, on her property, near Crieff.
They light a fire in the centre, each person puts a bit of
oatcake in a shepherd's bonnet ; they all sit down and
 THE ANCIENT GOD SATUEN, OR KRONOS. 45

draw blindfold a piece of cake from the bonnet. One piece

has been previously blackened, and whoever gets that piece
has to jump through the fire in the centre of the circle,
and to pay a forfeit. This is, in fact, a part of the ancient
worship of Baal and the person on whom the lot fell was
;

formerly burnt as a sacrifice now the passing through the

;

fire represents that, and the payment of the forfeit redeems

the victim. It is curious that stanch Presbyterians, as
the people of that part of Perthshire now
should un-
are,
knowingly keep up an observance of a great heathen festi-
val."
There is, however, a philological mistake here for Bal-;

tane is wrong, and should be Bel-teine —

i.e., " The Fire
of Baal."
Can we believe that Solomon murdered little children by
burning them in the fire, because it says of him, " colebat
Solomon Astharten, Deam Sidoniorum ; et Moloch idolorum
admonitorum ? " On the other hand, when speaking of the
Sepharites (2 Kings xvii. 31), the record says distinctly,
Seraphim Bash, they turned their children in fire to
Adee Melech, " the glorious King " meaning still, as I
;

conceive, the Sun, and not Saturn. Yet I do not deny that
the Ammonites may have had a brazen statute of Saturn,
to which they sacrificed young children, as the Rabbins
assure us nor that the Carthaginians, when besieged by
;

Agathocles, tyrant of Sicily, did, as Diodorus states, sacri-

fice the best of their own children to Kronos ; for he men-

tions the words Kpovov xa ^«ov<;, brazen Kronos. Yet I doubt

whether this brazen statue may not have been, after all,
the same as the Jove Meilichius, represented by a pyramid,
so called by the Greeks, from Hvp, fire. Indeed, the
Roman Mulciber was another name for Vulcan, the god of
fire, and both are derived from the Hebrew, Melech, the

—
King, and Boa, fire id est, the god of fire the Sun.
;
 VI.

DESTINY !

"I felt in my own heart I was forced back upon a career that in
these more rational moments I loathed. blame upon my
I laid the
destiny, that convenient scapegoaton which a weak spirit places all
the misfortunes and miseries brought about by its own incapacity
or misconduct. Destiny, indeed as though Providence had not
!

arranged that every man should be the frarner of his own destiny,
and that the strong, firm mind, the unblenching, fearless heart,
should shape its course, steady and persevering to the end, though
exposed to the storms of obloquy and buffeted by the waves of mis-
fortune."— Digby Grand : by G. J. Whyte Melville.

The above is a specimen of the way in which our modern

fashionable writers treat the great point in philosophy in-
volved in a right consideration of the question of destiny.
The hollow argument, the inconsistent assertion, found in
these few lines, are a sample of the kind of mental food
offered to the novel-reading public. The writer states that
"misfortunes and miseries "are brought about by inca-
pacity and misconduct which to a certain degree is true
;
;

for, at least, those evils are aggravated and rendered more

unbearable by "misconduct." But when he tells us that
Providence has arranged that every man should be the
framer of his own destiny, he simply tells us what is glar-

ingly false. For, if it were true, every man would, of

course, frame for himself a very prosperous destiny. Who
would subject themselves to "the proud man's contumely,"
or who would bear with "the oppressor's wrong" if he
could, by his own efforts, frame to himself a better destiny ?
Does the orphan child, who, ignorant of its grievous loss,
smiles at the pomp and glitter that attend its parent to the
 !

DESTINY 47

grave, frame for itself that bitter and unhappy destiny ?

Does the weeping willow, who sees her only support him —
—
who found bread for her little ones accidentally and sud-
denly swept away from the face of the earth, select for her
own drinking that bitter cup from the hand of destiny ?
Are not a vast majority of " the ills that flesh is heir to "
totally independent of any line of conduct followed by
those who suffer therefrom ? How can we control the con-
duct of others, even though too often there arises therefrom
a fearful amount of blight to our hopes, and destruction to
our prospects in These miserables, who make a bold
life ?

assertion, and, like the coiner of falsemoney, adopt a dash-

ing style to put off the counterfeit, imagine that mankind
have only to be told the untruth with a daring face, and
that it will then needs go down and work all the evil of
their poisonous intentions. But let me ask the writer of
this piece of philosophical buffoonery why he mentions "the
waves of misfortune ? " How inconsistent is this If there
!

be no adverse " destiny " for the " strong, firm mind " he
mentions, how can it meet with " misfortune ? " Why
should "the unblenching, fearless heart" not frame its
destiny free from the waves of misf ortune while about the
task? Surely, there is no mark of truth in this insane
rhapsody. The writer merely panders to the vile spirit of
pride exhibited by the fortunate rich, who, as David ex-
presses it, come not into trouble like other men. They
fancy that their success in life is due to their own strength
of mind, and their own unblenching, fearless hearts and ;

then they begin, like the unreasoning novel-writer, to ex-

claim, " I shall not be moved, for I shall never be in ad-
versity." How different the argument of Whyte Melville
to that of the wise man of old, who declared that "the race
is not t" the swift, nor the battle to the strong, neither yet

bread to the wise, nor yet riches to men of understanding,

48 ASTROLOGY.

nor yet favor to men of skill, but time and chance happen-
eth to them all." The words here rendered "time and
chance " are Ki-oth upegong iqurah ath-calam, literally
meaning, "But time of good events and of evil events hap-
peneth to them all."
But do not let me be understood to advocate the doctrine
of blind fate, or inevitable destiny being over all a man
does, which would reduce him to a mere machine, and
render him no longer justly responsible for his deeds in
this life. This view of the case is the opposite extreme,
and just as far from the truth as that of Whyte Melville.
The truth lies between these extremes. Of the stars we
may say, Agunt, non cogunt ; they act or incline, but nowise
compel. Every man has held out to him the evil and the
good he has free will to choose, and may, if he will, eschew
:

the evil and accept the good, and, according to the light
given him, must he be responsible for the deeds done in the
body. The stars of their own power decree not future
events they are merely the instruments of their and our
;

Creator but we have reason whereby we may withstand

;

the inclinations of the elements and of all things com-

pounded of them. But never, perhaps, do they so fatally
triumph over the weakness of human nature, as when they
carry away the vain mind of a mortal man, and lead him to
exclaim, in the direct language of Providence, " I will be
"
the framer of my own destiny !

TIME AND CHANCE.

We may affirm that all mankind have each, more or less,

a certain share of wisdom, power, or wealth, wherewith they

occupy themselves in and carry forward all their
this life,

undertakings. Thus we
some men, by means of riches,
see
cunning, or contrivance, grow mighty, and prosper, as if
 !

DESTINY 49

nothing could impede the accomplishment of their

full

designs ; and yet we two things which con-

find there are
found the wisest, the greatest, and proudest of them all,
in the very summit of their glory these are Time and :

—
Chance two mighty lords upon earth, which bring to pass
many strange and marvellous events. Time is that motion
of space which proceeded out of eternity when the world
began, and holdeth on unto eternity, which is to succeed
at the world's end. Out of this one long time are en-
gendered infinite spaces of time, of a great variety of sorts ;

and these are either general or special, and each of them

either fortunate or unfortunate. There is a time for every
purpose under Heaven a time of pleasure and another time
;

of pain and grief a time to rise, and a time to fall a time

; ;

to be bom, and a time to die. There is a certain lucky

time in man's life, wherein if he go out to battle, though
with but few men, yet he carrieth the victory ; and there
is another time wherein, though he go out with ever so
complete an army, yet shall he gain nothing but disgrace.
So also there is a time when overtures of marriage shall be
successful, but a man's desires answer it not ; and again
there is a time when desires of marriage shall strongly
urge, and all overtures shall exactly correspond and suit
together. In like manner there is a time when prosperity
and riches and be attained, whether
shall offer themselves
a man sleep or wake and by and by, though he pursue
;

them with wings, yet so unlucky a time occurs, as renders

all his endeavors fruitless. Some men come into the world
in a lucky hour, so that, let them be wise or foolish, they
shall be buoyed up on the wings of fate, in all matters of
wealth or honor, and succeed in all that they take to ;

while wiser and better men, smitten with an unlucky time

of birth, shall be as undeservedly disparaged, and all their
undertakings shall prove unsuccessful and unhappy. Some
4
50 ASTROLOGY.

shall be lucky in the van of their enterprises, and as un-

fortunate in their rear ; others again contrariwise. And
thus time seems to mock and sport with the men of this
life, and to advance, or counteract, all their skill and con-
trivances, even to a degree infinitely beyond whatever we
could reasonably conceive or expect. And yet time of itself
is but a dead thing, and a mere instrument but the wheels ;

of the heavens, turning upon it, imprint riddles in its face,

and carve and cut out the various shapes of prosperity and
adversity upon the minutest portion thereof. And wonder-
ful it to observe, that a child, the moment it draws
is

breath, becomes time-smitten by the face of Heaven, and

receives an impression from the stars therein, which, tak-
ing rise from the ascendant, sun, moon, and other principal
significators, operate as the impressors stand, and point
out the causes whence the fate and fortune of the new-bom
infant proceed and whether it comes before or at its full
;

time, or in what part of the world soever it is bom, it

matters not for, as the nature of the significators are that
;

ascend upon the horizon at the birth, such shall certainly

be the fortune of the native. And these significators rep-
resent, as it were, a series of curious knots, which untie
by course ; and, as every knot unties, different times seem
to fly out, and perform their errands ; and of these, some-
times we may observe two or more lucky knots opening
together, and at other times, as many that are inauspicious.
Yet all times are beautiful in their seasons, if men could
hit them
but through the malignity of sin, and an intem-
;

perate pursuit of worldly pleasures, we often lose the favor-

able time afforded us of embracing the most substantial
happiness.
The second great lord over human inventions is Chance.
And these chances proceed from a great variety of rare and
secret operations of Heaven, which throw in the way of
 !

DESTINY 51

men those strange and fortuitous turns of fortune, that

surpass all human foresight or conception. And yet there
is really no such thing as chance in nature but all those
;

curious hits, that strike in between the cause and its

effects, we call chances, as best suiting human ideas, be-

cause of the undescribable properties of them. For in
shuffling a pack of cards, or in casting the dice, it seems
to us a mere chance what cast should happen uppermost,
or what card will go to the bottom of the pack and yet ;

it is evident, by experience, that there is a certain luck

in nature, which presides over all these adventures, so that

a man shall either win or lose in a methodical course.
It also happen in the time of battle, and in every pursuit
after wealth and honor, that chances fall in upon us, and
turn the scale by a secret kind of fate, beyond all that
could reasonably have been expected, and thus Heaven
breathes into all human actions an infinity of these chances,
that overturn the wisdom, and power, and all the great-
ness of man. These chances are uniformly managed by
some heavenly influence that infuses a secret or poison into
our actions, as courage into their hearts on one side, or
dismay on the other and skill into some men's heads to
;

pursue the right course to be rich, or folly into others,

whereby they run headlong to misery and want or else ;

fortunateth or unfortunateth by mistake of words, signals,

or acts, that turn to the best or worst advantage, by strange
hits or miscarriages and thus it happens that a slight mis-
;

take in battle begets an utter rout, after a victory made

almost complete, by the mere utterance of a wrong word,
or steering an improper course. But, which way soever it
happens, the whole matter wrought by a good or ill
is

luck ;not by any new - contrived act, but by the same

regular course of Nature ordained from the beginning of
the world.
52 ASTROLOGY.

Thus both Time and Chance are the servants of Nature,

under whose commands they sway the world, and worldly
men but by her laws are both of them disposed. Time
;

measures out the extent of men's lives, and sets bounds

how long they may live by strength of Nature, and how
much of that time shall be extenuated by means of sin ;

and it also carves out limits to the particular fates of all

mankind and Chance acts in observance of those limits,
;

and brings about the good and bad success of every fate.
And thus, by the service of Time and Chance, Nature per-
forms all her great and secret operations, whether upon
collective bodies, or places, or persons. It may be thought
strange that Nature should bring forth men and women at
a great distance of years, hours, and places, all destined
to die at one time, and by the same manner of death, either
by war, plague, pestilence, or shipwreck and that Time
;

and Chance should pick them up, and draw them together
from a variety of different pursuits, to partake at last in
—
one and the same destructive fate. From the Encyclope-
dia Britannica.
 VII.

THE MONTHS AND WEEKS.

The Thoth, or first month of the Egyptian year, was

originally commenced by the early astronomers of that
nation at the time the Sun came to the southern tropic,
December 21st, when the days began to lengthen, and a
new year appeared to commence. Their year consisted of
12 months, each containing 30 days, and 5 epagomena, or.
voids, making in all 365 days. The months were named
after the signs containing the Sun, and each planet was
said to rule the Sun as he passed through the signs or
—
houses, of which each planet had two the Sun and Moon
having but one each. The following table of the houses,
or chief dignities of the planets, is exactly the same as that
found in the mummy-case of the Archon of Thebes, in
ancient Egypt, as may be seen in the British Museum :

Q D E3
1T£ S n
=2= ? 8
"l $ T
t U X
V3 *? <cs?

EGYPTIAN. ENGLISH. SIGN. RULING PLANET

Thoth Decembei V3 Saturn.
Paophi January £? Saturn.
Athyr February X Jupiter.
Cohiac March T Mars.
Tybi April 8 Venus.
 :

54I ASTROLOGY.

EGYPTIAN. ENGLISH. SIGN. RULING PLANET,

Mechir May n Mercury.
Phanienoth * June s Moon.
Pharmonti * July SI Sun.
Paslions August HE Mercury.
Payni September <-/\-
Venus.
Epiphi October m Mars.
Mesori November * Jupiter.

Then the months may be shown, according to the Ro-

mans as follows
December was sacred to Saturn, the Sun being in his
house (Capricornus) and Saturn being at the greatest
;

distance from the Sun.

January or Janus, whose double face had its origin in
Sun in two successive signs being ruled by
the fact of the
Saturn. It is remarkable that he and Saturn are said to
have governed together in Italy.
February was sacred to Neptune, by which was meant
Jupiter in his character as a sea-god, for his chariot was
drawn by Hippocampi, which were horses in their fore
parts and fishes in their hinder thus exemplifying the two
;

houses of Jupiter, f the Archer, drawn with partly the

body of the horse, and also K the fishes. Two days in the
month, the 1st and 13th, were sacred to Jupiter.
March was named after Mars, the first day being sacred
to him. The Equiria were games held on the 14th day, in
honor of Mars.
April was sacred to Venus, to whom the 1st and 23d days
were dedicated.
May was so named from Maia, the mother of Mercury,
whose birth was said to have occurred on the 15th day.
* Did not these words mean the light month, from pha light, and unenoth a month ?
—
Also phar light, and monti month the month or origin of light ?
 THE MONTHS AND WEEKS. 55

The, 14th was sacred to Mercury, the sun being in his

house, Gemini.
June was named from Juno, who was the same as Diana,
or Luna, the Moon. The first day was sacred to her. The
Sun is then in her house, Cancer.
July was sacred to Jupiter, meaning Jupiter Ammon,
being an Egyptian term for the Sun, the greater light be-
ing then in his own house, Leo. The Ludi Apollinares
were eight days of festival held in his honor this month.
August was sacred to Ceres, the goddess of corn, who is
drawn with a bunch of wheat in her hand, to represent the
sign Virgo, the house of Mercury. The 13th day was
sacred to Vertumnus, change —the astrological character of
Mercury.
September was under the protection of Vulcan, the hus-
band of Venus, who was herself termed Vulcanus thus
;

Plautus, " Vulcanus, Sol, Luna, Lies, dei quatuor, scelles-

tiorem nullum illuxere alterum " —
Venus, the Sun, Moon,
and Jupiter, four deities who never shine upon the unfort-
unate (a very good astrological aphorism). The Sun is
this month in the house of Venus, viz. Libra. It is remark-
able that the 25th day was sacred to Venus and Saturn,
and the 27th to Venus the mother. Saturn has dignities
in Libra (his exaltation).
October was under the protection of Mars, in whose
honor the Armilustrium festival and sacrifices took place
on the 19th day, when the Romans assembled their army.
The Sun this month is in the house of Mars (Scorpio).
November was under the protection of Diana, goddess of
hunting the 14th day was set apart for the trial of horses,
;

Lectisternia festival was held, also the Neptunalia games, all

of these being allusions to Jupiter and the sign of the
Archer ( f ), which is his house. On the first day a solemn
banquet in honor of Jupiter took place.
56 ASTROLOGY.

It is a remarkable confirmation of this hypothesis (of the

derivation of the houses of the planets) that the Thoth of
the Egyptians, if it was first commenced on December 21st,
would in the process of time fall back (in consequence of
the year being some hours longer than the 365 days as
they reckoned it), until it came to be on February 26th in
the year b.c. 747, which was the commencement of the era
of Nabonnasser.
 VIII.

SATURN AND THE SABBATH OF THE JEWS.

Many circumstances point to the Chaldsean origin of

Egyptian astronomy. The Egyptian Zodiac corresponded
with the Dodecatemoria of the Chaldseans, and though
some of the Chaldsean constellations were modified in
Egyptian temples, yet sufficient general resemblance exists
between the Egyptian arrangement and that which other
nations derived from the Chaldseans, to show the real origin
of the figures which adorn Egyptian Zodiac temples. The
argument derived from astrological fancies is even stronger,
for the whole system of astrological divination is so artifi-
cial and peculiar that it must of necessity be ascribed to

one nation. To find the system prevailing among any

people is of itself a sufficient proof that they were taught
by that nation. Nor can any question arise as to the na-
tion which invented the system. The Egyptians themselves
admitted the superiority of the Chaldsean astrologers, and
the common consent of all the oriental nations accorded
with this view. We know that in Rome, although Armeni-
ans, Egyptians, and Jews were consulted as astronomers,
Chaldseans were held to be the most proficient. " Ghal-

dceas sed major erit fiducia," says Juvenal of the Roman

ladies who consulted fortune-tellers :
" quicquid Dixerit
Ammonis
artrologus, credent a fonte relatis "
— whatever the
Chaldsean astrologers may say, they trust as though it
came from Jupiter Ammon. Another argument in favor
of the Chaldsean origin of astronomy and astrology is
derived from the fact that the systems of astronomy taught
58 ASTKOLOGY.

in Egypt, Babylon, Persepolis, and elsewhere, do not cor-

respond with the latitude of those places but this argu-
;

ment (which I have considered at some length in Appendix

A to my treatise on Saturn) need not detain us here. It is
sufficient to observe that in Egypt the astrological system
was early received and taught.
" Egypt," says a modern writer, " a countrywhich for
the loveliness of its nights, might well be an importer of
such a system. ... To each planet is attributed a
mystic influence, and to every heavenly body a supernatural
agency, and all the stars that gem the sky were supposed
to exert an influence over the birth, and life, and destiny
of man hence arose the casting of nativities, prayers, in-
;

cantations, and sacrifices —

of which we have traces even
to the present day in those professors of astrology and
divination, the gypsies, whose very name links them with
the ancient country of such arts."
One of the cardinal principles of astrology was this :

that every hour and every day is ruled by its proper planet.
Now, in the ancient Egyptian astronomy, there were seven
planets two, the Sun and Moon, circling round the earth,
;

the rest circling round the Sun. The period of circulation

was apparently taken as the measure of each planet's dig-
nity, probably because it was judged that the distance cor-
responded to the period. We know that some harmonious
relation between the distances and periods was supposed
to exist. When Kepler discovered the actual laAv, he con-
ceived that he had in reality found out the mystery of
Egyptian astronomy, or, as he expressed it, that he had
" stolen the golden vases of the Egyptians." Whether they
had clear ideas as to the nature of this relation or not, it is
certain that they arranged the planets in order (beginning
with the planet of longest period) as follows :
 :

SATURN AND THE SABBATH OP THE JEWS. 59

1. Saturn. 5. Venus.
2. Jupiter. 6. Mercury.
3. Mars. '
7. The Moon.
4. The Sun.

The hours were devoted in continuous succession to

these bodies; and as there were twenty-four hours in
each Chaldsean or Egyptian day, it follows that with what-
ever planet the day began the cycle of seven planets (be-
ginning with that one) was repeated three times, making
twenty-one hours, and then the first three planets of the
cycle completed the twenty-four hours, so that the fourth
planet of the cycle (so begun) ruled the first hour of the
next day. Suppose, for instance, the first hour of any day
—
was ruled by the Sun the cycle for the day would there-
fore be the Sun, Venus, Mercury, the Moon, Saturn, Jupiter,
and Mars, which repeated three times, would give twenty-
one hours the twenty- second, twenty-third, and twenty-
;

fourth hours would be ruled respectively by the Sun, Venus,

and Mercury, and the first hour of the next day would be
ruled by the Moon. Proceeding in the same way through
this second day, we find that the first hour of the third day
would be ruled by Mars, the first hour of the fourth day
would be ruled by Mercury, the first hour of the fifth day
by Jupiter, of the sixth by Venus, and of the seventh by
Saturn. The seven days in order being assigned to the
planet ruling, their first hour would therefore be

1. The Sun's day (Sunday).

2. The Moon's day (Monday, Lundi).
3. Mars's day (Tuesday, Mardi).
4. Mercury's day (Wednesday, Mercredi).
5. Jupiter's day (Thursday, Jeudi).
6. Venus's day (Friday, Veneris dies, Vendredi).
7. Saturn's day (Saturday ; Ital. il Sabbato).
60 ASTROLOGY.

Dion Cassius, who wrote in the third century of our

era, gives this explanation of the nature of the Egyptian
week, and of the method in which the arrangement was de-
rived from their system of astronomy. It is a noteworthy
point that neither the Greeks nor Eomans in his timeused
the week, which was a period of strictly oriental origin.
The Romans only adopted the week in the time of Theo-
dosius, toward the close of the fourth century, and the
Greeks divided the month into periods of ten days so ;

that, for the origin of the arrangement connecting the

days of the week with the planets, we must look to the
source indicated by Dion Cassius. It is a curious illustra-
tion of the way in which traditions are handed down, not
only from generation to generation, but from nation to
nation, that the Latin and Western nations receiving the
week along with the doctrines of Christianity, should, never-
theless, have adopted the nomenclature in use among as-
trologers. It is impossible to say how widely the knowledge
of astrology has spread, or how deeply it has penetrated,
for the practices of astrologers were carried on in secret,
wherever Sabaism was rejected as a form of religion but ;

that in some mysterious way this knowledge spread among

nations professing faith in the Supreme Being, and that
even to this day they are secretly accepted in Mahometan
and even Christian communities, cannot be disputed. How
much more must such knowledge have affected the Jews,
led out by Moses from the very temple of astrology?
Knowing what we do of the influence of such matters in
our own time, can we wonder if three thousand years ago
Moses found it difficult to dispossess his followers of the
belief in " the host of Heaven," or if, a few generations later,
even the reputed prophetess Deborah should have been
found proclaiming that "the stars in their courses" had
fought against the enemy of Israel. That the Egyptians
 SATURN AND THE SABBATH OF THE JEWS. 61

dedicated the seventh day of the week to the outermost or

highest planet, Saturn, is certain ; and it is presumable
that this day was a day of rest in Egypt. —From an article

by Mr. R A. Proctor, in the Contemporary Review for March,

1875.
 —

IX.

GREEK MYTHOLOGISTS.

The Greek mythologists elaborated from this lord or

chief of the Sabean idolatry both Jupiter and Apollo, the
former as king of Heaven, the latter as the local deity of
the Sun. The Moon was the next object worshipped after
the Sun : hence we find the constant allusion to Bel and
the Dragon, which Dragon signified the Moon's path in the
heavens. The Moon's north node, or where she crosses the
ecliptic into north latitude, has always been known by as-
trologers as the "Dragon's Head ;" and the south node, or
where she crosses it into south latitude, as the " Dragon's
Tail." And we shall find that the curious fact of the Buddh-
ists having nine planets, whereas there are in reality but
seven,* will be thus accounted for.

Buddhist Planets.

1. Hiru, Iru or Iiru The Sun . . Its day . . Sunday

2. Sicura, or Sihura Venus. . . . " . .Friday
3. Angaharu, or Angharua .Mars .... " . .Tuesday
4. Rahu (or Eclipse)
Dragon's Head
5. Henahura, or Henha-
hura Saturn " Saturday
... . .

Kandu "
6. The Moon. ..Monday
7. Budahu, or Budhuha ...Mercury.. " ..Wednesday
8. Braspaty, or Braspatia . . Jupiter " Thursday
.
.

9. Keetu (or Keetoo)

Dragon's Tail
Recently discovered planets, or lanetoids, are not here considered.
 GREEK MYCOLOGISTS. 63

The reader will here observe that each planet has one
day of the week appljed to it by the Buddhists, and that
they are just the same days as among the ancient oriental na-
tions, the Greeks, the Eomans, the Saxons, and the modern
Europeans. Hence it is clear that they all had one and the
same origin, which we think may easily be shown to have been
Egyptian. The Buddhist term for the Sun, Iru, Iiru, or Hiru,
is evidently taken from Orus, or Horus, the Egyptian name

for Apollo (the Sun), according to Herodotus. It will be

seen that the name of Buddha is formed from Budhaha, or
Budahu, the name of Mercury. We think, then, that this
may have arisen from a dim remembrance of the great
name of the Hermes Trismegistus, or Mercurius Trisme-
gistus, i.e., ter maximus, thrice great, by reason of his virt-
ues and great learning. He lived about the time of Moses,
and by some has been thought to be the same. Hermes
was the Greek name of Mercury but the Great Hermes
;

was Thoth, an Egyptian. He first divided the day into

hours. Hermes in Greek signified the " Interpreter of the
Gods " and Mercury was always represented as the " Mes-
;

senger of the Gods." We believe, then, that Buddha is this

very " thrice great " Mercury for the original Buddha is
;

represented as the founder of a new religion, and the more

modern Buddha, whose temple was lately exhibited, is the
reviver of the religion of the Buddhas. There were a vast
number of serpents as decorations about the various masks,
drawings, and among them we perceive the character
etc.,

of the Caduceus, or rod of Mercury, which was figured

among the Egyptians like two serpents knit together in
the middle, which were symbols of the planets' paths in the
heavens, he (Mercurius Trismegistus) being skilful in as-
tronomy. The rod of iEsculapius (god of physic) was also
wound about with serpents, " these animals being reckoned
medicinal," says Suetonius ; but we believe it was to show
 —

64 ASTROLOGY.

that, by means of the planets, diseases were to be cured

a doctrine among the Buddhists. Rahu (or eclipse)
still held
is numbered among the planets, and is described as " a
gigantic wanderer in the heavens, frightening the celestial
hosts." This being is the "Dragon's Head," which is al-
ways put into the figures of the ancient as of the modem
astrologers and if any planet be with it, that planet is
;

said to suffer, as the Sun and Moon do, during an eclipse.

It has "neither day nor constellation," and it does "wan-
der " in the heavens truly, going contrary to the order of
the signs. Hence the original of the celestial hosts (the
other planets) being frightened at it. That Eahu is this
character is evident, as he is seen standing at Buddha's foot,
with the bQdy of a man and the head of a serpent or dragon.
In all the drawings given by Mr. Upham of their incanta-
tions (astrological figures of the heavens) Rahu is so repre-
sented ; and in those of Keetu or Keetoo, the " Dragon's

Tail " of astrologers, we find the head of a man and the tail

of a serpent or dragon. Thus the two extra planets of the

Buddhists are the Moon's nodes, or, astrologically speaking,
the dragon's head and tail. The sixth hieroglyphic, No. 4,
represents Buddha as born of a virgin, which we believe al-
ludes to the sign Virgo, being the house, exaltation or chief
dignity of Mercury, or that sign in which he has most
power. The fourth hieroglyphic exhibits the twin children
of Buddha, which is an allusion to Gemini, or the twins
(•" the pair " in Buddhist astronomy), being the other house

of Mercury. The red deity, Mara, is evidently a planet.

The letter a seems to be a mere termination as a vast ;

number of other names end in it, and if we change it into

the European final letter s, we have the word Mars, which
planet is red in the heavens, and has always been repre-
sented as a fiery, evil planet. The history of Buddha rep-
resents Mara as always inimical to him and in astrology ;
 GREEK MYTHOLOGISTS. 65

Mara is always an enemy to Mercury.

Mara is drawn with
a battle-axe or spear one hand and a cock or horned goat
fti

in the other, also with an ox or peacock by his side. This

shows that he was Mars, the god of war, to whom the cock
was dedicated and the hornet goat proves that it was the
;

planet Mars, because Capricornus (the horned goat) is the

sign in which Mars is exalted —his chief dignity. The ox
is the Buddhist Aries, or first sign of the Zodiac, which sign
is the house of Mars, The character of Mara, violent, war-
like, "the propagator of all evil," and his fiery-red color,
agree also with the astrological character of the planet. In
the same manner the Moon is represented to have been
surprised when bathing by Mara. Here is the fable of Ac-
tseon and Diana (the Moon) whence we may perceive that
;

the mythologic and astrologic fables have spread along

with astrology among the nations of India. The Chachra,
or thunderbolt of Mara, is also common to Vishnu (Jupi-
ter) ; which shows that it was from the earliest time ob-
served that these two planets are the chief causes of thun-
der. The character of Vishnu in Buddhism is that of a mild
and benevolent deity, just that which astrology has always
given to Jupiter, though when Mars and Jupiter come to-
gether there is more violent thunder than at any other
period. This was the opinion of Pliny. The figure of
Brachma, with four faces, denotes the Sun, the four seasons,
and the four triplicities of the Zodiac, viz., the airy, fiery,
earthy, and watery. The twelve Rahats behind the bed of
Buddha denote the character of Mercury's various influences
in the twelve signs of the Zodiac. Among the Singhalese,
a Hora is a planetary hour, just as it is among the Arab
and old European astrologers. The word Hora in Sanscrit
signifies the same as in Latin —
an hour and the only hours
;

at first known were the planetary hours, the day being di-
vided into them, and ruled by them in rotation, the Sun
5
66 ASTROLOGY.

ruling the hour after sunrise on Sunday, the Moon

first

ruling the on Monday, Mars on Tuesday, Mercury on

first

Wednesday, Jupiter on Thursday, Venus on Friday, and

Saturn on Saturday. This shows that the division of the
day into hours, and the week into seven days, as well as
the calling the seven days by the names of the planets, are
of astrological origin.The word Hora in Latin was taken
from the Greeks, who took it from the Hebrew ok, lux,
light or day but this came originally from the Egyptian
;

word Horus or Orus, which we have mentioned on the

authority of Herodotus, as their name of the Sun, the foun-
tain of light. We have made it clear, therefore, that both
the astrological term Hora, and the astronomical term
Hiru among the Buddhists, came from Egypt. It is plain,
then, that Buddhism is nothing more nor less than a vast
corruption of Sabseism, or planet-worship, which was itself

a corruption of the ancient purity of astrology, as first

practised among the Egyptians.

 X.

ELEUSINIAN MYSTERIES.

" The two main principles on which the religion of Egypt

was based, appear to be the existence of an Omnipotent
Being, whose various attributes being deified, formed a
series of divinities, each worshipped under its own peculiar
form, and supposed to possess its particular office and ;

the deification of the Sun and Moon, from which it might

appear that a sort of Sabsean worship had once formed part
of the Egyptian creed." Astrology, therefore, is not a re-
cent invention. Even the system of planetary hours is at
least as old as the 18th dynasty, and how much older it is
impossible to say.
The sarcophagi of the monarchs of the 18th dynasty
were decorated with representations of the Sun-mythos,
viz., the passage of the Sun through the twelve hours of

the day and those of the night. The Sun passes in a bark,
always accompanied by seven deities, who differ according
to the hour, and who appear to represent the Moon and
planetary system. This, which forms a clew to the my-
thology of the 18th and 19th dynasties, shows that at this
period the twelve great Gods of Egypt were the personifica-
tions of the Sun in the respective hours, and those of the
twelve hours of night the lesser gods. At each hour the
Sun assumes a new type on the Pantheon he is Horus in
;

the early hours of the dawn, Ra at midday, and At urn at

sunset.
The rule of these seven deities over the twice twelve
hours of the day is arranged as follows First, the order
:
 ;

68 ASTROLOGY.

of application is observed as in horary questions that is, ;

the Moon applies toand separates from Mercury, Mercury

from Venus, and so on, the order of application being, con-
sequently, Saturn, Jupiter, Mars, Sun, Venus, Mercury, the
Moon, according to their less motion and greater distance.
The first hour of a day, for instance, being assigned to Sat-
urn, the next in the order of application to Jupiter, and
so on the twenty-fifth hour, or the first of the next day,
;

will be the planetary hour of the Sun and the twenty- ;

fifth from that, or the first hour of the next day, will

be that of the Moon, and so on throughout the week,

each day having the name of the planet ruling its first
hour.
In the Io of Plato, Socrates says " Homer and Hesiod
:

both write of things that relate to divination." (Astrology

is in part divination. Io.) —
"True." Soc. "Well, now, —
the passages in either of these poets relating to divination,
who, think you, is capable of interpreting with most skill

and judgment, yourself or some able diviner?" Io. "An —

able diviner, I must own." Who the divi of the diviner
were is clear from Cicero De N. D., 1. 10 " Anaximandri :

opinio est nativos esse deos longis intervallis orientes occi-

dentesque eosque innumerabiles esse mundos."
A proper rebuke is administered in the Io to the mere
word-mongery which forms the staple commodity of mod-
ern scholarship, so called :
" To be conversant with the
works of many excellent poets, especially with those of
Homer, the best and most divine of them all and to learn, ;

not merely his verses, but his meaning, as it is necessary you

should these are advantages highly to be envied. For a man
;

could never be a good rhapsodist iinless he understood

what he recited, because it is the business of a rhapsodist
to explain to his audience the sense and meaning of the port
but this it is impossible to perform well without a knowledge of
 —

ELEUSIFIAN MYSTERIES. 69

those things concerning which the poet writes. Now all this
certainly merits a high degree of admiration." Socrates
was interested in the explication of Homer's meaning.
Soc. "I am persuaded you (Io) will not be so ill-natured
as to refuse the exhibiting before me your abilities in
this way." And the multitude were equally interested.
Sydenham observes, " For the multitude everywhere, hav-
ing heard that profound secrets of wisdom lay concealed
there (in Homer), thought there was no reason why
they should not be made as wise as their betters, and were
eager to have those hidden mysteries opened and revealed
to them. The Athenians, therefore, encouraged the rhap-
sodists to undertake the unfolding to them that secret wis-
dom reported to be wrapped up in the fables and allego-
ries of Homer."
It may be shown that this subject is one of still greater
interest and importance to the modern than it was to the
ancient multitude, learned or unlearned.
It should be remembered that what is to us mythology
was to pagans religion. Jupiter and Neptune, who with
us are the subjects of fable merely, had their temples,
priests, and sacrifices.
It is not true that these fables are the fables of books
only they have in all ages been written in characters of
;

—
blood and fire in widow-burning by the Hindoos, and in
Druse massacres.
If the hidden meaning of the various mythologies, con-
stituting the sacred books of the pagans, could be deciph-
ered, and shown to refer to something else than religion,
an end would be put to these evils but as long as these
;

sacred books are thought to have the sanctions of religion,

their real meaning being unknown, so long will these evils
endure.
To investigate, therefore, the real, astrological nature of
70 ASTROLOGY.

mythology, is an enterprise not simply of practical impor-

tance, but of the utmost possible practical importance.
Mythology, after all, is, or should be, the great question
of the day, even in this fastidiously practical nineteenth
century.
 XI.

THE HEAVENS.

There are in the heavens several bodies which appear to

shed their light on this Earth and also some others which,
;

having no light of themselves, serve to reflect that of the

Sun, and thereby become visible to our organs of sight.
The former are termed Fixed Stars, because they appear to
same situation, or to be fixed in the same place
retain the ;

but the being observed to wander, are termed Plan-

latter,

ets. The number and distance of the former are so exten-

sive, that I shall take no further notice of them here than
to observe that they are not much used in that portion of
astrology which denominated Horary, and that those
is

persons who make use of them in nativities will

desire to
find their right ascensions and declinations given with
great accuracy in the almanac for each year.

THE PLANETS.

The planets are # Herschel, >? Saturn, U Jupiter, $ Mars,

Sol, the Sun, $ Venus, 9 Mercury, and J) Luna, the
Moon. These characters have been always in use, and may
(with the exception of # ) be traced to the remotest an-
and their origin found among the hieroglyphics of
tiquity,
Egypt. But as the object of this work is practical utility,
no more need be said on the subject.
72 ASTROLOGY.

The accompanying engraving represents very exactly an ancient

Zodiac as sculptured on one of the temples at Thebes. We have given

ANCIENT ZODIAC AT THEBES.

The fig-
a place here, because of its never having been
explained.
it
Jupiter with
ures in the centre represent Mercury with his caduceus,
his eagle and his thunderbolts, and Venus
accompanied by Cupid.
 THE HEAVENS. 73

As the existence of this piece of sculpture is evidently very ancient,

it shows that the idea of Cupid, the god of love, as connected with
Venus, is one of higher origin than the Greek poets, and was enter-
tained by the early Egyptian astrologers. The object is more, how-
ever, to call attention to some curious astronomical and astrological
phenomena in connection with this very ancient representation of
the Zodiac. One remarkable fact is that the sign Libra is here de-
picted by a naked female, which has evident allusion to that sign
being ruled by Venus ; and we see also that the introduction of the
scales, as a type of that sign, is a modern innovation. We find the
goat also drawn in full, and without the tail of the fish, as generally
seen on less ancient zodiacs. We do not believe that the ear of corn
was the original thing represented in the hand of Virgo but, as ;

seems denote the industrious Virgin. The

to be here, the distaff to
same thing is found in the Zodiac in the great temple at Tentyra.
And this fact is consistent with the known circumstance that females
born under the sign Virgo are always industrious.
But the interesting fact relating to the very high antiquity of this
Zodiac is the midsummer Sun being found in the goat. When the
sun was summer, the water of the Nile began
at the highest point in
to rise, which was represented by a radiant head (for the sun) pour-
ing forth a torrent of water it being anciently believed that the
;

Nile sprang originally from Osiris, the Sun. Now here we find the
Sun, so pouring forth this stream, when in the goat; and as the pre-
cession of the equinoxes causes the constellations to move forward,
and as the Sun, when at its highest point, is now in Gemini, it fol-
lows that the solstitial point has passed through seven constellations
since the phenomena represented in this Zodiac actually existed.
And as they each move past the solstitial point in 2,160 years, it fol-
lows that it refers to a date over 15,000 years ago We do not wish !

to insinuate that we believe the Zodiac so sculptured to have been in

existence that long ; but we explain the fact bjr the circumstance
Egypt was that the year should begin when
that the ancient doctrine in
the Sun entered the Goat ; and this doctrine was opposed by the sect
of the Chaldseans, who made it to begin (as we do in astrology still)
when the Sun enters the Ram. It is remarkable that, long before
the time of Moses, the Ram was alluded to by some astronomers as
the important epoch of the year, because when the Sun enters that
sign he is in his exaltation, and very powerful. And no doubt it

was the Chaldcean heresy (as the Egyptians would term it) that the
Israelites, who came from that country, followed ; for the shouting
and blowing Rams' horns by way of rejoicing appear to show this ;
74 ASTROLOGY.

and more especially the Hebrew word Jubilee a time of rejoicing —

— which really means a Ram, originally so named from the rejoic-
ings which took place when the god of the Chaldseans, the Sun [that
land being under Leo, the house of the Suu] escaped from the power
of Typhon, the winter, and entered his exaltation, the Ram.
The Samaritans, who seem to have clung to the notion of the Goat
being the principal sign, had a saying in reference to its power,
which was, " In the beginning the Goat created the Heavens and tJie
Earth." But the Israelites, who were better instructed, taught that
" In the beginning [AleimJ God created the Heavens and the Earth."
And we have no doubt that Moses put forth his account of the Cre-
ation to prevent his people from being misled by the Egyptian doc-
trines as to the origin of all things being from Isis and Osiris, the
Sun and Moon, the Heavens, etc., and thus to prevent idolatry.
The term Bera, found in the Samaritan as well as the Hebrew text of
the first chapter of Genesis, and which we translate "created," may,
however, have merely referred to the astronomical fact of the begin-
ning or renewal of the year ; for its root is Ber, which signifies to
purify, or make bright and clear ; which the Goat may be said to do
to the Sun when he enters it, and the days begin to lengthen and
grow bright.

The Signs of the Zodiac. —There are twelve signs of the

Zodiac, each containing 30 degrees, thus making 360 de-
grees, into which every great circle is divided. The first
six are, Northern Signs, viz., f Aries, & Taurus, n Gemini,
ES Cancer, SL Leo, trjj Virgo the remaining are the Southern
;

Signs, viz., === Libra, T\[ Scorpio, f Sagittary, YS Capricorn,

£? Aquarius, ^ Pisces.
The f, commences the Zodiac, its beginning
first sign,

being that spot in the heavens where the Sun is when cross-
ing the equator in spring and the latter sign, X finishes
; ,

the circle of the Zodiac, the latter end of it being that spot
in the heavens where the Sun is when he has gone his
round, and is again about to enter T •

By referring to the annexed diagram, the student will

perceive, thatwhen the Sun enters T (about March 21st)
he proceeds northward, and increases in declination until he
 THE HEAVENS. 75

reaches the tropic of S Cancer (about June 21st), when he

speedily begins to return to the south and when he
;

reaches =£=, he again crosses the equator (about September

Diagram of the Sun's Motion in the Zodiac.

Northern N Tropic.

Declination 23j degrees Noun.

WW

Southern

Declination s 23% degrees South.

Explanation. —
The space between the two outer circles
may be considered as the line of the Sun's motion and ;

then the sign opposite the name of each month will show
where the Sun is about the twenty-first of each month.
The globe in the centre may be taken for the Earth, the
northern parts of which receive the greater portion of the
Sun's light in summer, and the southern parts in winter.
76 ASTROLOGY.

2M), where, Laving no declination, he causes equal day

and night all over the world. He then declines away to the
south, shortening our days in the northern hemisphere,
until he reaches the southern tropic V3, Capricorn at ;

length he returns toward the equator, and crosses it by en-

tering the sign T (about March 21st), where again he has
no declination, and gives equal days and nights.

These signs are divided into

Northern Signs T, « , LI, S, SI, i»K.

Southern Signs =a=, it[, f , V3, £?, ^i-

Tropical Signs S, and ]tf,
Equinoctial Signs. T, and =£=.
Double-bodied Signs LI, W, t > 5€-

They are again divided into

Movable T, S, =a=, Itf.

Common II, ttjz, ? , ¥:•

Fixed « , SI, m, £?".

Also into
Fiery ,
T, SI, t-
Earthy « , tt£, ys.
Airy n, ==*, £?•
Watery s, m, 5€.

The student must become well acquainted with the above

particulars but especially so with the northern and south-
;

ern signs, the former being opposite to the latter. By at-

tending to this, he will readily come to understand the
figure of the heavens, and the relative situations of the
planets.
The movable, common, and fixed signs are always in
square aspect to each other, three signs apart ; and the fiery,

earthy, airy, and watery signs are always in trine aspect to

each other, four signs apart.
 ,

THE HEAVENS. 77

The Dragon's Head and Tail.

i

The Moon's north node is known by the character &,

termed the Dragon's Head and her south node by this £5
;

termed the Dragon's Tail. The former of these in horary

questions denotes good, and is considered of the character
of 2/ and increases the good qualities of a benefic, with
,

which it may be found and diminishes the evil of a malefic

;

planet. The latter is of the nature of i> and does the re- ,

verse. In nativities these characters have no avail, and are

not to be considered, except with regard to the Moon, who
is found to produce good or evil when she reaches them

by direction.*

The Part or Fortune.

This is that spot in the heavens which is equally distant
from the degree ascending that the Moon is from the Sun.
It is found by the following rule :

To find the © part of fortune in a nativity, add 90° to

the right ascension of the meridian, and it will give the
oblique ascension of the ascendant. From the oblique as-
cension of the ascendant subtract the oblique ascension of
the Sun (having first added 360° to the former, if neces-
sary) ; to the remainder add the right ascension of the
Moon ; the sum
be the right ascension of ©.
will
The © is always under the horizon before the full Moon,
and above the horizon after the full Moon. Having found
its right ascension, take it from that of the meridian above

or below the earth, according as it may be situated or, take ;

that of the meridian from it, and the sum or difference will
show the distance of © from the cusp of the 10th or 4th
house.
* These nodes are the points in the ecliptic where the Moon crosses from north
which occurs twice each month.
into south latitude, or the reverse,
78 ASTROLOGY.

Example. —A. K. of rnidheaven 221° 5'

Add thereto 90

Oblique asc. of the ascendant. . . . 311 5

Subtract oblique asc. of O 17 34

293 31
Add right ascension of the } . . . 345 34

639 5
Take away 360

It leaves right ascension of © . . 279 5

full Moon, and the ©

Then, as the birth took place after
willbe above the Earth, find the difference of right ascen-
sion between it and the meridian above the Earth.

Thus : Eight ascension of © 279° 5'

Right ascension of the rnidheaven . 221 5

Distance of © from the 10th house 58

If the © be in the same hemisphere as the D that is, ;

if both be above or below the Earth, it will have the semi-

arc of the D but if otherwise, it will have the opposite
;

semi-arc which may be found by taking the J) 's from 180°.

;

The © has no influence on the health or life of the native ;

but it influences the pecuniary affairs very powerfully, and

also, in some degree, the profession or employment.
To find the Place of © in the Figure of a Horary Question.
— In horary astrology © is merely a symbol, and has much
to do with all questions regarding property, loss, or gain.
In this case it is found by a more simple rule, as follows :

Add together the longitude of the ascendant and longi-

tude of the D from which subtract the longitude of the O
, :

the remainder will be the longitude of ©.

 —
Explanation. In the above figure the Angles and the
succedent and cadent houses appear at one view. The 1st
house embraces 24° of longitude in the Zodiac, viz., from
3
=2= 0' to === 24° the 2d house contains 30°, viz., from ===
;

24° to m 24° the 3d house contains 36°, viz., from 24° to

;

VS 0° 0', being 6° of TT[ and the whole of f ; the 4th house

contains 36°, viz., the whole of VS and 6° of £? the 5th
;

house contains 30°, viz., from £? 6° to }£ 6° and the 6th

;

house contains 24°, viz., from }£ 6° to the end of that sign,

or T 0° 0'. The other six houses will be found to em-
brace exactly the same number of degrees of the opposite
signs of the Zodiac the 7th being opposite to the 1st, the
;

8th to the 2d. If the student look for To 0° 0' on the 10th
house in the table of houses for London, he will find the
longitude of the six eastern houses, as here noted and, of;

course, the six opposite or western houses have the same

degrees of the opposite signs on their cusps.
 ;

80 ASTROLOGY.

—
Example. Where was the © at 3h. 20m. p.m. of Decem-
ber 28, 1644 ?
Signs deg. min.

The ascendant was s 11° 33', or 3 11 33

The D was in 8 16° , 49', or 1 16 49

4 28 22
For subtraction add 12

16 28 22
The © in VC?, 17° 54', or 9 17 54

Place of e in the figure 7 10 28

or m 10° 28'.

Erecting a Figure of the Heavens.

This is merely a map to represent the heavens at any par-

ticular moment, such as when a child is born, or a question
asked. In the first place, draw three circles, as in Fig. 1
and then draw lines to represent the horizon, and others,
at right angles with them, to represent the meridian thus ;

will be shown the natural divisions formed by the rising

and setting of the Sun, and by his passing the meridian at
noon and midnight. Each of these quarters or quadrants
is to be again divided into three equal parts, forming

—
The Twelve Houses. These are marked from No. 1 to
No. 12 and it will be observed that the double lines 1
;

and 7, which represent the eastern and western horizons,

and those marked 4 and 10, which represent the meridi-
ans below and above the Earth, are the cusps or commence-
ment of the angles. Those lines numbered 2, 5, 8, and 11,
are the cusps of the succedents, so called because they fol-
low or succeed to the angles. These houses are next in
power to the angles. Those lines marked 3, 6, 9, and 12,
 :

THE HEAVENS. 81

are the cusps or beginnings of the cadent houses ; so called

because they are cadent, that is, falling from the angles ;

these are the weakest of all the houses.

Thus the student will perceive, that if a planet be in one
of the angles, it is powerful ; if in a succedent house, it is
less powerful ; and if in a cadent house, it is weak and in-
capable of effecting much, either good or evil.

Rule to Erect the Figure of the Heavens at any Time. 1. —

Learn, in an ephemeris for the year, what was the right
ascension of O noon previous to the required time,
at the
in hours, minutes, and seconds. To this right ascension
add the number of hours and minutes which have elapsed
since that noon the Sun will be the right ascension in
;

time of the meridian above the Earth (the mid-heaven) at

the required time.
2.Find the longitude answering to this right ascension,
in thecolumn marked 10th house in the Table of Houses,
which longitude is to be marked over the line which de-
notes the mid-heaven, or 10th house.
3. In a line with this will be found the longitude on the

cusps of the 11th, 12th, 1st, 2d, and 3d houses which ;

copy out from the table, and enter over the lines which de-
note those respective houses.
4. Having thus completed the six eastern houses, find
the signs and degrees exactly opposite to each of them,
and enter it over the cusps of the opposite or western
houses, in the following order

10th house opposite 4th house

" " 5th
11th
12th " " 6th
1st or ascendant " 7th
2d house " 8th
3d " " 9th
82 ASTROLOGY.

5. Having thus completed the figure, as far as regards

the signs of the Zodiac, it now remains to place in the
planets as they may he distant from
situated. The most
the O #, whose
is longitude is generally given in the
ephemeris for each ten days, and if the time of the figure
fall between it, it must be found by proportion. When
his longitude is found, write it in the figure, thus, # 13°
19', just by the cusp of the house, which falls in the same
sign in which f# is found. If the cusp be farther on than
the planet in the sign, place the planet outside the cusp ;

but if the planet be the farthest advanced in the sign,

place it inside the cusp. After having entered # , enter in
the same way S, O, 9, &, and the J).
>> , then 11, To
find the exact longitude of these seven, which is usually
given for the noon of each day, find the distance they
travel in longitude between the two noons preceding and
succeeding the time of erecting the figure and then take
;

the proportional part for the time after the previous noon,
and add it to (or if the planet be retrograde subtract it

from) the planet's longitude for the previous noon.

Find the longitude of Q in the same manner, and
6.

enter it accordingly, and place ?3 in the sign and degree

and minute exactly opposite thereto.

7. If it be a horary question, calculate the place of ©,
and enter it accordingly when the figure of heaven will
;

be complete. But
be a nativity, you must calculate
if it

the according to the rule given, first having prepared a

Speculum, or Table of Data.

Of the Aspects.

The figure of the heavens being erected, it now remains

to observe how the planets are situated as regards each
other ; or, in other words, how they are aspected. This
subject is considered under the headings of zodiacal as-
 :

THE HEAVENS. 83

pects, the orbs of the planets, mundane aspects and par-

allels, i

The Zodiacal Aspects are as follows

Semi %, a Semi : sextile, or 30 degrees.
Semi d a Semi-square, or 45 degrees.
,

%, a Sextile, or 60 degrees.
A Quintile, or distance of 72 degrees.
, a Square, or quartile, 90 degrees.
A, a Trine, or distance of 120 degrees.
A Sesquiquadrate, or square and a half, 135 degrees.
A Biquintile, or double quintile, 144 degrees.
<? , an Opposition, 180 degrees.
Good aspects are the semi-sextile, sextile, quintile, trine,
and biquintile.
Evil aspects are the semi-square, square, sesquiquad-
rate, and opposition. The conjunction, marked thus d ,

is when two planets are in the same degree and minute of

the Zodiac ; when
it is exact, it is very powerful, and is

called a partile 6 but if within the planets' orbs, it is called

',

aplatic conjunction, and is less powerful. To know whether

it should be considered at all, the orbs of the two planets

should be added together, and one-half the sum taken if ;

the planets be beyond that distance, they are not even in

platic 6 The same holds good with regard to other as-
.

pects.
The orbs of the cusps of the houses are 5°, so that if a
planet be one-half its orb and 5° more distant from a house,

it is not in aspect of that house the same if the aspect of

;

the planet fall beyond that distance from the cusp of any
other house.
The Orbs of the Planets are k ,
9° %, 9°
; $, 7°; 0,
;

15' ; 9,7°; $ , 7° ; D , 12°. # has had no orb of oper-

ation discovered ; but I think it may safely be considered
1
as 7 in all horary figures.
 ;

84 ASTROLOGY.

The Mundane Aspects are formed by the houses in horary

astrology,and by the semi-arcs of the planets in nativities.
Thus, a semi * is 1 house a semi d I5 a % 2 houses
; , ; , ;

a d 3 houses a A 4 houses
, ; , a sesqui ; 4£ houses ,

and an 8 6 houses.
,

The £ of a semi-arc is a semi H< the £ of a semi-arc is a

;

semi d the § of a semi-arc is a * the whole semi-arc is

; ;

a ;and \ less than the semi-arc is a quintile the ;

whole semi-arc and ^ more is a A; the whole semi-arc

and £ more is a sesqui ; the T^ part of a semi-arc
added to a sesqui D, is a biquintile. The entire arc of a
planet, or double the semi-arc, will not give the measure
of its distance from the opposite point of its place but if ;

the two semi-arcs of a planet, both diurnal and nocturnal,

be added together, they make 180°, an opposition aspect.
The Zodiacal Parallel is when two planets have the same
amount of declination from the equator. It is the most
powerful of all aspects, but is not generally used in horary
astrology.
The Mundane Parallel is an equal distance from the
meridian. used by some horary astrologers. When
It is
any of the above aspects are formed between the planets,
they are found to have a mutual influence or action on
each other, according to the nature of the aspect. For
example if the © be 60 degrees (a * ) from 11 in any
:

figure, it denotes that the person signified by the Sun is

under the benefic influence of the benevolent % and shows ;

success according to the nature of the question. In nativ-

ities it causes good health and good fortune in life. But
if © be 90 degrees (an) from \ it shows discredit, a fail-
,

ure of hopes in a question and in a nativity it pro-

;

duces much sickness to the native, and also misfortunes to

his father. It will always be found in the nativity of a
child, that the fortune of its parents may be ascertained
 THE HEAVENS. 85

thereby until the birth of another child. If, for example,

the child have evil planets in the fourth house, its father
willbe more or less unfortunate until the birth of another
child when, if that other have % and ? in the fourth
;

house, the father's affairs will become more fortunate ; so

very beautifully do the nativities of parents and their chil-
dren sympathize together.
 XII.

OF THE TWELVE HOUSES, THEIR NATURE AND SIGNIFI-

CATION.

There are twelve signs, and twelve houses of heaven ; so

now we are come to relate the nature of these twelve houses,
the exact knowledge of which is so requisite. As the
twelve signs are appropriate to the particular members of
man's body, so also do the twelve houses represent, not
only the several parts of man, but his actions, quality of
life, and living. And the curiosity and judgment of our
forefathers in astrology was such, that they have allotted
to every house a particular signification and so distin- ;

guished human accidents * throughout the whole twelve

houses. He that understands the questions appertaining
to each of them, shall not want sufficient grounds whereon
to judge or give a rational answer upon any contingent
accident, and success thereof.
The Fikst House and its Signification. The first house
contains all that part of heaven from the line where the
figure 1 stands unto the figure 2, where the second house
begins ; it is one-third of the distance between the horizon
and meridian below the Earth. It has signification of the
life of man, of the stature, color, complexion, form, and
shape of him that propounds the question, or is born ;

in eclipses and great conjunctions, and upon the Sun

his annual ingress into T ; it signifies the common peo-
ple, or general state of that kingdom where the figure is

erected. And as it is the first house, it represents the

head and face of man ; so that if either >> or $ be in this
» The term accidents here signifies the events of life generally.
 OF THE TWELVE HOUSES. 87

house, either at the time of a question or at the time of

birth,you may observe some blemish in the face, or in that
member appropriated to the sign that is then upon the
cusp of the house as, if ; f be in the ascendant, the mark,
mole, or scar is, without fail, in the head or face ; and if

few degrees of the sign ascend, the mark is in the upper

part of the head if the middle of the sign be on the cusp,
;

the mole, mark, or scar is in the middle of the face, or near

it ; if the latter degrees ascend, the face is blemished near

the chin, toward the neck ; this I have found true in hun-
dreds of examples. Of colors, it hath the white ; that is,

if a planet be in this house that has signification of white,

the complexion of the party is more pale or wan ; or, if

you inquire after the color of the clothes of any man, if his
significator be in the first house, and in a sign correspond-
ing, the party's apparel is white or gray, or somewhat near
that color ; so also if the question be regarding cattle,
when their significators are found in this house, it denotes
them to be of that color, or near it ; the house is mascu-
line. The consignificators of this house are f and \ ; for
as this house is the first house, so is f the first sign, and
h the first of the planets ; and therefore, when \ is but
moderately well fortified in this house, and in any benevo-
lent aspect of © or D it promises a good sober
11, $ , , ,

constitution of body, and usually long life £ doth also ;

joy in this house, because it represents the head, and he the

tongue, fancy, and memory when he is well dignified and ;

posited in this house, he produces good orators it is called ;

the Ascendant, because when the O and planets come to

the cusp of this house, they ascend, or then arise, and are
visible in our horizon.

The Second House. —From this house is required judg-

ment concerning fortune or property, of all movable goods,
88 ASTROLOGY.

money or gain, loss or damage. In suits of

lent, of profit

law, it man's friends or assistants the poverty

signifies a ;

or wealth of the people. It represents, in man, the neck

and hinder part of the body toward the shoulders. Green
is its color. It is a feminine house and succedent.
It has consignificators, 2/ and & for if 2/ be placed in ;

this house, or be lord hereof, it is an argument of an

estate or fortune O and S are never well placed in this
;

house either of them show dispersion of substance, ac-

;

cording to the capacity and quality of him that is either

born or asks the question.

The Third House. —This house signifies brethren, sisters,

cousins, or kindred, neighbors, journeys, frequent removals
from one place to another ; epistles, letters, rumors, mes-
sengers. It rules the shoulders, arms, hands, and fingers.
In colors it governs the red and yellow, or sorrel color. It
has consignificators, n and S , which is one reason why <*
in this house, unless joined with *> , is not very unfortun-
ate. It is a cadent house, and is the joy of theD ; for if

she be posited therein, especially in a movable sign, it is an

argument of much travel, trotting, and trudging, or of be-
ing seldom quiet. This house is masculine.

The Fourth House. — This house gives judgment of

fathers in general ; of lands, houses, tenements, inheri-
tance, tillage of the earth, the determination or end of any
thing ; of towns and cities ; of all ancient dwellings, gar-
dens, pastures, orchards of the quality and nature
fields, ;

of the grounds one purchases, cornfields, etc., and shows

whether the ground be woody, stony, or barren.
The sign of the fourth house denotes the toAvn, the lord
thereof, the governor it rules the breast and lungs.
; It
represents in color, the red. Its consignificators are SB
 OF THE TWELVE HOUSES. 89

and the O- We call it the angle of the Earth, or imum

cceli. and the north angle. In nativities
It is feminine,
or questions this fourth house represents fathers so does :

the © by day, and *> by night yet if the © be here

;

placed, he is not ill, but rather shows the father to be of a

noble disposition.

The Fifth House. — By this house we judge of children,

of ambassadors, of the state of a woman with child, of
banquets, plays, messengers or agents for republics, of the
wealth of the father, the ammunition of a town besieged ;

if the woman with child shall bring forth male or female ;

of the health or sickness of the son or daughter of him who

asks the question. It rules the stomach, liver, heart, sides,
and back, and is masculine. Of colors, it represents black
and white, or honey color. It is a succedent house ; and
its consignificators are SI and 9 , who does joy in this
house. In regard it is the house of pleasure, delight, and
merriment it is wholly unfortunate by $ or ^ and they
; ,

therein show disobedient and untoward children.

The Sixth House. — This house concerns men and maid-

servants, hogs, sheep, goats, all manner of lesser cattle, and
profit or loss got thereby ; sickness, its quality and cause ;

the principal humor offending, curable or not curable ;

whether the disease be short or long ; day-laborers, ten-

ants, farmers, shepherds. It signifies uncles, or the father's
brothers and sisters. It rules the inferior part of the belly
and intestines, even to the rectum. The house is a femi-
nine and cadent house, unfortunate as having no aspect to
the ascendant. Of the colors, it governs black ; $ rejoices
in this house, but its consignificators are the sign rrg and
planet ; we
usually find that S and $ in conjunction in
this house are arguments of a good physician.
90 ASTROLOGY.

—
The Seventh House. This house gives judgment of mar-
riage ;and describes the person inquired after, whether it
be a man or woman ; all manner of love questions ; or
public enemies, the defendant in a lawsuit, in war, the op-
posing party ; all quarrels, duels, lawsuits ; in astrology,
the artist himself ; in physic, the physician ; thieves and
thefts, the person stealing, whether man or woman ; wives,
sweethearts, their shape, description, condition, nobly or
ignobly born an annual ingress, whether war or peace
; in
may be of victory, who overcomes and who is
expected ;

worsted fugitives or runaways. It has consignificators ^=

;

and D J? or $ unfortunate herein, show ill in marriage.

;

Of the colors, it governs a dark black. It rules the

haunches, and the navel, to the buttocks is called the ;

angle of the west, and is masculine.

The Eighth House. —This

house represents the estate of
men deceased and nature the wills,
; death, its quality ;

legacies, and testaments of men deceased dowry of the ;

wife, portion of the maid, whether much or little, easy to

be obtained or with difficulty. In lawsuits it represents
the defendant's friends. It signifies fear and anguish of
mind ; also who shall be heir to the deceased. It rules
the privy parts. Of colors, it governs the green and black.
Of signs it has rrg for consignificator and >? Hemorrhoids,
.

stone in the bladder, strangury, and the bladder, are

ruled by this house, also poisons. It is a succedent
house, and feminine.

The Ninth House. —By this house we give judgment of

voyages or long journeys beyond seas, of religious men, or
clergy of any kind, whether bishops or inferior ministers ;

dreams, visions, foreign countries, books, learning, church

livings or benefices, and of the kindred of one's wife or
 ;

OF THE TWELVE HOUSES. 91

husband. Of colors it governs the green and white. Of

man's body, it rules the fundament, the hips, and thighs.
% and S are consignificators of this house ; for if % be
herein placed, it naturally signifies a devout man in his
religion, or one modestly given. I have often observed
when the Dragon's Tail,or S have been unfortunately
>? ,

placed in this house, the querent has either been little

better than an atheist or a desperate sectarian. O rejoices
to be in this house, which is masculine and cadent.

—
The Tenth House. Commonly this house personates
earls,judges, prime officers, commanders-in-chief, whether
in armies or towns all sorts of magistracy and officers in
;

authority, also mothers honor, preferment, dignity, office,

;

lawyers, professions or trade. It has for its colors red or

white, and rules the knees and thighs. It is called the
medium cceli, or midheaven, and is feminine. Its consig-
nificators are V3 and 5 Either % or the © are very for-
•

tunate in this house, especially when they are placed to-

gether ;\ or £3 usually deny honor as to persons of qual-
ity, and to the vulgar little prosperity in profession or
trade.

The Eleventh House. —This house represents friendship,

confidence, the praise or dispraise of any one ; the fidelity
or falseness of friends, servants, their associates or allies

their money, exchequer, or treasure ; in war, ammunition,

and soldiery, it represents courtiers, etc. In a common-
wealth, governed by a few of the nobles and commons, it

personates their assistance in council. Of members, it

rules the legs to the ankles. Of colors, it represents saf-

fron or yellow. It has O and £? for consignificators ; %
especially rejoices in this house. It is a succedent house
and masculine, and in virtiie is nearly equivalent either to
the seventh or fourth house.
92 ASTROLOGY.

The Tivelfth House. —This house has signification of pri-

vate enemies, or horses, oxen, elephants, etc. ; sorrow,
tribulation, imprisonment, all manner of affliction, self-

undoing, etc. ; and of such men as maliciously undermine

their neighbors, or inform secretly against them. It has
consignificators }£ Saturn does much delight in
and $ .

this house, for he is naturally the author of mischief. It

rules, in man's body, the feet. In color it represents the
green. It is a cadent house, and feminine.
 xm.
THE PLANETS AND THEIK SIGNIFICATIONS.

Saturn is the supremest or highest of all the planets,

and is placed between Jupiter and the firmament he is ;

not very bright, but is of a pale or wan ashy color.

In the Zodiac he has two of the twelve signs for his
houses viz., Capricorn V3, his night house Aquarius £?,
; ;

his day house. He is exalted in =£=, receives his fall in T,

and rejoices in the sign Aquarius, JX. He governs the airy
triplicity by day, which is composed of n, —, £?
If in any question he is placed in any degree wherein he
has a term, he cannot be said to be peregrine, or void of
essential dignities ; or if he be in any of those degrees
allotted him for his face or decanate, he cannot then be said
to be peregrine ; understand this in all the other planets.
He is cold and dry (being far removed from the Sun) ;

melancholy, earthy, masculine ; and the greater infortune,

author of solitariness, malevolent, etc.

When he is profound in imagination, in

well dignified,
his acts severe, in words reserved, in speaking and giving
very spare in labor patient, in arguing or disputing grave,
;

in obtaining the goods of this life studious and solicitous,

in all manner of actions austere.
When ill dignified, he is envious, covetous, jealous, and
mistrustful ; timorous, sordid, outwardly dissembling, slug-
gish, suspicious, stubborn ; a contemner of women, a liar,

malicious, murmuring ; never contented, and ever repining.

Jupiter is placed next to Saturn. He is the greatest in

appearance to our eyes, of all the planets (the Q, D and 9 ,
94 ASTROLOGY.

excepted) in his color he is bright, clear, and of an azure

;

hue. In his motion he exceeds Saturn, finishing his course

through the twelve signs in 14 years, 314 days, and 12
hours his middle motion is 4 minutes 52 seconds. His
;

greatest north latitude is 1 degree, 38 minutes. His great-

est south latitude is 1 degree, 40 minutes. He is retro-
grade about 120 days, is 5 days in his first station before
retrogradation, and 4 days stationary before direction.
In his nature he is a masculine planet, temperately hot
and moist, and the greater fortune ; author of temperance,
modesty, sobriely, justice.
In manners and actions when well placed he is magnani-
mous, aspiring in an honorable way at high matters in ;

all his actions a lover of fair dealing, desiring to benefit

all men ; doing glorious actions ; honorable and religious ;

wonderfully indulgent to his wife and children, reverencing

aged men, a great reliever of the poor, full of charity and
godliness ; liberal, hating all sordid actions ;
just, wise,
prudent, grateful, and virtuous ; so that when you find %
the significator of any man in question, and well dignified,
you may judge him well qualified as aforesaid.
When ill dignified % is unfortunate, then he wastes his
patrimony, suffers every one to cozen him, is hypocritically
religious, tenacious, and obstinate in maintaining false
tenets in religion ;nothing caring for the love of his
friends ; of a gross, dull capacity systematical, abasing
;

himself in all companies, insinuating, and stooping where

there is no necessity.
Of quality in general he signifies judges, senators, coun-
sellors, ecclesiastical men, bishops, priests, ministers, doc-
tors of the civil law, young scholars and students in a uni-
versity or college, lawyers, clothiers, etc.
Of diseases he influences pleurisies, palpitation of the
heart, quinsies, flatulence, and fevers.
 ;;

THE PLANETS AND THEIR SIGNIFICATIONS. 95

Mars, which succeeds Jupiter in order, is less in body,

and appears to our sight of a shining, fiery, sparkling color
he finishes his course in the Zodiac in 1 year, 321 days, and
22 hours ; his greatest latitude north is about 4 degrees,
31 minutes ; his south, 6 degrees, 47 minutes and is retro-
;

grade 80 days ; stationary 2 or 3. He governs wholly the

watery triplicity, viz., EH, fT[, and X.
In nature he is a masculine, nocturnal planet, hot and
dry, choleric and fiery; the lesser in fortune, author of
quarrels, strifes,and contentions.
In manners when well dignified he is invincible in feats of
war and courage, scorning that any should exceed him
subject to no reason, bold, confident, immovable, conten-
tious, challenging all honor to himself valiant, lover of ;

war and things pertaining thereto, hazarding himself in all

perils, unwilling to obey or submit, and yet of prudent be-
havior in his own affairs.

In the Orient he signifies valiant men ; some white

mixed with their redness, inclined to be tall, and of a hairy
body.
In the Occident he represents a very ruddy complex-
ion, low stature, little head, smooth body, and not hairy
yellow hair, stiff, and the natural humors generally more
dry.
Of the qualities of men and their professions he repre-
sents generals of armies, colonels, captains, physicians,
apothecaries, surgeons, chemists, gunners, butchers, mar-
shals, sergeants, bailiffs, thieves, smiths, bakers, armorers,
watchmakers, tailors, barbers, dyers, cooks, carpenters,
gamesters, tanners, and curriers, according as $ may be
strong or weak.
The diseases influenced are the gall, tertian fevers, pesti-
lent fevers,meagrims in the head, carbuncles, burnings,
ringworms, blisters, frenzies, mad, sudden distempers in
96 ASTROLOGY.

the head, yellow jaundice, fistulse all wounds and diseases

;

in men's genitals, the stone both in the reins and bladder,

scars in the face.
Mars causes all hurts by iron, the shingles and such
other diseases as arise by too much choler, anger, or pas-
sion.

The Sun is placed in the middle of all the planets, con-

tinually visible to all mortal men. He passes through all

the twelve signs of the Zodiac in one year ; his mean mo-
tion is 59 minutes, 8 seconds, yet his diurnal motion is

sometimes 57 minutes, 16 seconds, sometimes more, but

never exceeding 61 minutes and 6 seconds. He always
moves in the ecliptic, and is ever void of latitude. He has
only the sign SL for his house, and £? for his detriment.
He is exalted in the 19th degree of f, and receives his fall
in 19th degree of =£=.

The Sun governs the fiery triplicity, viz., °p, Si, t, by

day. He is always direct, and never can be considered
retrograde.
In nature he is naturally hot and dry, but more tem-
perate than $ ; is a masculine, diurnal planet, and equiva-
lent, if well dignified, to a fortune.
In manners when well dignified he is very faithful, keep-
ing promises with the greatest punctuality. He has a kind
of itching desire to rule and sway wherever he comes is ;

prudent, and of incomparable judgment of great majesty ;

and stateliness, industrious to acquire honor and a large

patrimony, yet as willing to spend it again. The solar
man usually speaks with gravity, but not many words, and
these with great confidence and command of his own feel-
ings he is full of thought, secret, trusty, speaks deliber-
;

ately, and, notwithstanding his great heart, he is affable,

tractable, and very humane to all people ; one loving
 THE PLANETS AND THEIR SIGNIFICATIONS. 97

sumptuousness and magnificence, and whatever is honor-

able no sordid thoughts can enter his heart.
;

When ill dignified the solar man is arrogant and proud,

disdaining all men, boasting of his pedigree he is purblind ;

in sight and judgment, restless, troublesome, domineering,

a mere vapor, expensive, foolish, endowed with no gravity
in words, or soberness in actions ; a spendthrift, wasting
his patrimony, and hanging on other men's charity yet he ;

thinks all men are bound to him, because a gentleman

born.
We can only say the © is oriental in the figure, or in an
oriental quarter of the figure, or occidental, etc. The
planets are oriental when they rise, or appear before him
in the morning,and occidental when they set after him.
The professions he represents includes kings, dukes,
marquises, earls, barons, lieutenants, deputy-lieutenants
of counties, magistrates, gentlemen in general, courtiers,
desirers of honor and preferment ;
justices of peace, mayors,
high -sheriffs, stewards of noblemen's houses, the principal
magistrate of any city, town, castle, or country ;
goldsmiths,
braziers, coppersmiths, and minters of money.
The sicknesses incidental to the solar man are pimples in
the face, palpitation or trembling, diseases of the brain and
heart, infirmities of the eyes, cramps, sudden swoonings,
diseases of the mouth and impure breath, catarrhs, putrid
fevers. Principally in man he governs the heart and the
brain ; in woman, the vital spirit, and denotes hysterics.

Venus succeedeth after the Sun. She is of a bright,

shining color, and known by the name of the even-
is well
ing star, or Hesperus and that is when she appears after
;

the Sun is set. She is commonly called the morning star,

by the learned Lucifer, when she is seen long before
the rising of the Sun. Her mean motion is 59 minutes
7
 ;

98 ASTROLOGY.

and 8 seconds ; her diurnal motion is sometimes 62 min-

utes a day, and she never exceeds 82 minutes. Her greatest
latitude is 9 degrees, 2 minutes. She is retrograde 42
days, and stationary 2. Her year is 224 days and 7 hours.
She is a feminine planet, temperately cold and moist
nocturnal, the lesser fortune, author of mirth and cheer-
fulness.
When well dignified she signifies a quiet man, not
given to law, or wrangling ; neat and spruce and mirth-
ful ; often entangled in love matters, musical, and delights
in all amusements and theatricals easy of belief, and not
;

given to labor a company keeper, cheerful, nothing mis-

;

trustful, a right virtuous man or woman, often jealous, yet

without cause.
The employments indicated are those of musicians,
painters, jewellers, players, embroiderers, woman-tailors,
wives, mothers, virgins, choristers ; when joined with the
D , ballad-singers, perfumers, seamstresses, picture-draw-
ers, engravers, upholsterers, glovers, and such as sell

those commodities which adorn women, either in body (as

clothes) or in face (as complexion waters).
The sicknesses signified by her are principally in the
matrix and members of generation ; in the veins, belly,
back, impotency in generation, hernias, etc., also diabetes,
and an involuntary discharge of urine.

Mebcuky is the least of all the planets, never distant from

the Sun above 28 degrees by which reason he is seldom
;

visible to our sight. He is of a dusky silver color his ;

mean motion is 59 minutes and 8 seconds, but he is some-

times so swift that he moves above 1 degree and 40 min-
utes in 1 day. He is stationary 1 day, and retrograde 24
days. His year is 87 days and 23 hours.
In nature we may not call him either masculine or femi-
 THE PLANETS AND THEIR SIGNIFICATIONS. 99

one or the other as joined to any

nine, for he is either the
planet ; for if in d vfith a masculine planet, he
becomes
masculine if with a feminine, then feminine but of his
; ;

own nature he is cold and dry, and therefore melancholy ;

with the good he is good, with the evil planets, ill.

In manners when well dignified he represents a man of a
subtle and political brain and intellect, an excellent dis-
putant or logician, arguing with learning and discretion,
and using much eloquence in his speech a searcher into ;

all kinds of mysteries and learning, sharp and witty, learn-

ing almost anything without a teacher ; ambitious of being
exquisite in every science, desirous naturally to travel and
see foreign parts ; a man
an unwearied fancy, curious in
of
the search of any occult knowledge, able by his own genius
to produce wonders, given to divination and the more
secret knowledge. If he turn merchant, no man exceeds
him in way of trade, or invention of new ways whereby to
obtain wealth.
In sickness he controls all vertigos, lethargies, or giddi-
ness in the head ; imperfections in the tongue, vain and
fond imaginations, all defects in the memory, hoarseness,
dry coughs, and too great abundance of spittle.

The Moon we find called by the ancients Lucina, Cyn-

thia, Diana, Phoebe, Latona, Noctiluca, Proserpina ; she is

nearest to the Earth of She terminates her

all the planets.
course through the whole twelve signs in 27 days, 7 hours,
43 minutes, 5 seconds her mean motion is 13 degrees, 10
;

minutes, and 36 seconds but she moves sometimes less

;

and sometimes more, never exceeding 15 degrees and 12

minutes in 24 hours' time. Her greatest north latitude is
5 degrees and 17 minutes. Her greatest south latitude 5
degrees and 12 minutes. She is never retrograde but ;

when she is slow in motion, and goes less in 24 hours than

 ;;;

1 00 ASTROLOGY.

13 degrees and 11 minutes, she is then equivalent to a ret-

rograde planet.
In nature she is a feminine, nocturnal planet ; cold,
moist,and phlegmatic.
In manners ivhen well placed or dignified she signifies one
of composed manners, a lover of all honest and ingenious
sciences, delights in novelties, naturally inclined to flit

unsteadfast, wholly caring for the pleasant times ; timor-

ous, and easily frightened ; loving peace, however, and to
live free from the cares of this life. If a mechanic, the
man many occupations, and
learns frequently will be tam-
pering with many ways to trade in.
The sickness influenced by her are cholic, diseases in
the left side, the bladder, and members of generation ; the
menses in women, dropsies, all cold rheumatic diseases, the
gout in the wrists and feet sciatica, worms, hurts in the ;

eyes, surfeits, coughs, convulsive fits, the falling sickness,

or King's evil, abscess, and measles.

The Colors op the Planets and Signs.

\ gives black color % a color mixed with red and

;

green $ red, or iron color

; O yellow or yellow purple ;

9 white or purple color £ sky color, or bluish; D a ;

color spotted with white, and other mixed colors.

T gives white mixed with red; 8 white mixed with
lemon ; EE white mixed with red ; ^ green or russet Si ;

red or green ; rn? black speckled with blue ; =^= black or

dark crimson, or tawny color ttl brown / 3-ellow or a ; ;

green sanguine V3 black or russet, or a swarthy brown

;

£? a sky color with blue X white, glistening color.

;
 ,;

XIV.

OBSERVATIONS AND PREDICTIONS.

A SHIP, AND HER SAFETY OE DESTRUCTION.

The ascendant and the J) signify the ship and cargo

the lord of the ascendant, those that sail in her. If you
find a malevolent, having dignities in the 8th, placed in the
ascendant, or the lord of the ascendant in the 8th, in ill

configuration with the lords of the 8th, 12th, 4th, or 6th,

or if the D be combust, and under the Earth, you may
judge that the ship is lost, and the men drowned. But
if you find reception between the significators at the same

time, the ship was wrecked, but some of the crew escaped ;

if all the preceding significators be free from affliction, then

both ship and cargo are safe and if there be reception,

;

the more so. If the ascendant and J) be unfortunate, and

the lord of the ascendant fortunate, the ship is lost, but the

men saved.
But when the querent demand, of any ship setting forth,
and the state of the ship ere she return, and what may be
hoped of the voyage then, behold the angles of the fig-
;

ure, and see if the fortunes are therein, and the infortunes
remote from angles cadent, combust, or under the ©
;

beams, then you may judge the ship will go safe with all
her lading. But if you find the infortunes in angles, or
succeeding houses, there will chance some hindrance unto
the ship. If the infortune be \ the vessel will strike
,

ground. If $ and he be in an earthy sign, he will signify

,

the same, or very great danger and damage. But if the

fortunes cast their benevolent rays to the place of \ or $
 ;

102 ASTROLOGY.

and the lords of the angles and of the dispositor of the D

be then the ship shall labor hard, and suffer damage,
free,
yet the greater part of the crew and cargo shall be pre-
served. If £ afflict the lords of the angles, and dispositor
of 3) , the crew will be in danger by enemies or pirates
and if there be any additional evil configurations among
these significators, there will be quarrels on board, thiev-
ing, and purloining, with bloodshed. \ causes thefts only,
if so situated, but no bloodshed.
If the signs afflicted by J? $ and , , y (and # , if he be ill

aspected) be those that signify the vessel's bottom, or parts

under water, she springs a leak if the signs be unfortu- ;

nate in the midheaven, fiery signs, and $ therein, there is

danger of lightning or fire if airy signs and $ afflict,
;

damage by high winds. If $ be in the 4th, and afflicted,

it denotes fire beneath and if $ be with him, spontane-
;

ous combustion. If the sign be JJ, =s=, or „£f, she may be

set on fire by an enemy.
If \ be in the midheaven, and show damage, it will be by
rotten sails or gear, and bad weather, foul winds, etc. An
infortune in the ascendant shows damage to the fore part
of the vessel and if the lord of the ascendant be retro-
;

grade, it denotes that she will put into some harbor and ;

if he be in a movable sign, she returns to the very port

she sailed from. If the lord of the 8th afflict the lord of
the 1st, and he in the 8th, the ship will be injured accord-
ing to the nature of the planet afflicting. If he inrpedite
the D's dispositor, the lord of the ascendant and ~J> , it

shows the death of the master, and probably of his mate.

If it be © which is afflicted, it foreshows evil to the cargo
or a bad market but if 2/ $ or Q, be in the second, or
; , ,

assist its lord, or the lord of ©, it shows good profit, which

will be according to their strength.
If the lords of the ascendant, of the j) and their dispos-
 OBSERVATIONS AND PREDICTIONS. 103

itors be slow in motion, the voyage will be long ; if they

be swift, the ship wiy. return quickly. If there be ill as-
pects between the lord of the 1st and the dispositor of ])

without reception, there will be discord among the seamen,

and with them and the owner. If the lord of the ascend-
ant be strongest, the seamen will prevail ; but if the lord
of the house where D is, then the owner. If the dispositor
of © be not with it, or the lord of the 2d be weak, there
will be scarcity of provisions, and, if they be in watery
signs, of fresh water.

PARTS OF A SHIP EULED BY THE SIGNS.

T The breast, or bows of ship.

8 The cutwater, and parts beneath,

n The rudder, or stem.
<5 The bottom, or floor.
Si The upper works.
ttj7 The hold.
=2= The parts about the water's edge.
T\[ The seamen's berths, or cabin.
f The seamen themselves.
YS The ends of the vessel.
£? The master, or captain.
}£ The oars, in galleys the wheels,
; in steam-vessels
and the sails in others.

Lawsuits and their Success.

The lord of the ascendant or 5 joined to the lord of the

7th, or in ^c or A, with reception mutual, indicates that
the parties will easily agree together, and make up the
quarrel. But if one dispose of the other, and the reception
be not mutual, they will agree without a lawsuit, but not
without the interceding of friends. If they be in good
 ;

104 ASTROLOGY.

aspect without, or in evil aspect with, reception, they will

accord, after one effort at law. That party shall be most
ready to agree whose significator is disposed of by the
other. If they hasten to a mutual good aspect, and the
lord of the 9th or 10th interpose an evil aspect, they will
be led to dispute by a lawyer or by the judge. If there be
any translation of light by the J) or other planet, between
,

the two significators, it denotes that they will be reconciled

by a third person, described by that planet.
Observe whether the lord of the ascendant or 7th be
strongest or most powerful, and best aspected; for that
one shall gain the day. If they compound, the first mo-
tion thereto comes from the lighter planet, who is disposed
of by the other. If the lord of the ascendant be in the 7th,
the adversary will overcome, and vice versa. If either lord
of the 1st or 7th be retrograde, he shows that the party
does not believe that he has right on his side nor will he ;

stand to it very stoutly.

If the lord of the 10th, which denotes the judge, be di-
rect, he proceed fairly, and endeavor to settle the cause
will
speedily. But if he be retrograde, the judge will not act
fairly according to law, nor strive to terminate the cause.
If the lord of the 10th throw an evil aspect to either sig-
nificator, the judge will be against that party.
If O or D be in the ascendant, or aspect its lord, or be in
either of his houses, it is a good testimony for the querent
and if, on the contrary, the lord of the 7th be so situated,
it is in favor of the quesited. If the lord of the 10th re-
ceive both significators, the judge will settle the matter
before it comes to full trial.
If the lord of the 10th be in the 10th, in his own house,
the judge will do justice, and decide the case with honor
to himself, unless the lord of the 10th be \ . If the lord
of the 10th be only in his own term, or triplicity, the
 ;

OBSERVATIONS AND PREDICTIONS. 105

judge will determine the cause, but he is indifferent about

it. If a planet having no dignities, or not in reception
with the lord of the 10th, be in the 10th, the parties will
not be satisfied with that judge or court. If \ be judge,
he will not decide aright; and if %, ?, Q, g, or
J) be in any aspect to him but <? , there will be an ill report
against him, of which he will clear himself but if it be <? ;
,

he will have a hard report against him, which will long con-
tinue. And if 5 8 to \ the judge will be sorely defamed
,

and if also © a ^ he may be disgraced.

,

In deciding as to the result, observe well the lord of the

4th, and how he aspects the significators, or the lords of
their substance also the apiMcation of the D
; If both .

significators aspect one planet, some person will intercede

between them. If the ascendant and 7th be in fixed signs,
both parties are resolutely bent on the suit if common ;

signs, they will continue it long also, and remove the cause
out of one court into another and if movable signs, they ;

are not very determined, and will soon bring it to an end.

That party who is weakest, and most afflicted by the in-
fortunes, shall receive most prejudice by the contention.

How the Parties shall Agree after Marriage.

If the figure promise marriage, observe whether the lords

of the ascendant and 7th are in good aspect or if the D be- ;

hold with good aspect the planet disposing of her by house

or exaltation, and the luminaries be in good aspect, they
will agree.
If the lords of the ascendant and 7th be in n or 8 , or
the D be afflicted, and behold the ascendant by ill aspect,
or!? , $ , or y, be in the ascendant, or 7th, they will live
unhappily. If the ill planets, or t3, be in the 1st, the
querent is to blame ; and if it be $ , is given to quarrel, or
106 ASTROLOGY.

be loose in conduct, according to the sign and if they be ;

in the 7th, it is the quesited. And judge the same way

according as the significator of the 1st or 7th be afflicted.
The Din her fall, r a or <? of \ or £ or any retrograde,

planet, and at the same time throwing any aspect to the

ascendant, it is the man who brings on disputes, etc. If
the O do the same, under the same circumstances, it is the
woman.
The lord of the 7th angular, and the more weighty planet,
the quesited will strive for mastery; and if neither the
lord of the ascendant nor 7th be in angles, then note the
weightier planet, for he points out the party who will rule.

If ? be afflicted, it is worse for the manand if ©, for the

;

woman. The D afflicted, is evil for both. The lights in

evil aspect show discord.
—
The Cause of Happiness. The D in * or /\ of good planets,
shows gifts or benefits by friends if in by the dead.
; ,

If D be in d with good planets, by their own conduct or in-

dustry.
—
The Cause of Contention. If the afflicting planet be lord
of the 3d, and be in the 1st or 7th, he denotes quarrels, or in-
juries by neighbors or kindred. If it be an infortune who
afflicts, and he be in the 10th, it shows continual brawls.

If he be in the 4th, a divorce or willingness thereto or ;

some hindrance in the dowry or fortune of the female.

Evil planets in the 10th or 4th lead also to contention by
means of the parents of the parties. If D behold the
ascendant, and be unfortunate, it denotes brawling, separa-
tion, or dishonest living. And
there be no application
if

between the planet the D separates from and that one to

which she applies, there will be continual contention. If
5 aspect evilly, or be in 6 with J? or $ one of them shall ,

die shortly, or have some misfortune if in the 8th or 12th ;

(and she void of course), they meet troubles, grief, and

 :

OBSERVATIONS AND PREDICTIONS. 107

sickness ; and if in angles, long disagreements ; and prob-

ably separation, if in a fixed sign. If this be in the 10th,
and a masculine sign, the man is the chief sufferer ; if in
the 4th, and a feminine sign, the woman.

Sickness, and Length of Time befoke Eecoveey.

When there is reason to believe that the sick person

shall recover, it be desired to know when, observe
and
which planet is lord of the ascendant, and what benevolent
planet he is in aspect with then see what house they are
;

in (that is the one which applies to the other's aspect),

whether angles, etc., and what signs they possess, whether
movable, etc. Then according to discretion and quality
of the disease, so frame the measure of time. In general,
I judge in so many days as the aspect wants degrees of
being perfect, if the sign be movable and the planet angu-
lar but if swift in motion, I am the more certain that the
;

patient will begin to amend in so many days. If the sign

be common, in which the application is, I neither judge
days, weeks, nor months, but use discretion, having first
observed the nature of the disease.

The ancient rule was as follows

Movable signs show days.
Common ditto weeks.
Fixed ditto months.
Angles are equivalent to movable signs.
Succedent houses to common signs.

Cadent houses to fixed signs.

It is well to observe, also, the quick or slow motion of

the D , the sign she is in, and her situation as to angles,
etc. I often find that when the lord of the ascendant quits
the sign he is in, and enters a sign in which he has digni-
108 ASTROLOGY.

ties, the patient recovers at that time, or feels an alteration

for the better. If a common sign be on the 6th, 28 degrees
or more, I say, that the disease will vary in two weeks.
The chief astrological method of forming a judgment of
the violence and magnitude of a disease, or whether it is

curable or fatal, is by inspection of the scheme of the

heavens erected for the moment of birth of the jjatient, if

itcan be procured, for sickness very seldom happens but

through some malignant directions of the luminaries, or of
the ascendant to the body or aspects of the malefic planets
— Mars, Saturn, and Uranus.
Sickness also sometimes happens when an impending
direction capable of producing it, perhaps united with some
transit, whether annual revolution or the protection
of the
(the latter can only be in relation to the Moon) which may
easily cause it. If this direction was supported by the
benefic influences of Jupiter or Venus, nothing can prevent
a happy termination. If the revolution of the year was
evil, and the profection likewise concur in the evil, it fore-
tells that the distemper will be very great, fatal, or difficult
to cure. If the direction be weak, the revolution not un-
fortunate, the benefics assist, and the profection favorable,
then the disease is curable, and health will succeed.
We know that the moment of birth is a consideration
above all others ; as oftentimes from the figure for the de-
cumbiture, at the commencement of a disease, no cause
of distemper is apparent ; this, however, is evident, that
from the strength of the direction of the hyleg to the
and
malefics, the unfortunate annual ingress (of the Sun),
The direc-
the evil profection, diseases derive their origin.
tions for the year should therefore be examined, and also
other divisions of time that might apparently cause such
an influx ; because it may proceed from the directions in
the nativity, and the transits of the revolution, or the
 OBSERVATIONS AND PREDICTIONS. 109

position of the malefics but if the figure of birth cannot

;

be had, or be not iexact and rectified by accidents, in

if it

this case the figure for the decumbiture must be had re-
course to and used in its stead.
To judge from a figure erected for a disease, the state of
the luminaries, and particularly of the Sun, must be consid-
ered, as well as the ascendant and their dispositors, and in
the first place regard must be had to the lord of the 8th
house of the figure. The benefics and malefics must also be
observed, namely, as to their situation respecting the said
luminaries, the ascendant and its lord ; also how the lord
of the 6th (or and the 8th (that of
house of sickness)
death) be configurated with them and also the luminaries
;

with the ascendant, and if they are by any means evilly

configurated to the malefics, not being extremely afflicted
by or configurated with the lord of the 7th, then en-
deavor to discover what help the benefics afford, and what
evil may be expected from the malefics. A safe recovery
from sickness may be predicted if the luminaries, the as-
cendant and the lord thereof, were afflicted by malefic stars
of the same nature as the lord of the 8th house, with
sufficient assistance from the benefics to avert the evil of
the disease. A safe recovery may also be anticipated if

the' Moon be with Venus or Jupiter, or have their sextiles

or trines, and Venus or Jupiter in their dignities, for these
planets promise a happy conclusion. Safety may also be
prognosticated from a square or opposition of the benefics
to the Moon {for benefics in any aspect produce good, and
never evil), though in a smaller degree than the sextile or
trine. Venus assists more in hot diseases, and Jupiter in
cold.
Saturn at a decumbiture joined to the Moon is evil, and
generally denotes long and chronic * diseases, and is more
* Kronos was the ancient name of the planet Saturn.
110 ASTROLOGY.

hurtful when his motion is slow or retrograde than when

quick or direct. He also prolongs the course of the dis-
ease, and, generally, causes a relapse ; when oriental, the
heat and violence of the disease is increased more than
when occidental, atwhich time cold is increased. If the
square of Saturn the Moon, or the opposition, or the
afflict

declination, the evil is less than that arising from the con-
junction. We consider that the power of the parallel of
declination is fully equal to that of the conjunction.
At the commencement of a disease the transit of either
malefic over the place of the horoscope at the nativity, or
of that luminary which was significator of life, is deadly ;

hut not so much if the malefic beholds it by a square or

opposition.

,j..
 XV.

ASTROLOGY AND MEDICINE.

It is the opinion of Hippocrates that astrology must be

studied by physicians before they can be safely trusted to
arrive at a correct prognosis, and to employ the appropri-
ate medicines in the treatment of the cases submitted to
their care.
Galen was of the same opinion. Dr. Watson says that,
" Advocating the Hippocratic doctrine of critical days, he
(Galen) attempts to support it on grounds purely theoret-

ical, and drawn from the periodical changes in Nature, or

the influence of the stars."
Galen said that the remedies appropriate to the cure of
any malady "are only to be known and judged by the
stars." Paracelsus, and Cornelius Agrippa, who was phy-
sician to. the Emperor Charles V., said the same. Galen
admonished his contemporaries " not to trust themselves
to that physician (or rather pretender) who is not skilled
in astrology."
Astrology has been discarded by the physicians of the
nineteenth century (excepting among Eastern nations), yet
medicine has not advanced aii}r better without it.

Baron Liebig says : tempted to adopt the

"Truly one is

opinion that, among the sciences which have for their ob-
iect a knowledge of Nature and of her forces, medicine as
... . inductive science occupies the lowest place."
Eamesey, in his work on "Astrology " (1652), remarks that,
*'
Hippocrates and Galen farther say that a physician can-
not safely give physic who is ignorant of the knowledge of
the stars and superior bodies, not knowing indeed when to
112 ASTROLOGY.

give purges, or vomits, or wlieii to let blood, without much

mischief, nor in what quantity — which ignorance often-
times endangers the life of the patient, when, as those that
know not the influence of the heavenly bodies, give vomits
at such times as cause a purge, and purges when they be-
come emetics, which in laxative diseases or fluxes prove
very dangerous, if not deadly or totally destructive, and at
other times when the physic never worketh at all. Yet you
shall never find the ignorant without an excuse for their
rashness ; as when they administer a purge, if it cause
vomiting then say they the party is of weak constitution
and cannot retain the physic. And when physic is not
given to be retained, it is either to work downward or up-
ward immediately. The next day, perhaps, as it hath been
often known, they give the patient a stronger potion, and
then (the heavens being otherwise disposed, which they
understand not) it works so violently that Nature is both
weakened and overcome, which should have only helped ;

and also the disease increases which should have been

diminished. And so, on the contrary, when an emetic is
given at an unsuitable time, it causes purging, then they
conclude the patient is strong, when perhaps he requires
strength."
This is too often true of the adherents of the dominant
or orthodox school of medicine at the present day. The
homceopathists have a law, similia similibus curantur, to
guide them in their selection of remedies, and they are not
in the habit of exhibiting emetics and purgatives, and do
not follow the unscientific practice of mixing several medi-
cines together, of which the physicians of the old school
are still so enamoured. This accounts for the compara-
tively greater success of the system of medical treatment
discovered by Hahnemann. Their law also agrees with the
teachings of Astrology.
 ASTROLOGY AND MEDICINE. 113

Every physician should provide himself with a copy of

Zadkiel's "Ephemeris,"and when he is called to visit a pa-
with a serious complaint, acute or chronic, he
tient suffering
should obtain the moment, as approximately as can be as-
certained, when the patient was first seized with illness, or
was compelled to take to his bed. Having ascertained
this, he will soon calculate the exact longitude of the Moon,
and it will be better still if he can cast a "figure of the
heavens " for that moment. The approach of the first cri-
sismay then be anticipated by calculating the hour when
the Moon will arrive at 90 degrees distance * in longitude
(or three signs of the Zodiac), and the other crisis in like
manner. Then, if at the crisis the " aspects " formed by
the Moon
with the planets be fortunate, recovery, or at
least a change for the better, may be looked for, and vice
versa. The fact that the Moon moves more swiftly at one
part of her orbit than at another, explains the reason why
crises in disease sometimes determine quickly, and at
other times come on very slowly.
Of the medicines in daily use by physicians, Saturn
rules —
aconite, assafoetida, belladonna, Indian hemp, colchi-
cum, conium, spurge olive, black henbane, hyoscyamus,
saw palmetto, lead compounds, mullein, white verajrum,
American hellebore, poison ivy, comfrey, etc.
Jupiter governs pleurisy root, wild horehound, yellow
jessamine, stramonium, dandelion, etc.
Mars rules antimony, arnica, arsenic, bryonia, aloes,
capsicum, gentian, iron, sarsaparilla, squills, sulphur,
lobelia, strong scented lettuce, etc.

Sol governs gold, garden marigold, tetterwood, chamo-

mile, sundew, saffron, ruta, etc.
Venus rules silver, copper, digitalis, European elder,
Pulsatilla, zinc, etc.
"In measles, and those diseases which run a rapid course, the crisis will determine
when the Moon arrives at 45 degrees distance in longitude.

8
114 ASTROLOGY.

Mercury governs purging agaric, cherry-laurel, bitter-

sweet, marsh-tea, mercury, valerian, etc.
Luna governs silver, opium, blue flag, moonwort, and all
herbs that tarn to the Moon.
By observing the aspects of the Moon at the decumbi-
ture and at the crisis, the appropriate remedies may be dis-
covered.
 XVI.

THE PRINCIPLES OF WISDOM ON WHICH THE SCIENCE

OF ASTROLOGY IS FOUNDED.

Nature rules the heavens the heavens rule all mankind.

;

The heavens do influence, but do not compel.

The wise man rules his stars ; the fool obeys them.
But who is the wise man ? The man who has attained
to wisdom.
But what is wisdom ? The knowledge of Nature is the
beginning of wisdom.
The knowledge of the time nature of the works of the
universe is the essence of wisdom.
To further truth, and do the will of Nature, is the end of
wisdom.
How, then, may wisdom be obtained ? By study and in-
dustry.
How by study ? Solomon prayed only for knowledge,
wisdom, and understanding. He became the wisest of
men.
How by industry ? Go to the ant, learn her ways and
be wise. '

Further To attain to the knowledge of the essence of

:

wisdom, facts are before all things necessary. It is the

want of that which keeps our savans, our literati, our
statesmen in deplorable ignorance and lamentable error
lack of this renders our clergy destitute of wisdom — " the
;

blind leader of the blind." They know not Nature, and so

they know not the God of Nature. Whatever exists, that
hath Nature created. What Nature hath created, let not
man deny.
116 ASTROLOGY.

The powers of the heavens hath Nature joined with the

destiny of man upon the earth. To deny the works of Nat-
ure is to deny their -existence.
To know the true nature of the planets in the heavens
above, and in the earth beneath, is to have the essence of
wisdom.
The knowledge of the true nature of the works of the
heavens above, and in the earth beneath, constitutes the
essence of Astrology. The science of astrology, there-
fore, is the essence of wisdom. He who hath this es-
sence must have the beginning, and will assuredly attain
to the end of wisdom.

RATIONALE OF THE ASTROLOGICAL ASPECTS.

The geometrical argument for the astrological aspects

has never been expressed in its completeness and sim-
plicity. It is true, as Zadkiel has noticed, that " every
astrological aspect forms the exact angle or supplemental
angle of a regular polygon, which may be inscribed in a
circle " and the present article is but taking another step
;

in that direction.
A little study and analysis show, in my opinion, that the
following is the natural, simple, and complete classifica-
tion. For brevity I shall speak of arcs instead of angles.
Firstly, there are three chief aspects from which, by one
analogy, all the others are derived. These are severally
the arcs subtended by the sides of the first three regular
polygons that of three sides forming the trine that of
; ;

four sides forming the square and that of five forming;

the quintile. By subdivision, then, and obtaining supple-

mental arcs by subtraction from 180 degrees, which is ob-
viously the limit of the aspects, we get the minor aspects
of the three kinds ; and also demonstrate that, strictly
 THE PRINCIPLES OP WISDOM. 117

speaking, there are several more aspects than those in the

books, though of no practical importance.
With a diagram for each of the three kinds, we will be-
gin with the prime aspect, the arc subtended by the side
of the first regular polygon, the equilateral triangle :

First Regular Polygon.

From the midheaven as a starting-point we inscribe the

first regular polygon, of three sides, which forms the trine,
an arc of 120 degrees subdivide that and we have the sex-
;

tile, 60 degrees, and subdividing again, we have the semi-

sextile, 30 degrees. Lastly, we take the supplemental arcs

of each ; the trine and sextile produce each other ; and the
semisextile produces an arc of 150 degrees, which probably
is a true astrological aspect, though weak.
118 ASTROLOGY.

Again: from the midheaven we inscribe the second

regular polygon, of four sides, which forms the square as-
pect, 90 degrees ;this we subdivide but once, and have the
semisquare, 45 degrees. Then the supplemental arc of the
square is itself, and that of the sesquisquare 135 degrees.

Second Regular Polygon.

Again we inscribe the third regular polygon, of five

:

which forms the quintile, 72 degrees and subdivid-

sides, ;

ing, we should havea semiquintile, or 36 degrees. Then

the supplemental arc of the quintile forms an arc of 108
degrees, and that of the semiquintile forms the biquintile,
144 degrees, which is also double the quintile.
Following the analogy, therefore, by which we get the
 ;

THE PRINCIPLES OF WISDOM. 119

sesquiquadrate, an aspect of undoubted efficacy, and rea-

soning from the known Jo the unknown, it appears that we
should have two other similar supplemental arcs and it ;

would, I suppose, be proper to name them in like manner,

Third Regular Polygon.

that of 150 degrees, the sesquisextile, s s %, and that of

108 degrees, sesquiquintile, ssq.
If we are right, then, the law of the evolution of the as-
trological aspects is simply this that they are the arcs of
:

the sidesof the first three regular polygons, their subdivisions,

and the supplements of both.
The opposition is not an aspect in the above sense, but
it may be considered as formed by doubling the square
120 ASTROLOGY.

which if we do to the other two, it has a like result —the

trine giving the trine, and the quintile the biquintile.
Theoretically, perhaps, we might go farther, and pro-
ceed to the next regular polygon, that of 7 sides but no ;

doubt the force of the aspects decreases in a geometrical

ratio from the first polygon. The same reason forbids
more than one subdivision of the original arcs, except of
the trine, that being the first and most potent.
It will be observed that the aspects above enumerated
comprise the arcs subtended by the sides of all the regular
polygons to the duodecagon inclusive, except those of 7,
9, and 11 sides, which there is ample reason for neglecting,

on the principles by which the aspects are formed.

The above is conceived to be the most concise statement
of the geometrical grounds of the aspects. Their astro-
logical significance and division into good and bad, or har-
monious and inharmonious, is another and subtler argu-
ment, and doubtless points to many beautiful analogies in
crystallization and other laws and processes of Nature.

CLIMACTERICAL YEARS.

In speaking of climacterical years I quote the following

from Wilson's " Dictionary of Astrology " " Every sev-
:

enth or ninth year in a man's life, answering to the days

of the moon, because she comes to the square of her own
place in the radix about every seventh day, and in the trine
to it about every ninth day thus the 7th, 9th, 14th, 18th.
;

21st, 27th, 28th, 35th, 36th, 42d, 45th, 49th, 54th, 56th, and
63d years are all climacterical, and are reckoned, and per-
haps truly, to be productive of remarkable events. The
most dangerous of them are the 49th and 63d, because
they are doubly climacterical, being 7x7 and 7x9, and,
when evil directions occur, are reckoned generally fatal.
The 63d year is called the Grand Climacteric, and a care-
 THE PRINCIPLES OF WISDOM. 121

fillobserver will find that more people die in their 63d

year than in any oth^r from 50 to 80. Many are of opinion
that the 7th climacterical year is always caused by Saturn,
because he comes every 7th year, or thereabout, to the
square, opposition, or conjunction of his place in the radix
(nativity) this may be the case, but I should rather at-
;

tribute itto the Moon, whose effects in all things we know

of are more prominent than those of Saturn. In some
cases it may be the joint effect of Saturn and the Moon, as

their septennial periods nearly agree ; one reason, how-

ever, against the probable operations of Saturn in the sep-
tennial year is that his period is not strictly septennial,
but nearly seven and a half years, and his second climac-
teric fifteen years." I find, after a child has passed its
14th year, that is, the two sevens of its life, it has passed

its childhood and then each seven makes a great change

in the constituting of the boy and girl then, on reaching
;

their 21st year, which is the third seven, manhood and

womanhood ripens out into its future for their good or bad
fortune, or, from that time, start their own destiny, leaving
fate behind. I find that persons born in an earthy sign
are seven years later in beginning their destiny, making it
their 28th year. From become more earn-
that time they
est in their ways, plans, and undertakings, and in fact, act
and look younger and take life more natural. And so the
sevens continue, and when they have reached their 35th
year they have passed the fifth seven, and the closing of the
sixth seven, their 42d year, is a dangerous period to pass
through also the 56th year is an afflicting period to both
;

male and female, which is the closing of the eighth seven.

 .

XYII.

THE ESSENTIAL DIGNITIES OF THE PLANETS.

The exact way of judicature in astrology is, first, by be-

ing perfect in the nature of the planets and signs sec- ;

ondly, by knowing the strength, fortitude, or debility of

the significators, and well poising of them, and their as-
pects and several mixtures, in your judgment ; by
thirdly,
rightly applying the influence of the figure of Heaven
erected, and the planets' aspects to one another at the time
of the question, according to natural and not enforced
maxims of art for by how much you endeavor to strain a
;

judgment beyond Nature, by so much the more you aug-

ment your error. A planet is then said to be really strong
when he has many essential dignities, which are known by
his being either in his house, exaltation, triplicity, term, or
face, at the time of erecting the figure. As, for example,
in any scheme of Heaven, if you find a planet in any of those
signs we call his house, he is then essentially strong ; as
^ in YS, or % in f
Essential Dignity by House. —In judgment, when a planet
or significator is in his own house, it represents a man in
such a condition, as that he is lord of his own house, estate,
and fortune or a man wanting very little of the goods of
;

this world or it tells you the man is in a very happy state

;

or condition. This will be true, unless the significator be

retrograde, or combust, or afflicted by any other malevolent
planet or aspect.
Exaltation. —If he be in that sign wherein he is exalted,
you may consider him essentially strong whether he be
;

near the very degree of his exaltation, or not ; as $ in V3,

or % in S.
 ;

THE ESSENTIAL DIGNITIES OF THE PLANETS. 123

If the significator be in his exaltation, and no ways im-

pedited, but angular it represents a person of haughty

condition, arrogant, assuming more to himself than his due

for it is observed, the planets in some part of the Zodiac do
more evidently declare their effects than in others.
Triplicity. —
he be in any of those signs which are
If
allotted him for his triplicity, he is also strong, but in a
less degree.
A planet in his triplicity shows a man modestly endued
with the goods and fortune of this world; one well de-
scended, and the condition of his life, at present time of
the question, to be good but not so much so as if in either
;

of thetwo former dignities.

—
Term. If any planet be in those degrees we assign for
his terms, we allow him to be slightly dignified.
A planet fortified, only as being in his own terms, rather
shows a man more of the corporature and temper of the
planet, than any extraordinary abundance in fortune, or
eminence in the commonwealth.
Face. —
If any planet be in his decanate, or face, he has
the least possible essential dignity but being in his own
;

decanate or face, he cannot then be called peregrine.

A planet being in his decanate or face, describes a man
ready to be turned out of doors, having much to do to
maintain himself in credit and reputation and in geneal- ;

ogies it represents a family at the last gasp, even as good

as quite decayed, hardly able to support itself.

The planets may be strong in another way viz., acciden- ;

tally as when direct, swift in motion, angular, in /\ or ^

;

aspect with 2/ or $ , etc., or in 6 with certain notable

fixed stars, as shall hereafter be related. Here follows a
table of essential dignities. By only casting your eye
thereon, you may perceive what essential dignity or imbe-
cility any planet has.
 t
i i <1

124 ASTROLOGY.

'IIBJ J^ *o o+|0J^ rt XH

•joomiipd Ofj^oj^ - £* r* *o CM- XH ^|©|XH

o o O o "© o o O o o o O
CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO

6 o+ X' t=\ *o xh r* CM J^ f=\ »X)

o ©
CM
o
CM ex
©
CM
©
CM
o o o
CM CM CM
o o o o
CM CM CM CM
«?
EH
m Pa
o xh CM- XH
< o © o o o o o o © o O o
P-i
*o xh * CM- j^* ^ «0 XH » CM- ^
a o o o O o o o © © o O o
EH CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO
Pn
O £* *o *0 ^ *o *o «o »c *o X* *o ^
to
CM
o
CM CM CM CM
«9
CM CM CM CM CM CM CM
EH
•—
*C ^ ^ Of r* ^ XH XH .c *X) ?* «x>
!25
O
— CM
CM
CM CM
O
CM
CO
r— CM
O o
CM CM
i
xh CM- X/f CM- CM- XH CH- XH
Tf CO CO CO Tt CM
EH
ch- XH * XH Or CM- ?* CM- XH XH
«o 00 1 t^ <© to t^. <© to 00 CO to 00

c*\ of »t 90 ,c XH J^ *o r* Of & o+
a 1

EH
1 XH XH «X> XH
i
^ c o+ CM
CM- X)
w Oi CO CO CO 00
i— f— CM CM CM
PQ
^ K.S
o ^ XH ^ CM-
H C8 r^- 83 *o

s ft £ ft ft^ «ft fc ft fr ft K ft ft
e
*0 CM- XH ^ XH CM- «X) r* j:- X* r*

I
35
5- » Q? i< <l & ^+ 5: U X
 .

THE ESSENTIAL DIGNITIES OF THE PLANETS. 125

EXPLANATION OF THE TABLE.

Every planet has two signs for his houses, except .Sol
and Luna they but one each, i? has V3 and £? and U
; ;

has f and ^ $ has T and

; $ has tf and =a= 2 has EE
TTJ, ; ;

and ng. One of these houses is called diurnal, noted in

the second column by the letter D the other is nocturnal, ;

noted by the letter N. The planets have their exaltations,

as the third column points out thus O in 19 T D in : ;

3 8; Q, in 3 degrees JJ, are exalted. These twelve signs

are divided into four triplicities. The fourth column
tells you which planet or planets, both night and day,
governs each triplicity as over against 5j, fH> X, you find
;

6 who governs by day and night in that triplicity

, and ;

over against T, SI, t you find O and U; viz., that O has

,

domination by day, and U by night, in that triplicity the ;

first 6 degrees of T are the terms of U, from 6 to 14,

the terms of 9 Over against T in the tenth, eleventh,

. ,

and twelfth columns, you find S 10, O 20, 9 30 viz., the ;

first 10 degrees of T are the face of $ from 10 to 20, the ;

face of O from 20 to 30, the face of 9

;

In the thirteenth column, over against T, you find 9 det-

riment, viz., 9 being in cf, is in a sign opposite to one of her
own houses, and so is said to be in her detriment. In the
fourteenth column, over against T you find , 1? , over his
head fall, that is, b when he is in f is opposite to his ex-
altation, and so is unfortunate. Though these things are
expressed in the nature of the planets already, yet this
table makes it appear more evident to the eye, and is use-
ful for reference.

considerations before judgment.

All the ancients that have written of questions do give

warning to the astrologer that before he delivers judg-
126 ASTROLOGY.

merit he considers well whether the figure is radical * and

capable of judgment ; the question then shall not be taken
for radical : 1st, when either the 1st or 2d degrees of
a sign ascend (especially in signs of short ascensions, viz.,

V3, £?, X T
, , tf , II )• You may not then adventure judg-
ment, unless the querent be very young, and his corpora-
ture, complexion, and moles or scars of his body agree
with the quality of the signs ascending. 2d, if 27 or
more degrees any sign ascend, it is not safe to give
of
judgment, except the querent be in years corresponding to
the number of degrees ascending, or unless the figure be
set upon a time certain, viz., any event happening, such as
a man went away or fled at such a time precisely to learn ;

the result here you may judge, because it is no pro-

;

pounded question. 3d, it is not safe to judge when the

D is in the latter degrees of a sign, especially in n, "L, or
YS ; or, as some say, when she is in via combusta, which is,

when she is in the last 15 degrees of =^=, or the first 15 de-

grees of n^.
All manner of matters go hardly on (except the princi-
pal significators be very strong) when the D is void of
course yet sometimes she performs it void of course, if
;

in & , ES, f or X- You must also be wary, when in any

,

question propounded you find the cusp of the 7th house

afflicted, or the lord of the house retrograde or impedited,
and the matter at that time not concerning the 7th
house, but belonging to any other house it is an argu- ;

ment that the judgment of the astrologer will give little

content, or nothing please the querent, for the 7th house
generally has signification of the artist. The Arabians,
as Alkindus and others, do deliver the following rules,

* This term signifies, like the radix or root, the figure of hirth ; for when a person

asks his first question of an astrologer, it will generally be found that the same sign,
and often the same degree, will ascend that ascended at his birth.
 THE ESSENTIAL DIGNITIES OE THE PLANETS. 127

as very fit to be considered before a question be judged :

viz., h be in the ascendant, especially retrograde, the

if

matter of that question seldom or never comes to good.

\l in the 7th either corrupts the judgment of the astrol-
oger, or is a sign the matter propounded will come from
one misfortune to another. If the lord of the ascendant
be combust, neither question propounded will take, nor
the querent be regulated. The lord of the 7th unfortu-
nate, or in his fall, or terms of the infortunes, the artist
shall scarce give a solid judgment.
When the testimonies of fortunes and infortunes are
equal, defer .judgment ; it is not possible to know which
way the balance will turn ; however, defer your opinion till

another question better informs you.

 xvm.
WHAT SIGNIFICATOR, QUERENT, AND QUESITED, ARE AND ;

AN INTRODUCTION TO THE JUDGMENT OF A QUESTION.

The querent is he or she that propounds the question

and desires resolution the quesited is he or she, or the
;

thing sought and inquired after.

The significator is no more than that planet which rules
the house that signifies the person or thing demanded ; as
if T ascending, $ being lord of T, shall be significator
is

of the querent, viz., the sign ascending shall in part signify

his corporature, body, or stature ; the lord of the ascend-
ant, according to the sign he in, the }
is and planet
in the ascendant, equally mixed together, shall show his
quality or conditions ; so that let any sign ascend, the
planet that is lord of that sign shall be called lord of the
house, or significator of the person inquiring.
So that, in the first place, when any question is pro-
pounded, the sign ascending and his lord are always given
unto him or her that asks the question secondly, you must
;

then consider the matter propounded, and see to which of

the twelve houses it does properly belong. When you
have found the house, consider the sign and lord of that
sign, how, and in what sign and what part of Heaven he is
placed, how dignified, what aspect he has to the lord of the
ascendant, who impedites your significator, who is a friend
unto him, viz., what planet it is, and what house he is lord
of, or in what house posited from such a man or woman
;

signified by that planet shall you be aided or hindered, or

by one of such relation unto you as that planet signifies ;

if lord of such a house, such an enemy if lord of a house

;
 WHAT SIGNIFICATOR AND QUERENT ARE. 129

that signifies enemies, then an enemy verily ; if of a friendly

house, a friend.
The whole natural* key of astrology rests in the words
preceding, rightly understood. By the examples follow-
ing, I shall make all things more plain for I do not desire
;

or will reserve anything whereby the learner may be kept

in suspense of understanding what is useful for him, and
most fit to be known. In every question we do give the
D as a consignificator with the querent or lord of the as-
cendant. Having well considered the several applications
and separation of the lords of those houses signifying your
questions, as also the } her situation and quality of the
,

aspects she has, and each significator has to each, you may
begin to judge and consider whether the thing demanded
will come to pass, yea or nay by What or whose means, the
;

time when, and whether it will be good for the querent to

proceed further in his demands, yea or nay.

TO KNOW WHETHER A THING DEMANDED WILL BE BROUGHT TO

PERFECTION, TEA OR NAY.

The ancients have declared unto us, that there are four
ways or means which discover whether a person's question
demanded shall be accomplished, yea or nay.
Conjunction. — First, by conjunction when, therefore, you
:

find the lord of the ascendant, and the lord of that house
which signifies the thing demanded, hastening to a 6 and ,

in the 1st house, or in any angle, and the significators

meet with no prohibition or refranation, before they come
to perfect 6 you may then judge that the thing sought
,

after shall be brought to pass without any manner of let

or impediment the sooner, if the significators be swift in
;

motion, and essentially or accidentally strong but if this ;

6 of the significators be in a succedent house, it will be

9
130 ASTROLOGY.

perfected, but not so soon if in cadent houses, with infi-

;

nite loss of time, some difficulty, and much struggling.

Aspects of ^c or A. —
Things are also effected, when the
principal signifiers apply by >|c or A aspect out of good
houses and places where they are essentially well digni-
fied, and meet with no malevolent aspect to intervene ere

they come to be in perfect >({ or A-

Aspects of 6 and 8 —
Things are also produced to per-
.

fection when the significators apply by [\ aspect, provided

each planet have dignity in the degrees wherein they are,
and apply out of proper and good houses otherwise not. ;

Sometimes it happens that a matter is effected when the

significators apply by <? but it is when there is mutual
,

reception by house, and out of friendly houses, and the D

separating from the significator of the thing demanded,
and applying presently to the lord of the ascendant. I
have seldom seen anything brought to perfection by this
way of opposition, but the querent had been better if the
thing had been undone for, if the question was concern-
;

ing marriage, the parties seldom agreed, but were ever

wrangling and disputing, each party repining at his evil
choice, laying the blame upon their covetous parents, as
having no mind to it themselves and if the question was
;

about portion or moneys, the querent did, it is true, re-

cover his money or portion promised, but it cost him more
to procure it in suit of law than the debt was worth ;

and so have I seen it happen in many other things.

Translation. —
Things are brought to perfection by trans-
lation of light and nature, in this manner When the sig- :

nificators both of querent and quesited are separating

from 6 or $c or A aspects of each other, and some other
, ,

planet separates himself from one of the significators, of

whom he is received, either by house, triplicity, or term,*
* This means being in these dignities of that significator.
 WHAT SIGNIFICATOR AND QUERENT ARE. 131

and then this planet applies to the other significator by 6

or aspect, before he meets with the 6 or aspect of any
other planets he thus translates the force, influence, and
;

virtue of the first significator to the other,and then this

intervening planet (or such a man or woman as is signified
by that planet) shall bring the matter in hand to perfec-
tion.
Consider what house the planet interposing or translat-
ing the nature and light of the two planets is lord of,and
describe him or her ; and say to the querent, that such a
party shall do good in the business of, etc. ; viz., if lord
of the 2d, a good purse effects the matter if lord ; of the
3d, a kinsman or neighbor and so of all the rest
; of the
houses.
Collection. —Matters ai*e also brought to ^perfection,
when the two principal significators do not behold one an-
other, but both cast their several aspects to a more
weighty planet than themselves, and they both receive him
in some of their essential dignities then shall that planet,
;

who thus collects both their lights, bring the thing de-
manded to perfection which signifies that a person some-
;

what interested in both parties, and described and signi-

fied by that planet, shall perform the thing which otherwise
could not be perfected as many times you see two fall
;

at variance, and of themselves cannot think of any way

of accommodation, when suddenly a neighbor or friend
accidentally reconciles all differences, to the content of
both parties and this is called a collection.
;

In all questions, you are generally to observe this

method following: The ascendant represents the person
of the querent, and the 2d his estate, the 3d his kindred,
the 4th his father, the 5th his children, the 6th his servant
or sickness, the 7th his wife, the 8th the manner of his
death, the 9th his religion or journeys, the 10th his estima-
132 ASTROLOGY.

tion or honor, mother, trade ; the 11th his friends, the 12th
his secret enemies ; understand that when one asks
also
concerning a woman, or any party signified by the 7th
house and the lord thereof, that then the 7th house shall
be her ascendant, and signify her person the 8th house ;

shall signify her estate, and be her second the 9th house ;

shall signify her brethren and kindred the 10th shall ;

represent her father the 11th her children, or whether

;

apt to have children the 12th her sickness and servants

; ;

the 1st house her sweetheart, the 2d house her death,

the 3d her journey, the 4th her mother, or trade, the
5th her friends, the 6th her sorrow, care, and private
enemies. Let the question be of or concerning a church-
man, minister, or the brother of the wife or sweetheai't, the
9th house shall represent each of these but the 10th ;

house shall be significator of his substance the 11th ;

house of his brethren, and so in order and so in all man-

;

ner of questions, the house signifying the party quesited

shall be his ascendant or 1st house, the next his 2d house,
and so continuing round about the whole heavens of
twelve houses. If a question be made of a king or noble-
man, the 10th is his 1st house, the 11th his 2d but ;

in nativities, the ascendant always influences the party

born, whether* king or beggar. -These things preceding
being well understood, you may proceed to judgment not ;

that it is necessary you have all that is written in your

memory exactly, but that you be able to know when you
are in error, when not when to judge a question, when
;

not.

OF THE TBUE TIME OF ERECTING- A FIGURE.

The proper time is that when you feel most anxious

about any matter, and first form the resolution to erect a
figure on the subject ; if you find the figure radical, and
 WHAT SIGNIFICATOR AND QUERENT ARE. 133

lay aside all self-love and prejudice, you may safely judge a
figure erected for that instant of time.
If a person apply to an astrologer, the figure must be
taken for the exact time he first speaks on the subject or, ;

if it be by letter, when it is first read and understood by

the artist. If it be not a question, but an event suddenly

happening, then the moment of its commencement will
show, by a figure, its result ; as the first setting off on a
journey, beginning a letter, or any business ; or when you
first discover the loss of any article, or hear of any event
happening ; in all these cases, the first impression on your
mind is the true moment for the figure.

OF THE PLANET OR PLANETS WHICH HINDER OR IMPEDITE THE

THING DEMANDED IN ANY QUESTION.

In all questions consider carefully what planet it is which

obstructs or hinders the perfection of the thing desired.
We receive judgment herein from that planet with whom
the lord of the ascendant be joined (whether by bodily 6
or by aspect), or the significator of the thing inquired after,
whether it be the D herself, or that she be partaker with
the lord of the ascendant or not, or signify the thing de-
manded.
Carefully observe the planet to which the querent's sig-
nificator is joined, or the D ; and observe how that planet
is disposed, and unto whom he is joined ; for if the lord
of the ascendant, J), or significator of the thing pro-
pounded, be joined to an evil planet, evilly disposed, with-
out reception, or if he be not evilly disposed, but be joined
to an infortune, and that infortune receive him not, it de-
notes the destruction of the thing demanded.
A planet is ill-disposed when he is peregrine, retrograde,
combust; also if cadent and behold not the lord of the
134 ASTROLOGY.

house or the cusp of the house of the thing demanded.

The aspect to the cusp is better than to the lord of the
house.
If the significator, as above, be joined to an unfortunate
planet, one retrograde, combust, or cadent then ob-
viz., ;

serve whether mutual reception intervene which shows ;

the perfection of the matter, though with much labor and

solicitation. If there be no reception, the affair will come
to nothing, though there may have been much probability
of its performance.
If the lord of the ascendant, the D or lord
, of the thing
demanded, or the planet who receives any of them, be free
from affliction, though without mutual reception, it per-
fects the matter with facility.
If anyone of them be free from the infortunes, and
joined with any benevolent planet, who is himself aspected
by a malevolent, without mutual reception, the matter will
be brought to a good conclusion.
Consider carefully whether planets in aspect be without
reception, for when they are in reception, things are ever
brought to pass ; though, if the aspect be evil, with degree
of trouble, delay.
Consider also, whether any other planet prohibit before
the significators join in perfect 6 with an evil planet ; if

so, it hinders the thing from happening ; but if no such

prohibition or cutting off the light of the infortune occur,
by which its malevolence may be taken off, the thing will
be effected.
If an infortune collect the light of other planets, or if

light be translated to an infortune, the matter will not be

effected unless there be reception viz., that the infoi'tune
;

be received by, or disposed of, or ruled by (which is all

one thing), the significators.
 XIX.

ELEMENTARY MOTIONS OF THE TWELVE SIGNS.

The Greeks, of the famous land of Egypt, punctually

observed the motions and periods and stations of the
planets, as well as the powers which they possessed, with
respect to the nativities of animals, and what good or evil
influences they exerted and they frequently foretold
;

what was to happen to a man throughout his life, and not

uncommonly predicted a failure of crops or an abundance,
and the occurrence of epidemic diseases among men or
beasts they foretold, also, earthquakes and floods, and the
;

appearances of comets.
The twelve signs of the Zodiac were used by the Egyp-
tians at a period when only eleven were said to have been
distinguished by the Greeks, who afterward added a
twelfth, so that they agreed in number with the twelve di-
visions called houses and the experience of subsequent
;

ages fully demonstrates that the names given to them were

appropriate. For the sign Aries, among its various classes
of human physiognomy, gives one that much resembles
that of a Earn ; and it signifies that class of animals, and
their attributes.
Taurus gives very powerfully that of the Bull, with
tufted hair on the forehead.
Gemini, though a beautiful and human sign, yet occa-
sionally gives to persons born when it is rising a strong
resemblance in the head and neck to the characteristic
forms of goats, kids, and deer and, therefore, being a bi-
;

corporal sign, or one of plurality, in very ancient times it

was represented by two kids; but subsequently, the hu-
136 ASTROLOGY.

man character of the sign has been recognized by the in-

troduction of the Twins, representing the two stars of
Castor and Pollux.
Cancer is found occasionally to give, among other char-
acteristics of the sign, a crabbed, short-nosed class of per-
sons, greatly resembling a crab in features, when viewed
in front ; these persons resemble crabs also in the energy
and tenaciousness with which they attack any object.
Leo produces the physiognomies most resembling a lion,
especially in the nose and retreating chin such as the ;

profile of King George III. exhibits and the sign is par-

;

ticularly significant of such animals as the lion.

Virgo has been found to be well suited to the significa-
tion of virgins, because in the greater portion of females
born when it is rising, it produces a class of cool, discreet,
studious, or self-regarding women. An ancient zodiac,
sculptured on one of the temples of Thebes, represents
this sign as a virgin with a cfistaff in her hands, to denote
the industrious character of women born under Virgo.
The same figure is found in the zodiac in the great temple
at Tentyra.
Libra, independently of its appearing in the world's
horoscope, to mediate the zodiac horizontally, and to bal-
ance, as it were, the sign Aries, has been found to signify
straight lines and regular buildings, and the sublime un-
interrupted horizon line of the sea ; it represents also the
blue color of the sky and distances.
Scorpio has been found to afford to one class of human
beings, born when it is rising, a near approach in the ex-
pression of the countenance, especially in the eyes and
mouth, to serpents^; and when doing or saying cruel and
bitter things, they are apt to be assimilated to the nature
of snakes and scorpions.
Sagittarius has been observed to represent not only such
ELEMENTAKY MOTIONS OF THE TWELVE SIGNS. 137

rapid motions as belong to the flying arrow, but the cen-

taurian form was suggested by the first portion of the sign,
signifying the deliberation or temperate resolves of human-
ity, with happy termination, in a greater degree than the
latter half, which often exhibits more of the excessive im-
pulses and nature of a race-horse, an animal most speci-
fically described by Sagittarius ; and persons born while
the latter half of the sign is rising, are subject to the con-
stant apprehension of vicissitudes or violent accidents.
Capricornus is found to give to gray-eyed human beings
a most perfect resemblance in the eyes to the full-grown
goat and in others, both dark and fair, the under lip
;

somewhat resembles that of these animals. Capricorn,

from reflecting, as it were, the watery sign Cancer, which
is opposite to it in the Zodiac, and from the former loca-

tion of the famous fishy star Fomalhant in it (which left

the sign about the period of the great plague at Athens),
caused so many persons bom under the sign to partake in
their physiognomy of the character of fish, that it was an-
ciently represented by a goat with a fish's tail. In the
zodiac of Thebes, before alluded to, the goat is drawn in
full, and without the tail of the fish, as generally seen in
less ancient zodiacs.
Aquarius is, by many persons, erroneously termed a
watery sign ; but it is, in fact, the third sign of the aerial
trigon and as it is an amiable, peaceable, and uranian
;

sign, and as the air was perceived to be the bearer of

vapors, clouds, and even water-spouts, Aquarius was rep-
resented by the figure of the water-bearer, which also de-
noted one who followed a useful and domestic, rather than
any destructive, occupation.
Pisces was found to signify persons who were employed
in fishing, and in other watery concerns and likewise ;

shallow streams in which fish are readily seen. It is a

 —

138 ASTROLOGY.

sign under which many that take pleasure in bathing are

born, or in which planets are located at their birth and ;

some of the persons born while it is rising approximate to

fishes in their eyes, which are somewhat conspicuous and
phlegmatic.

THE PLANETS RULING THE SEVEN DAYS OF THE WEEK.

That the planets were the real gods Egyptians is

of the
evident, if, gods of that peo-
as is constantly asserted, the
ple were the same as the gods of the Greeks " the seven —
planets being, in the words of the philosopher Albricus,
the seven first gods of the heathen, whom he arranged in
this order Saturn, Jupiter, Mars, Apollo, Venus, Mercury,
:

and the Moon."

This order is said to prevail in the attributing the days
of the week to the planets, according to the order of their
rule over the hours of the day ; each day bearing the name
of the planet ruling its first hour, as thus : the first hour
of Saturday (Samedi) being dedicated to Saturn, the sec-
ond to Jupiter, and so on ; the twenty-fifth, or first hour
of the next day, is that of the Sun (Sunday Dimanche),
which gives its name to the day ; and so on with Mon-
day, or Lundi, Mardi, Mercredi, Zendi, Vendredi —Tuesday,
Wednesday, Thursday, and Friday.
The sarcophagi of the monarchs of the 18th dy-
nasty were decorated with representations of the Sun
—
Mythos the passage of the Sun through the twelve hours
of the day and those of the night. The Sun is always ac-
companied by seven deities, who differ according to the
hour, and who appear to represent the Moon and planetary
system.
To those learning astrology it would be well to calculate
the places of Mercury for every day, of Venus for every
ELEMENTARY MOTIONS OF THE TWELVE SIGNS. 139

second day, of Mars for every third, and Saturn, Jupiter,

and Herschel for every* sixth day. By this means they can
judge, within two or three minutes, by the longitude of
one day, what the next will be. And if their calculation
does not always come out as they think right, it would be
well to refer to the Ephemeris. I have followed this sys-
tem for many years. It is also a fact that some are igno-
rant of the grand astrological fact that the sign Taurus is

the house of Venus, and also the exaltation of the Moon,

both of which, therefore, have dignity or power in that sign.
 XX.

PLANETS IN THEIR OWN HOUSES, AND IN THOSE OF EACH

OTHER, AS THEY ARE LORDS OF A NATIVITY.

SATUKN.

Saturn, significator of a Nativity by day, fortunate or

well disposed, viz., in and in the ascendant,
]tf, £?, or =£=,

denotes the native to be respected of persons of honor

and eminence, and of rich men and denotes health of ;

body and mind, and that he shall accumulate substance and

great wealth and this the rather if he shall be found with
;

© in the 1st, 2d, or in any other fortunate house or place

in the figure.
But he be evilly disposed, the native shall sustain
if

many both of body and mind and the contrary in

evils, ;

all respects of what hath been aforesaid.

If Saturn shall be in f or X, and the nativity diurnal,

the native shall be fair of body and large of stature, a just
person, who shall in future time heap up much substance,
gathered together by just means. If the birth be noctur-
nal, the native shall be willing to live with nobles, great
and rich persons, and his father shall go before him to the
grave.
In the house of Mars, viz., form,, the native shall be
strong in constitution, hard-hearted, of little or no mercy
nor compassion, very wrathful and furious and ; if the na-
tivity be by night, he shall be doubly the worse.
In the house of the Sun, Si, in a diurnal nativity, the
and also his father, unless some-
native shall be fortunate,
thing in the father's nativity hinder. But if the nativity
 PLANETS IN THEIR OWN HOUSES. 141

be nocturnal, the contrary is portended, and depression

foreshown.
Saturn in the house of Venus, 8 and the birth
or =s=,

either diurnal or nocturnal, the native shall be given to

pleasure, and shall suffer much by that means he will be ;

of an evil complexion, subject to many sicknesses ; one of

no faith, nor good conscience.
When in H or n^ (Mercury's houses) Saturn signifies,
whether the birth be by day or night, that the native shall
study sciences and many books, and attain to most secrets ;

yet by much study and weariness he shall be much im-

;

pedited by his words, and most of his study may be to his

detriment he shall meet with ingratitude and slanderous
;

accusations.
If Saturn shall be in the house of the Moon (Cancer), it
signifies (£5being the sixth sign from his own house) that
the native shall be burdened with many infirmities his ;

mother shall be in danger of death in giving him birth,

and in her lifetime he shall waste her goods, or consume
his own substance.

JUPITER.

% in V3 or £?, and lord of a nativity, free from imped-

iment, the native will be over-careful and greedy of heaping
up gain and will represent himself as poor and indigent,
;

and live in a vile and wretched manner, always fearing or

doubting evils and in all things that men delight in he
;

shall prove vile and base by which means many mischiefs

;

shall happen unto him.

If he be found in his own houses, f or X, and the birth
diurnal, the native shall be both rich and fortunate and ;

he shall acquire riches in great quantity he shall be dis- ;

creet, and known among great persons and honorable, and

prevail with them. But if the birth be by night it imports
142 ASTROLOGY.

great fortune, but not so much as when diurnal ; he shall

dwell in religious houses, or converse with religious men,
and willingly abide with them.
% in T or n^, which are the houses of Mars, whatever
the nativity be, signifies the native to be fortunate among
nobles, great men, and soldiers ; and he shall be a man of
great stability, and much constancy, the more so if % be
in an angle or succedent house and in T he shall also be
;

a good warrior and skilful commander, especially of great

and renowned armies.
In the house of the Sun (Leo), the nativity being diurnal,
Jupiter signifies that the native shall be famous, renowned,
wise, and of profound judgment and shall gladly make
;

his abode with great men, and shall be beloved of them for
little service and not only of the great, but also of the
;

people. If Jupiter be in an angle or succedent, free from

evil aspects and impediments, the native shall be the more
fortunate, and shall transcend far beyond what man could
imagine. But if the birth be nocturnal, the predictions
shall still be true, yet much short thereof, nevertheless he
shall continue fortunateand well disposed.
In the houses of Venus, 8 or =a=, and the birth by day,
Jupiter indicates that the native shall approach and join
himself with rich women, shall marry such, and grow rich.
If the nativity be nocturnal, he shall willingly make his
abode with religious men, and shall be of good repute, and
increase in riches by such means.
In the houses of Mercury, n or rrg, free from imped-
iments, either in diurnal or nocturnal nativity, the native
shall very greatly increase in wealth, so that he shall be
preferred before many other men, and shall be reputed as
honorable as a statesman or governor.
Jupiter in the house of the Moon, strong, fortunate, and
well disposed, in a diurnal geniture, signifies fortune to
 PLANETS IN THEIR OWN HOUSES. 143

the native beyond expectation, and this the greater if % be

in an angle or succedent house. If the birth be nocturnal,

thesame in a lesser degree, nevertheless the man shall be
and of great fame, and thereby much profit shall
excellent
redound unto him.
MAES.

When Mars is in ltf or £? (Saturn's houses), well dis-

posed, fortunate, and strong, the native shall be bold and
magnanimous, given to deeds of chivalry he will effect, ;

perfect, and accomplish whatsoever he shall undertake ;

his fame shall be exalted, and he shall be of a command-

ing spirit if of royal blood he shall be made a king, and
;

his fame shall spread abroad into far countries he shall ;

mightily waste both his own and other men's substance.

If he have elder brethren they shall die before him, or he
may be the cause of their death, especially if the lord of
the 8th behold his significator, or be in conjunction with
him.
In the houses of Jupiter, f or X, fortunate and strong,
whatever the nativity be, it betokens that the native shall
reside with nobles or rich men, and be very much beloved
of them, for they shall prefer him to be ruler over their
affairs, and to command their armies and so much the
;

more if U shall be strong or fortunate in T or n^, and in

no way impedited.
In T or TTL Mars signifies the native to be master of
warlike instruments (chiefly in a nocturnal birth) ; he shall
be very ingenious and quick-witted in geometry and engi-
neering. If the birth, however, be by day and $ oriental,
and not beheld by the fortunes, it signifies the native to be
wicked, devilish, a backbiter and traducer of men, and will
do them mischief he shall be subject to occult diseases,
;

cancer, etc. but if he be in n^ the evils shall be abated.

;
144 ASTROLOGY.

Mars in Leo (the house of the Sun), be the birth either

by day or night, many inconveniences shall happen to the
native, the destruction of his substance — he shall be afflicted
with sore eyes —chiefly the right ; he shall be troubled
with a weak stomach ; he will die a sudden or untimely
death, and he shall certainly die by the hands of men if <?
be in the 10th house.
In the houses of Venus, b or =z=, Mars shows the native
to be luxurious, and given to all abominable and filthy ac-
tions and shall suffer thereby.
;

Mars in n
or rrg (Mercury's houses), whatever the nativ-
ity be, signifies the native to be negligent, carnal-minded,
solicitous about temporal things, crafty, knavish, and cov-
etous a gainer by theft or other unlawful means. If given
;

to writing, he shall prove himself a good scribe, of a sharp

fancy, skilful in languages, and understanding well books
of divers languages, and be able to explain their meaning.
He shall be very ingenious, and excel in sciences.
Mars in Cancer (the house of the Moon) shows the
native to be inconstant, lightly changing his purpose of ;

profound judgment in all sciences, and profiting very much

by them given to the study of evil arts. Alboaly says, if
;

he receive a hurt in the generative organs, he shall sud-

denly die he will waste much of his mother's fortune, and
;

she will undergo, after his birth, many great and tedious
sicknesses.

THE SUN.

The Sun, lord of a nativity in VC5* or £?, diurnal, shows

the native to be a man of good quality, benevolent, cheer-
ful, and of good conversation ; soberly delightful, making
others merry ; he shall excel in most handicrafts. But if

the birth be nocturnal, the native is unstable in everything

he taketh in hand.
 PLANETS IN THEIR OWN HOUSES. 145

Sun in the houses of Jupiter, f or X the native shall be ,

more excellent than his neighbors he shall be famous ;

among men, and shall joyfully reside with nobles and great
personages, but he shall be given to immoral conduct.
The Sun in Aries, fortunate and strong in a diurnal ;

geniture, shows the native to be of good esteem, princi-

pally among great men, and shall willingly follow the wars
perpetually (unless the lord of the triplicity of the sign as-
cending be against him, who, though he cannot quite pre-
vent, may greatly lessen this). If the nativity be noctur-
nal, the third part of what hath been said shall only
happen. But if the Sun be in n^, the native will be unfort-
unate (unless the lord of the triplicity aforesaid favor
him) whatever his fortune may be, he shall be subject to
;

an ill habit of body, sickness, etc.

If the Sun in any nativity be in £i, fortunate in an angle,
especially in the 10th ; or in a succedent house, chiefly
from the 10th, it portends the native to be a great man,
puissant and exalted if he be of a kingly race he shall be
;

capable of great offices, or some high and eminent digni-

ties. If of an indifferent pedigree, he shall come to excel-
lent honor, great riches, and dignity. If of base lineage,
he shall obtain great offices and dignities, but he shall be
fearful lest great mischief befall him by reason of them.
In nocturnal genitures it signifieth the weakness of his
father, and his sudden death and that the native shall
;

gain much by travel.

When the Sun
is in 8 or =£=, be the nativity diurnal or

nocturnal, shows the native to be a sincere and just man,

it

an expounder of dreams, and one that can find out hidden

and secret things yet shall he offend and fall into im-
;

morality.
If O in a diurnal geniture be in n or rrg, it shows the
native to be well skilled in sciences, and more expert than
10
146 ASTROLOGY.

most others of his time he shall also be one of good be-

;

havior and an astronomer, known and beloved of scien-

;

tists. But in a nocturnal nativity, the native shall be

unfortunate and needy, and shall intentionally do evil. In
youth he shall be poor, but when he comes to middle age
he shall grow rich, and shall be afflicted with diseases of
the generative organs he shall be an exorcist, and shall
;

mend the works of evil and wicked persons.

Venus in the houses of Saturn, YS or £?, whatever the

nativity be, and however she is disposed, it shows the na-
tive shall covet illicit pleasures, and that his (first) wife
shall die before him. If Venus be in the houses of Jupiter,
f or X, in a nocturnal nativity, it signifies that the par-
ents of the native shall hatehim without just cause never- ;

theless, he shall grow rich by noble women, or by the mar-

riage of many wives, or by the father or grandfather of
them. And if the nativity be diurnal, the same shall hap-
pen, though not in so full a measure.
Venus in the houses of Mars, T or %, be the birth by
day or night, it signifies the native shall be bitter against
women, shall not willingly converse with them yet will ;

keep company with the courtesan and dishonest sort, and

shall incur much damage thereby he will hardly ever
;

marry but if he do, he shall be brought to it with much

;

difficulty, and thereby shall incur much strife and conten-

tions by reason whereof many evils shall befall him, and
;

he will be jealous of his wife, and possibly upon that sus-

picion may occasion her death.
When $ is in ft, whatever the nativity may be, it im-
ports the native to be much inflamed with the love of
women, and he shall abound in luxury and riot, and affect
to abuse children.
 PLANETS IN THEIR OWN HOUSES. 147

If 9 be found in her own houses, 8 or =£=, whatsoever

the nativity be, it shoves the native shall affect the company
of the demi-monde, and thereby shall be defamed, and for
his infamy be made notorious.
When Yenus is found in the houses of Mercury, or n
n%, in a diurnal nativity, well disposed, she shows the na-

tive to delight in limning, and also in writing books and ;

he shall make ornaments for women viz., vain or wanton ;

attire and deal in such things as shall allure effeminate

;

persons ; and by a specious show of hypocrisy shall insin-

uate himself into the favor of religious men ; nevertheless
much given to luxury. But if the nativity be nocturnal,
she being evil and ill disposed, the native shall do none of
those good things aforesaid, but rather the worse.
Venus in the house of the Moon, E5, in any nativity, it
betokens the native inconstant, and swiftly changing from
place to place, and from one thing to another, and he shall
be viciously affected, and greedy of gain, and very shame-
fully luxurious.

MERCURY.

If Mercury be in Y$ or ,£?, at either diurnal or nocturnal

birth, it imports the native to be full of suspicion, and
evil-tongued ;
yet shall he join himself willingly to relig-
ious and wise men.
When be in f or X, and
^ in a diurnal nativity shall
well fortified, shows the native shall abide with influen-
it

tial persons, and shall have the disposing or managing of

their affairs he shall be prudent in judgment.

; But if the
birth be by night, it portends the same, though not in so
great a measure.
If Mercury be in T or n^, at either a diurnal or noctur-
nal birth, be the native of what condition soever, it shows
him to be given to theft, falsehood, lying, craft, and to be
148 ASTROLOGY.

encompassed with all manner of wickedness ; and he shall

reap much trouble and damage thereby.
If £ be in SL, well disposed, in any nativity, the native
shall be in favor with nobles and great men he shall at- ;

tain friendship from them, and willingly abide with them.

But if he be ill disposed, it signifies the native to be shame-
less, wanton, and foolish.

Mercury in the houses of Venus, 8 or ===, in any nativ-

ity, it signifies the native to be cheerful and pleasant and ;

that he shall attain the knowledge of all arts, and all things
whereby men may be delighted, or shall take pleasure in.
When $ is in nor ^ it imports the native to be virtu-
,

ous, well disposed, and faithful he shall attain perfection

;

in all sciences, as well in the practical as the speculative

parts ;he shall also be skilful in mechanical professions.
Mercury, when in S£, fortunate and well disposed, signi-
fies the native to be bountiful and much given to hospital-

ity, willing to do good not delighting

; in lasciviousness,
but faithful, liberal,and beneficent.

THE MOON.

Luna in Y3 or £?, well disposed, in a nocturnal nativity,

and decreasing in light, it portends unto the native sore
eyes, and grief in the reins and kidneys, etc. But if the
birth be by day, he shall be the less afflicted with the afore-
said maladies. In any nativity, diurnal or nocturnal, it
shows the native not to be beloved of men for they shall ;

endeavor to blast his credit and repute, and shall despite-

fully use him and this although he deserve well at their
;

hands.
The Moon in f or X in any nativity, imports the na-
,

tive tohave great power among his kindred, and he shall

be reputed as their governor and his fame shall be spread
;
 PLANETS IN THEIR OWN HOUSES. 149

abroad nevertheless, lie shall be given to luxury, and to

;

keep company with courtesans.

"When D is in f or n^, in any nativity, it signifies the
native to be an impudent person, a thief, abandoning good
works, studying mischief willingly consorting with wicked
;

and naughty persons, and affecting to converse with them.

D in £L, in any nativity, betokens the native to abide
with great men and the rather if the Moon shall be
;

posited in the first or last term or decanate of Leo.

If) be in b or =2=, whatever the nativity be, it shows
the native to be inflamed with the love of women (but if
she be weak or impedited therein, yet shall he delight in
their company), by which means much profit shall redound
unto him.
The Moon in H or in? signifies the native to be bounti-
ful, leading a good life, not hurting anyone ; one of a good
understanding, and ingenious ; but he shall be given to
luxury.
The Moon in her own house (Cancer), it declares the na-
tive to dwell with great men, and that he shall attain much
good and profit by them. If her conjunction or applica-
tion be evil, it denotes divers sickness to happen to the
native but if fortunate, the body will be both healthful
;

and temperate.
 XXI.

HORARY INQUIRIES.

Horary inquiries should be well considered before being

made. The ancient priests, who practised them in the tem-
ples of the most famous oracles, made the inquirer come a
long distance and pay dearly for an answer. They may be
made on any subject whatever, and any number of ques-
tions asked on any one subject but the heavens point out
;

most clearly the resultwhen the question is brief and clear,

yea or nay. No answer can be had when more than one
subject is inquired on at the same time, for the heavens in
that case, like the querent's mind, are confused.
It may be observed that the planets and luminaries de-
rived their personal and human attributes through per-
sonating human beings in the divination of horary ques-
tions and horoscopes.
In giving judgment upon horary questions, astrologers
count a planet in its face, i.e., decan, only half as powerful
as when in its term, reckoning it as 1 in the former posi-
tion, as 2 in the latter. House, exaltation, and triplicity
counting as 5, 4, and 3 respectively.
There are thirty-six decans or " faces " of the planets,
each sign of the Zodiac being divided into three divisions of
10 degrees each. The first, i.e., the first 10 degrees of
Aries, being assigned to Mars, the second to the Sun, the
third to Venus. The first decan of the next sign of the

zodiac, Taurus, to Mercury, then to the Moon the next ;

to Saturn, the seventh to Jupiter ; -and so in rotation,

preserving the same order. It is an astrological fact that
the sign Taurus is the house of Venus, and also the exalta-
 ;

HORARY INQUIRIES. 151

Hon of the Moon, both of which, therefore, have dignity or

power in that sign. „
In all horary questions the time of sunrise must be taken,
no matter what part of the world you may be in at the
time the question is asked. Also note the day of the week,
and the planet ruling the first hour of that day, and if you
find the planet in good position, and just entering a sign,
the matter will be accomplished if just leaving a sign, and
;

the planet of the first hour not in good position, doubtful

and if in the hour of the Moon, no but if you find the
;

Moon in Cancer or Taurus, and the planets in good posi-

tion, all will go well, as the Moon has strength in those two
signs. The first two weeks of the new Moon is the best
time for woman to carry out her plans ; the remainder, or
later part, the best forman.
When a question is proposed of some weighty and dif-
ficult business, and whether it will be done and brought
to pass or not, first view whether the planet which is sig-
nificator be safe and prosperous, and free from affliction by
malevolents, and one of the fortunes casts his beams or
light on beams of such signification, for then shall that
planet be said to be safe and guarded till the fortune is
past by the space of one minute, and signifies the perfec-
tion of the thing. But after it is past by the space of one
minute, it will not be perfected or accomplished for it ;

only raises hopes, as we said the malevolent in like case

could do nothing but create fears ;
yet is such a hope that
the querent will believe and fancy himself as it were cer-

tain, yet not without something of doubt. And 17 degrees

of Scorpio ascend, Mars being in 12 degrees, 13 minutes of
8 and Venus in 12 degrees, 14 minutes of Y3 so that
, ;

Venus is joined to Mars by a trine and receives him in her

house, who likewise receives her in his exaltation ; so that
the querent thinks, and all others concerned verily believe,
 ;

152 ASTROLOGY.

that itwould be accomplished by that aspect of perfect

friendship, in which nattering hope they continue till Venus
hath passed the aspect of Mars one whole degree but at ;

last the business comes to just nothing at all, because Venus

was past Mars one minute at the time of the question pro-
posed yet may a thing possibly in such a case be brought
;

to pass, but not without extraordinary labor and trouble.

Zadkiel also affirms, that, " if the fortune be cadent from
the ascension so that it cannot behold the same, it only flat-

ters with splendid hopes, but never completes the business."

Take notice whether the planet to which the Moon or
them
significator joins, receives for then there will be a
;

good and laudable end, and the matter will be accom-

plished, if the receiver be a fortune.
Observe when a significator or the Moon has past the
29th degree of the sign it is in then it shall have no
;

strength in that sign, but in the next.

A corporal conjunction forbids an aspect and cuts it off

but an aspect cannot do so by a conjunction.

THE PLANET NEPTUNE.

This body was first discovered by Mr. Adams, of Cam-

bridge, and then by a French astronomer, who had seen

Mr. Adams's papers at the Royal Observatory at Green-
wich. Its distance from the Sun is above thirty times that
of the Earth. Its period of revolution round the Sun
about one hundred and sixty-seven years just double that
;

of Herschel, which planet astronomers now generally term

Uranus. The apparent diameter of Neptune is to that of
—
Uranus as 3 to 4 its bulk, as 8 to 5 above one hundred
;

and twenty-four times that of the Earth. The influence of

Neptune is supposed to be of a benefic character, like that
of Venus, but not so powerful.
 HORARY INQUIRIES. 153

RULES TO FIND THE TIME THE MOON FORMS ANY ASPECT IN

' THE HEAVENS.
1. Find the Moon's motion in 24 hours, and from it sub-
tract the planet's motion, or, if the planet be retrograde,
add the two amounts ; the sum or difference is the lunar
acceleration.
2.Find the distance of the } from the aspect at the
previous noon. Then say " As the acceleration is to 24
:

hours, so is the distance from the aspect to the time the

5 forms the aspect."
—
Example. Required the time when the J) 6 Q occurs
on October 11, 1863.
1. The motion of the D from noon on the 10th to noon
,

on the 11th, is 12° 40'. The motion of 9 is 22' retrograde.

The sum is 13° 2' =
the acceleration.
2. The place of 9 at noon on the 10th is 9° 18' in ad-

vance of the D Then say " As 13° 2' to 24 h so are 9°

. : ,

h m
18' to 17 8 ." Hence the D formed the 6 with 9 at 5 h

8 m a.m. on October 11, 1863.

The same process will determine the time of any aspect
of the O or planets to any other body or aspect.
—
Example. Required the time of © 6 $ on October 11,
1863.
The motion of $ (retrograde), from the 10th to the 11th
of October, is 1° 12', and that of the is 1° 0' ; the sum is O
2° 12'. The distance of $ from the Sun at noon on the
10th is 2° 4'. Then "As 2° 12' to 24\ so 2° 4' to 22" 33 m ."
:

Hence the O 6 found to be at 10 h 33 m a.m. on Octo-

$ is
ber 11, 1863, by Zadkiel's "Ephemeris." But if worked out
to seconds, the time will differ slightly.
The student do well to obtain Zadkiel's Almanac
will
for each year, as in he will find the longitudes of the Sun
it

and Moon given to seconds, and numerous other advantages.

 The days
when the Moon
is in either of

these signs can

be seen by re-

ferring to the

Almanac Table
or the Ephem-

eris for the

month. It will

be observed that

the Moon's en-

try into any sign

usually in-
creases the sen-

sitiveness of the

part of the body

governed by
that sign, and

causes an ac-

celeration of

whatever dis-

ease or illness

may be there lo-

cated. Persons

should therefore

take especial

care, on such

days, not to do

any act to ag-

gravate an al-

ready Moon-
quickened
weakness or ill-

ness. .
 HORARY INQUIRIES. 155

Table Showing the Members in the Human Body which the Planets
Influence in any of the Twelve Signs.

SIGN. T?
U $
l

'

O ? S 3
Breast Neck Bowels Thighs
Reins
Secrets Knees
V Arms Heart
Head Head Feet
Legs Head
Head Head Head

Heart Shoulders Reins Secrets

Knees Neck Thighs Legs
8 Breast Belly Throat Throat Feet Throat
Throat Throat Neck Throat

Belly Breast Secrets Legs Thighs Knees Feet

.EL Heart Reins Arms j Ankles Throat Head Shoulders
Arms Arms Shoulders Arms Arms Arms Arms

Reins Heart Breast v Arms Throat Head

© Belly Secrets Stomach
Thighs
t
£ff* t
Brea8t
Knees
Breast
Legs Breast
Breast Breast ! Stomach

Secrets Thighs Heart

Head Breast Arms Neck
si Reins Belly Back Heart
Legs Shoulders Throat
Heart Heart Reins Heart Feet Heart

Thighs Knees Neck Heart Breast Arms

m Secrets
Bowels
Reins
Bowels
Bowels
Legs
Throat
Bowels
Back
Feet
Head
Bowels
Shoulders
Bowels

*=' Knees Legs

Reins
Arms Head Heart Breast
Thighs Secrets
Feet
Shoulders Belly Back Reins
Reins Reins Reins \
Reins Throat Stomach

Legs Feet Breast Reins Belly Secrets

Secrets
m Feet Thighs
Head Stomach Throat Arms Heart
Secrets Secrets Secrets Secrets Shoulders Back

Feet i Head Thighs Heart Secrets Reins Bowels

t Legs | Knees Neck Back Shoulders Breast Thighs
Thighs Thighs Throat Thighs Thighs Stomach Guts

Head Neck Knees Bowels Thighs Secrets

Feet Legs Arms Guts Breast Heart Reins
V3 Knees
Knees 1 Knees Shoulders Knees Knees Back

Neck Arms Knees Thighs

Off Head
Thighs
Shoulders Breast
Legs Stomach
|

gj
**&*
Heart
Legs
Bowels
Guts
Secrets
Legs

Arms Breast Feet

Secrets
Legs
Knees Thighs
X Neck Head Heart
Feet
Belly
Reins Feet
Feet Feet Back Feet
156 ASTROLOGY.

THE TJSE OF THE TABLE.

In the radix or decumbiture of a person falling ill, or in
any figure erected for a sickness, look in what sign the
afflicting planet is situated, and judge the nature of the
disease, and part of the body diseased, accordingly. Thus,
if be in the 6th house (near the cusp), in the sign T he
1? ,

shows disease in the "breast, arms, and head." So of the

other planets. Again, if the D comes to a square of S by
direction, she being hyleg, and £ be in the ascendant, in
the sign £i, the native will be likely to suffer in the head
by a cut or wound, because he is in the ascendant which
rules the head but he may also have " the heart, back,
;

and reins " affected, as Mars in St influences those parts.

If \ be lord of the ascendant in a figure, or be in the 6th
in the radix, or decumbiture, and in EE, he shows disease
in the " reins, belly, or breast." He gives longer diseases
than other planets, except when in E5 or <^.
\ shows that the disease came or will come of cold, or
much grief and melancholy.
% by overmuch mirth, or by cold taken on
gives disease
heat, by the by wind.
blood or
$ produces it by anger and fretting, or by some accident.
O gives disease by similar means to $ also by some ,

over-exertion and proud conduct.

9 does it by rioting, loose living, excess in diet, love or
lechery.
by fear, overmuch study, or by melan-
$ gives disease
choly, and by sport or play.
The D shows disease by taking cold from too much
moisture or travelling.
If medical men would take a figure of the heavens at the
time of first seeing a patient, they might thus discover the
true cause and nature of the disease, which, without it, they
very frequently mistake, and so endanger the life of the
patient.
 XXII.

TRIGONOMETRICAL FORMULA FOR WORKING ASTRO-

NOMICAL PROBLEMS.*

By these formulae a figure of the heavens may be taken

for any part of the world, and the true places of the plan-
ets entered therein.

Rule. —
To reduce the motion of the Moon, or any planet to
any time of the day required.
Take out the daily motion of the Moon or planet from
the Ephemeris, by taking the longitude at the previous
noon from that of the following noon then to the prop, ;

log. a. c. of 24 hours add the proportional logs, of the

daily motion and that of the time elapsed the sum will be ;

the amount of the motion required.

—
Example. The Moon's diurnal motion being found to be
14 degrees 10 minutes on October 22, 1863, and her longi-
tude at noon that day X 3 degrees 49 minutes, required
her exact longitude at 7 h 35 m p.m.

Log. a. c. of 24 hours 9.1249

Log. of 14° 10' 1.1040
Log. of 7' 35 m
1
1.3754

Log. of Moon's mot 4° 29' 1.6043

Add thereto X 3° 49'

Moon's long, required 8° 18'

If the planet's motion be retrograde, subtract the result

obtained from his place at the previous noon.
* For signs and abbreviations used in this chapter, see pages 169, 170.
158 ASTROLOGY.

—
Example 2. Kequired the longitude of $ at 9 h 17'" p.m.
on October 9, 1863.
The planet is found to be retrograding, and as his long,
on the 9th was tt# 19 degrees 56 minutes, and on the 10th
njj 18 degrees 45 minutes, the difference 1 degree 11 min-
utes is his daily motion.

Then to log 9.1249

Add log. 1° 11' 2.1821
Also log. 9 h 17 m 1.2875

Log. of motion 0° 27' 2.5945

Then ttjj 19° 56' — 0° 27' = rt)j 19° 29', the long, g re-
quired.
These calculations are exact enough for all astrological
computations.
Another brief method of reducing the Moon's motion,
etc., is as follows :

Take Moon's diurnal motion, and throw it into

half the
a decimal form. Do the same by the time elapsed. Then
multiply the two sums together, and divide the result by
10. You will then have the Moon's motion in minutes.
Ex. 14° 10'
=7° 5'=7.1
2
7 h 35 m
= 3° 47' = 3.8
2
568
213

26.98x10=269.8=4° 29' as before.

 TRIGONOMETRICAL FORMULAE. 159

Table to find the Difference of Mean and Sidereal Time.

Hours. Minutes. Seconds. Minutes. Seconds.

1 9.83 1 0.16
2 19.66 2 0.33
3 29.49 3 0.49
4 39.32 4 0.66

5 49.15 5 0.82
6 58.98 6 0.98
7 1 8.81 7 1.15
8 1 18.64 8 1.31

9 1 28.47 9 1.47
10 1 38.30 10 1.64
11 1 48.13 11 1.80
12 1 57.96 12 1.97

Explanation. —Although generally it is sufficient to take

10 seconds for each hour elapsed since the previous noon,
for the difference between mean and sidereal time, it may-
be well on some occasions to be more exact.
This table gives at once the exact amount for any num-
ber of hours not exceeding 12, and every sum for any num-
ber of minutes not exceeding 12. To find the difference
n
for any period beyond 12 hours, take out l' 57.96 s and
,

add thereto the amount against the number of hours be-

yond 12 hours.
—
Example. Required the difference for 21 hours.
Then difference for 12 hours l m 57.96 s
Then difference for 9 hours 1 28.47

Total 2 86.43

If there be odd minutes for which the difference is re-

quired, divide them by any number not exceeding 12, and
160 ASTROLOGY.

multiply the amount against the divisor by the quotient,

and add the sum to the result already obtained.
Example. —If the time be 2140 m after finding, as above,
h
,

the difference for 21 divide 40 by 8, and as the amount

h
,

against 8"' is 1.31 s multiply this by 5, the quotient, and

,

add the sum, 6.55 s to the 3 m 26.43 s the sum, 3'" 32.98 s
, , ,

will be the difference required. If there be a remainder

of 1 or 2 minutes, etc., add the corrections against them.
But these extreme corrections are rarely necessary.

TO FIND THE GREENWICH MEAN TIME, WHEN THE MEAN TIME AT

ANV OTHER PLACE BE KNOWN.

Multiply the degrees and minutes of longitude by 4,

then change the degrees to minutes and the minutes to
seconds of time. Lastly, if the longitude be west, add the
difference to the mean time of the place, but if the longi-
tude be east, subtract the difference from the mean time of
the place; the result will be the mean time at Green-
wich.
Example. —Let the mean, or clock, time be found to be
7 h 21 m a.m. at a place in 4° 15' west longitude ; required
the mean time at Greenwich.

4° 15' Time at the place = 7 h 21 m a.m.

X 4 Longitude in time 17

17 m s
Mean time at Greenwich 7 38

If the above were a time of birth, the planet's places

must be found for the mean time at Greenwich, viz., 7 h
m s
38 a.m., because the Ephemeris is computed for Green-

wich mean noon, daily.

 TRIGONOMETRICAL FORMULAE. 161

EXAMPLE OF THE METHOD OF WORKING BY LOGARITHMS.

If the Right Ascension of the M. G. at London be 208° 0',

what degree of Ecliptic Longitude will be on the Ascendant ?
This is determined by Formula No. 6.

R. A. of M. C. 208° 0'

O. Asc. of 3 houses 90

O. Asc. of Asc. =: 298

270

0. Asc. from V5 28
Log. sine 9.67161
Log. cot. . 51° 32' 9.90009

Log. cot. ang. A 69 33 == 9.57170

+ 23 27

Ang. B = 93
- 90

3.0
Log. sine a. c. 1.28120
Log. cos. ang. A 9.54331
Log. cot. O. Asc. VS 10.27433

Log. cot. 4° 33' = 11.09884

Here / B exceeds 90° therefore we let this 4° 33' fall

;

backward from Y3, and it gives f 25° 27' for the long period
required.
If the obliquity of the Ecliptic be taken as 23° 28', which
it was when the Prince of Wales was born, the result would
be / 25° 25'.

11
162 ASTROLOGY.

Formula No. 1.

From Longitude and Latitude of a Heavenly Body to find its

Bight Ascension and Declination.

1. Log. sine (a. c.) long T or=o= ) + 9.637265 = log. tang.

or log. cos. long. ££ or yj ) /_ A.

2. Long, and same name, 90°

lat. — lat. = / or long, and
lat. different name, 90° + lat. = / B. And / B - /_ A
= /a
Then for Declination —
Log. cos. / A (a. c.) + log; cos. / C+ 9.962562 = log. sine

dec.

For the Bight Ascension —

C log. cos. long. T )
Log. cos. dec. (a. c.) + } or ===, or log. sine V + log. cos. lat.
j long. 25 or VJ )

j log. cos. B. A. from T or =^, or log. {

~_ \ sine B. A. from Sorl^J )

Formula No. 2.

From Bight Ascension and Declination of a Heavenly Body

to find its Longitude and Latitude.

1. j Log. sine B. A. from T or =^ 5 \ + log. cotang. dec. =

{ or log. cos. B. A. from s or V? j log. tang. / A.

2. ( B. A. and dec. same name as / A. 4- 23° 27' / = B

B. A. and dec. of different names, the difference /
A and 23° 27' / B. =
Then, for the Latitude —
Log. cos. / A (a. c.) + log. cos. / B+ log. sine dec. =
log. sine lat.
 TRIGONOMETRICAL FO'RMUL.E. 163

For the Longitude —

Log. sine / A (a. c.) f log. j log. tang. R. A. or =s=, or } _
~ T
sine / B + { log. cotang. R. A. or VJ J s
_ j
~
log. tang. long. T or^ )

| or log. cotang. long. 5> or XJ j

If R. A. be less than 180°, call it North : if more, call it

South. Note.—If /_ B exceed 90°, the lat. is of contrary
name to the declination.

Formula No. 3.

From Sun's Longitude to find his Eight Ascension.

Log. 9.962562 + log. tang. long. Tor^= (or log. cotang.
long, from 25 or VJ) = log. tang. R. A. from T or =a= (or
log. cotang. R. A. from 25 or VJ).

Formula No. 4. -

From Sun's Longitude to find his Declination.

Log. 9.599827 4- log. sine long. T or =2= (or log. cos.
long, 25 or ltf) = log. sine declin.

Formula No. 5.

Sun's Bight Ascension given to find his Longitude.

Log. 9.962562 + log. cotang. R. A. r or =a= (or log. tang.
R. A. 25 or VJ) = log. cotang. long. T or =^ (or log. tang,
long. 25 or VJ).

Formula No. 6.'

Oblique Ascension given to find Ecliptic Longitude.

Log. cos. O. asc. T or ^ (or log. sine O. asc. 25 or VJ )

+ log. cotang. lat. or pole of house = log. cotang. / A.

164 ASTROLOGY.

Then, if O. asc. be less than 90° or above 270°, / A +

23° 27' = / B. But if O. asc. be more than 90°, yet less
than 270°, the difference of / A and 23° 27' = / B.
And log. cos. / B (a. c.) + log. cos. / A 4- log. tang. O.
asc. T or^ (or log. cotang. O. asc. <n> or VJ ) = log. tang,
long. °f or =£= (or log. cotang. long. 55 or VJ ).

If / Bbe above 90°, the long, will fall backward from

the point from which the O. asc. is taken.
Note. —
If / B exceed 90°, take log. sine of its excess, in-
stead of log. cos. / B, using the arith. comp. of the log., as
usual, in the first term.

Formula No. 7.

When Oblique Ascension is exactly 90° from v or =^, to find

the Degree Ascending, etc.

Log. 9.599827 + log. tang. lat. of the place = log. cotang.

of the degree ascending.

Formula No. 8.

To find Ascensional Difference.

Log. tang. lat. of the place + log. tang, declin. of the

planet = log. sine of the asc. diff.

Formula No. 9.

The Declination and Ascensional Difference given to find the

Pole.

Log. cotang. dec. + log. sine asc. diff. — log. tang. pole.
 TRIGONOMETRICAL FORMULA. 165

Formula No. 10.

To find the Circle of Position.

Say :
" As semi-diurnal arc to 90 degrees, so is the merid-
ian distance to the circle of position from the meridian."
Then the circle of position, taken from the meridian dis-
tance, leaves the asc. diff. under the pole.
I have given this last formula to render this work com-
plete but I prefer to work by the semi-arcs only, as more
;

simple and easy than by means of oblique asc, excepting

in the case of aspects to the ascendant.

ON THE USE OF LOGARITHMS IN ASTRONOMICAL CALCULATIONS.

Logarithms were invented by Baron Napier, for the pur-

pose of facilitating his calculations as an astrologer. They
perform multiplication by addition, and division by sub-
traction. They also give the result of proportion, or the
rule of three, by merely adding three numbers together, and
they raise powers and extract roots by an extremely simple
process.

Ex. 1.—Multiply 786 by 786.

786 Log. 2.895423
786 Log. 2.895423

Answer, 617796 Log. 5.790846

The index is always 1 less than the number of figures in

the integer number. Thus the index to the log. of 786 is
2, and that of 617796 is 5.

Ex. 2.—Divide 80794 by 397.

80794 Log. 4.907379
397 Log. 2.598791
Answer, 203.51 Log. 2.308588
 ;

166 ASTROLOGY.

Ex. 3. —If the average motion of the Sun be 59' 8".34 per
day, how much will he move in 17 clays 7 hours ?

59' 8".34
60

3548 .34 Log. 3.550025

Log. 24 — 1.380211

Log. of mot. per hour 2.169814

17<i 7h _ 415 h 2.618048

Log. of mot. in seconds 4.787862

1° = 3600 seconds 3.556303

Log. of 17°.04354 1.231559

This is 17° 2' 6". 74— the answer.

The student will do well to practise himself in the use

of these logarithms and in decimals.
For calculations in spherical trigonometry logarithms
are essential, and every student should learn something of
this art but to those who do not, the formulae given will
;

suffice for most purposes. Let it be remembered, that

when the index of the logs, of sines, tangents, etc., exceeds
10, it is generally necessary to throw away that amount
also, that in proportion, or where three logs, are to be

added together, and the fourth is the log. of the answer,

the first log. should be taken from 10.00000, which gives
the arithmetical complement ; and this must be used instead
of the log. itself, and then all is performed by addition.

Ex. 4. —To extract the square root or find the power of

any number.
Find the V 973. Log. 2.988113.
1

Divide the log. by 2, and the quotient is the log. of y

973.
 .

TRIGONOMETRICAL FORMULAE. 167

Thus, 2.988113
= 1.4940565 ; of which the natural num-
2
ber is 31.193, the answer.
So any other root of a number may be found by dividing
its log. by the number of the root required.

Thus, 2.988113
= Log. 0.9960377 = 9.9092, the cube root
3
of 973. Thus, required the 3d power of 9.9092.
Its log. 0.996037 x 3 = 2.988113 ; the natural number
of which is 973 ; the answer.
It is obvious that any power of a number is found by
multiplying its log. by the index of the power required.

TO FIND THE EEAL AND TRUE RELATION BETWEEN THE DIMEN-

SIONS AND DISTANCES OP THE SUN, MOON, AND EARTH.

The following simple calculations show that there is a

between the distances and dimensions of the
close relation
Sun, Moon, and Earth. They give us the true distance of
the Sun from the Earth, viz., 91,260,000 miles. They are
introduced here to show the student how easy and simple
the method of working by logarithms becomes.

Mean diameter of } = 2160 miles, mean dist. 3) 237,000

miles.
Equat. diam. of = 7925.648 equat. radius of © = 3962.824.
Polar diam. of © = 7899.170
15824.818
= 7912.4 = mean diam.
2
7912.4
= 3956.2 = mean radius of ©.

2160
= 1080 = radius of D
5036.2 = rad. © -l- rad. }.
 : —

168 ASTROLOGY.

Then
237,000 - 5036 = 231,964 = disk surface of J log. 5.365440
2160 ^ diam. } log. 3.334454
Dlst ^ '
= 107.395 the Log. ratio = 2.030986
Diam. D
7912.4 M. diam. log. 3.898308

Diam. O= 849,756 miles log. 5.929294

Log. ratio = 2.030986

Disk © from = 91,260,000 miles = 7.960280

Then to find the horizontal parallax of the Sun, we have

Log. of disk © a. c. 2.039720
Equat. rad. ©= 3962.824 3.598005

Sine hor. par. = 8.959" 5.637725

To show that the above is the true distance of the Sun, we

may compute it from his apparent semi-diameter, which is
16' 3.3". Allow 3.3" for refraction of the atmosphere, and
take the semi- diameter = 16'.

Then sine 16' a. c. = 2.332155

849,756
= 424,878 = 5.628264
2
Cosine 16' = 9.999995
Disk ©= 91,288,000 miles 7.960414
As above 91,260,000

28,000 = difference.
We have thus
diam.
= dmm Q
3.66314, and = '
1 I

diam. J) disk D
Hence diam. 5 disk D :: diam.
:
O : disk O; and diam.
diam. ©. And diam.
: x dist. J) = diam. D x
diam. Q.
 TRIGONOMETRICAL FORMULAE. 169

For
dist
diam.
^_ =
3)
107.395. And ^
diam. ©
= 107.396.

And
dist Q = 107.395.
diam. O
TO FIND THE VELOCITY OF LIGHT.

Light is known by observation to occupy 8 m 18' in com-

ing from the Sun to the Earth.
Therefore dist. © 91,260,000 mile log 7.960280
Log. 498 s = 8 m 18 s 2.697229

= 183,253 miles
Velocity of light per second 5.263051
Mr. Hind makes this 183,470 miles, which is 217 miles dif-
ference only. His numbers are as follows Diameter of :

Sun = 850,100 miles : difference = 344 miles. Distance

of the Sun, 91,328,600 miles : difference = 40,600 miles.
Horizontal parallax of Sun = 8.95" : difference = 0.009".
These results of Mr. Hind are those computed by M. Le
Verrier, the celebrated French astronomer. They are
founded on observations of parallax, none of which agree
exactly ; and we may therefore conclude that none are so
likely to be correct as this simple process now offered,
which relies on the beautiful simplicity of the relative pro-
portions established between the Sun, the Earth, and the
Moon.

Notes and Abbreviations used in Chapter XXII.

+ Plus, or added to. A. —Arithmetical comple-

G.
— Minus, or taken from. inent.
x Multiplied by. Asc. — Ascendant.
-s- Divided by. M. C. — Medium or Mid-
Cceli,
= Equal to. heaven.
: As. R. A. —Right Ascension.
:: So is, or so are. O. Asc. — Oblique Ascension.
170 ASTROLOGY.
.
Ta S. A. — Semi-arc.
Log.— Logarithm. S. D. A.— Semi-diurnal arc.
Prop. log. — Proportional log- S.N. A.— Semi-nocturnal arc.
arithm. M. D. — Meridian distance.
L g. s.— Logarithm sine. Lat.— Latitude.
Log. cos.— Logarithm cosine. Long.— Longitude.
Log. tang.— Logarithm tangent. Dec— Declination.
Log. cot. —
Logarithm cotan- Asc. Diif.— Ascensional differ-
gent. ence.

T Aries ; » Taurus ; n Gemini ; ® Cancer SI Leo;

Virgo ; M ;

£= Libra ; 1H. Scorpio ; t Sagittarius ; VS Capricorn zz Aquarius ; ;

K Pisces.
Ifl Uranus ; ^ Saturn ; If Jupiter ; $ Mars ; O Sol ; ? Venus ;

£ Mercury J) Luna, or the Moon

;
Pars Fortunse, the Part of ;

Fortune or Earth Q the Dragon's Head t5 the Dragon's Tail.

; ;

°
degrees minutes " seconds.
;
'
;

Each Degree gives

In Movable Signs and Angles DAYS.

In Common Signs and Angles WEEKS.
In Fixed Signs and Angles MONTHS.

Succedent houses give weeks, months, and years, as the sign is

movable, common, or fixed and cadent houses give months in ;

movable signs, years in common, and an indefinite time in fixed

signs.
 XXIII.

SPIRITUAL AFFINITIES.

The normal representatives of the sexes are the lumina-

ries, the Sun standing for the Will and the Moon the

Soul of humanity. And this classification at once suggests

another division, for there is the Selfish Will and the Ani-
mal Soul, and this distinction is made by Mars and Saturn.
We have now three sets of affinities,and if we place them
as below, the following diagram will denote their relative
position
Spiritual Affinities.

Mercuru /^ 9^\Vei\us

g
pu^O Moon

Physical Affinities.
-M T8H 1t)f=^/#
SUCCEDKNT HOUS E. /\

V /
/ A T\
7
& ui

3
X
j$W S> *-

a
w
o
o
9
*0

Id
ifl
3
O
X
z
hi / w\
D
Ul
o
x*
o
3 V X

/ SUCCEDENT H OUSE.
TABLE OF PLANETARY HOUSES.

Aries opposite Libra. Cancer opposite Capricorn.

Taurus " Scorpio. Leo '
Aquarius.
'

Gemini " Sagittarv Virgo " Pisces.

 ;

SPIEITUAL AFFINITIES. 173

The Sun and Moon's " houses " are at the top of each row
and between each two ,pf the other signs is the planet whose
" houses " those signs are. Thence we see that the great
man Soter, the Archon, or ruler, of Thebes, was an astrolo-
ger and that his astrology, 2,000 years ago, was precisely
;

the same as it is now taught in Zadkiel's "Grammar of As-

trology " for, verily, Truth is the same yesterday, to-day,
;

and forever. Of no other science can it be said that a

book to teach it even one generation ago is now an au-
thority ; all change, because founded on human ob-
they
servation and theories while that " divine science " is es-
;

tablished by Nature herself.

INSTRUCTIONS IN MAKING HOROSCOPE.

Horoscopes consist of a number of degrees, forming a

circle containing in all three hundred and sixty degrees.
These three hundred and sixty degrees are divided or por-
tioned out into twelve divisions, or what are called houses,
each house containing thirty degrees each, these thirty de-
grees forming the first aspect, called " a semi-sextile," being
—
one house apart. For instance, if a planet say Mars was —
in five degrees of Aries, —
and another say Venus was in —
five degrees of Taurus, they would then be in semi-sextile

aspect. The next aspect will be the one that is formed

when two planets are forty-five degrees apart this is called
:

the "semi-square." For instance, if Mars was in fifth de-

gree of Aries, and Venus in twentieth degree of Taurus,
then Mars would be semi-square Venus, there being forty-
five degrees of space between them. The next aspect is
that called the "sextile," and is sixty degrees distant, or
two signs apart. For instance, if Mars was in the first de-
gree of Taurus, and Venus first degree of Cancer, then
Mars would be sextile Venus. The next aspect is called
 ;

174 ASTROLOGY

the "square," and is an exact quarter of the entire Zodiac.

It consists of ninety degrees in space, or three signs apart
i.e., the Moon in the second degree of Aries and the Sun in

two degrees of Cancer would be the asjDect of. the Moon

square Sun. The next aspect obtainable is called the
"trine;" it is composed of one hundred and twent}- de-
grees, and is four signs apart, viz., if Saturn was in four
degrees of Cancer, and Jupiter in four degrees of Scorpio,
then Saturn would be trine Jupiter, this being just one
hundred and twenty degrees apart. The next aspect is
arrived at by adding fifteen degrees to the last aspect, being
one hundred and thirty -five degrees distant i.e., if Mercury
;

was in five degrees of Leo and Herschel twenty degrees of

Sagittarius, then Mercury would be in sesquiquadrate as-
pect with Herschel, four signs and a half forming one hun-
dred and thirty-five degrees. Now the last aspect will be
the " opposition," which is just one-half of the Zodiac, or
one hundred and eighty degrees distant one hundred —
and eighty being the half of three hundred and sixty, the
planets that are opposite the sign being in opposition.
There is a position called the " conjunction." This takes
place when two planets are in the same sign and within
five degrees of each other.

No. of Degrees. Aspect. Symbol. Nature.

30 Semi-sextile AL Weak good.

45 Semi- square Z Weak evil.

60 Sextile * Good.
90 Square Evil.
120 Trine A Very good.
135 Sesquiquadrate 9 Very evil.
180 Opposition 8 Very evil.

The fiery signs are always in trine aspect to each other;

i.e., if Mars was in fifth degree of Aries, then a planet in
 — ;

SPIRITUAL AFFINITIES. 175

either fifth degree of Leo or Sagittarius will be in trine

and this holds good with the earthly, watery, and airy signs.
The fixed signs are always in square aspect to each other.
The fixed signs are Taurus, Leo, Scorpio, and Aquarius
so that a planet in the tenth degree of Taurus would be
square to another in the tenth degree of Leo or Aquarius,
but in opposition to one in the tenth degree of Scorpio. This
will also hold good with the common and Cardinal signs.
The twelve signs of the Zodiac were very early discovered
to have an alternate character of masculine or feminine.
Thus, the sign Aries, the was male the second,
first sign, ;

or Taurus, was female and so alternately through the

;

whole twelve. Then, if the Sun was in Aries, or any other

of the masculine signs, he was considered as a male but ;

if in Taurus, or other feminine sign, he was found to be

female. And so if he were the significator of children, for

instance, they were male or female accordingly. And this
principle of the Sun becoming similar to, or adopting the
character of the planet he is in conjvmction with, or in
whose house or sign he is situated, is one of the most im-
portant of the arcana of astrology. Hence that science
teaches that if a man be born when theSun is close to
Mars, for example, and in Aries or in Scorpio, the houses of
Mars, the man will prosper and attain dignity in all martial
concerns. If theSun be with Mercury, or in his houses,
then the native gains honor by science or literature because ;

these things are influenced by this latter planet as those

of a martial stamp are by Mars. And this is the reason
why, as the Sun takes so many qualities, the Orphic hymns
term Apollo polyonomous, or one of " many " names.
Astrology consists of four branches, or distinct parts,
which are essentially different from each other they are :

or the art of foreseeing, from the figure of the

1, Nativities,

heavens at the moment of birth, the future fate and char-

176 ASTROLOGY.

acter of individuals; 2, Mundane Astrology, or the art of

foreseeing, by the positions of the heavenly bodies at cer-

tain periods, the circumstances of nations, such as wars,

pestilences, inundations, earthquakes, etc. ; 3, Atmospherical
Astrology, or the art of foreseeing, by the positions of the
planets at the periods of the Sun and Moon being in mutual
aspect, and some other circumstances, the quality of the
weather at any required time or place 4, Horary Astrology,
;

or the art of foreseeing, by the positions of the heavens, at

any period when an individual may be anxious about the
matter, the result of any business or circumstance what-
ever.
 ;

XXIV.

DESCRIPTION OP PERSONS IN EACH OF THE TWELVE

SIGNS.

SATURN IN THE TWELVE SIGNS.

\ in T gives a strong, well-set body but little beard ;

sanguine complexion sharp sight somewhat given to

; ;

rule, and if crossed, then ill-natured and spiteful.

\ in 8 gives a middle stature, and, if born at night,

dark -brown hair, an ingenious mind, but peevish, needing
much encouragement if not helped will be indolent and
;

reserved.

>? in n denotes a tall, moderate built person, an obliging

disposition, a tolerablegood complexion, ingenious and
passionate,and inclined to be deceitful, which will be to
their own detriment usually troubled by law matters,
;

often brought about by jealousy of others.

\ in S> personates a middle stature, not tall pale, sickly ;

complexion eyes not bright jealous and malicious, and

; ;

not over- valiant or courageous when put to the test.

h in Si represents a person of moderate stature, broad

shoulders, good height, large-boned, gray eyes, lightish
hair, some good qualities ;
generous and passionate, quick-
tempered, and with a great dislike to be overruled by
others as a rule cautious in their dealings and speech,
;

and would be successful as ministers, or in law, or in occult

science.
13
 ;

178 ASTROLOGY.

»2 ill rrg describes a person of rather tall stature, well-

proportioned body, good balance, brown hair, pleasant

countenance, and active and quick step given to thought ;

and study ; a projector of many curious matters ; . studious,

intuitive, reserved, secretive, successful as a teacher or writ-
er ;
good as a pharmacist or veterinary surgeon.

\ in =2= describes a person of middle height and stature,

oval face, well-proportioned forehead, a searching eye, a
good pose in standing or walking, self-opinionated, often
brought into controversy, both in private and public mat-
ters, with either sex liable to imprisonment by or through
;

enemies, such as acting as bondsman, or signing papers.

\ in n^ gives a square-build, medium height, a sullen

face, a leering eye,and hair a dark brown, inclined to curl
inclined to be quarrelsome, violent temper, sudden impulses
to do and undo much to their detriment given to pilfer- ;

ing and indirect dealings gains by or through inventions,

;

dentistry, and patent medicines.

\ in f personates a person rather above the middle

height, strong build, heavy set, small eyes, and well-pro-
portioned visage ; square hands and feet, of willing and
obliging temperament, quick to resent an insult or an
affront ; true in friendship, and overlooks faults in his ene-
mies, but seldom forgets a wrong done ; changeable in
place and occupation ; should succeed in real estate, tim-
ber, grain, or as a brewer, painter, surgeon, or as dealer
in cattle.

\ in VJ denotes a middle stature, not stout, rather lean

than corpulent eyes somewhat prominent, strong expres-
;

sion, and a reader at sight ; brownish hair, much heavier

in build as years advance ; disposition tolerably good, mind
 PERSONS IN THE TWELVE SIGNS. 179

ingenious, but peevish ; inclined to melancholy, looking at

the dark side of things ; cool and calculating, firm and pos-
itive in and strictly adhering to justice deep
opinion, ;

thinker, cautious and superstitious, meeting with many

reverses and much hard work succeeds well in govern- ;

ment matters good reasoner as a lawyer, particularly in

;

real estate successful in politics, and naval or military

;

distinctions.

i> in £? gives a well-made person, above the middle

stature, rather stout, firm, expressive face, full eye, clear
complexion, deportment graceful, disposition free and affa-

ble ; meddle with other

a busy, loquacious character, apt to
people's concerns very proficient in what they under-
;

take, and very obliging and complaisant to their friends ;

inclined to rule and govern, rather than be ruled and gov-

erned by others succeed well in travelling, either on land
;

or water favors by the public in general, gains through

;

public exhibitions, as orators, actors, musicians ;

generally
proficient in what they undertake skilful, genius, fond ; of
dress, bright colors, and fond of travel.

V in ^ describes a middle stature in build, pale, sickly,

and dull complexion features long, ears small, rather
;

prominent nose, inclined to stoop while standing liable to ;

toothache, and trouble in their ears and inclined to deaf-

ness but if Mercury is in good position to Gemini at
;

time of birth it takes away many of the evils, and gives

more height and weight to the person disposition active, ;

restless, mischievous, malicious, given to contention and

dissimulation ; not to be trusted too much in family or
business matters ; it is difficult for them to keep a secret,
and are liable to do mischief with it they would meet ;

with success in serving ministers, doctors, and acting as

180 ASTROLOQY.

nurses to aged persons ; liable to accidents by water, but

man is less liable to accidents and would likelybecome
wealthy througli liquids —water or oils.

JUPITER IN THE TWELVE SIGNS.

% in V represents a middle stature, inclined to stout-

ness, but not corpulent quick sight, prominent nose, close-
;

set ear, generous in disposition, complaisant and obliging,

especially to their friends ambitious, but well-tempered
;

in regard to their will-power gain military honors, fortun-

;

ate in travelling gain wealth, but find difficulty in keeping

;

it; best location, west by north-west, for health and life.

% in 8 gives a well-set body, medium height, full neck,

darkish-brown hair, cheerful face, full of expression ears ;

and nose not too prominent disposition reasonably well- ;

balanced, good judgment, humane and compassionate in

the distress of others ; through jealousy, and the
will suffer
losses of fortunes through the opposite sex should keep ;

proofs, copies of writings, and save expense and losses by

law.

% in n represents a tall, well-made, compact body of

good head and
stature, expressive eyes, easy carriage of
shoulders, quick step deportment graceful, affable in
; in
speech, courteous, mild, and obliging good entertainer, ;

and doing much to oblige others does much to advance ;

knowledge benefited by inventions, and successful in deal-

;

ing with large companies or corporations liable to dangers ;

through falls or heavy lifting.

% in 2S gives a person of well-proportioned stature, pale

complexion, restless eye, brown hair, round features, and
body rather inclined to stoutness ; a busy, loquacious char-
 ;

PERSONS IN THE TWELVE SIGNS. 181

acter, conceited, and apt to intermeddle with other people's

concerns ; ambitious^ enterprising ; meets with success in
investments and speculations, popular in all public places,
and will be fond of political distinction and well-fitted for
a variety of occupations ; inclined to travel much by water
and would be successful in handling liquors.

% in SI represents a strong, well-proportioned person

hair and complexion light eyes full and bright disposi-
; ;

tion good and magnanimous; ambitious, fond of contend-

ing for honors often entrusted, when young in years, with
;

great responsibilities; could fill government positions,

church dignities, authority, command of others, and one
who delights in war-like actions ; little fear of his enemies,
and full of trust and daring enterprise liable to kicks and ;

bites from cattle, and injury to the lower limbs.

% in njj gives a person of a reasonably full stature, tall

and well-built ; may be termed handsome ; brown hair,
clear complexion, grayish eye, and quick sight ; in walking,
a quick, easy gait ; strong shoulders, with easy movement,
and one of a cheerful and obliging disposition ; studious,
not covetous, but ambitious, and by too much over-anxious-
ness to push matters often makes enemies, and meets with
serious losses ; not easily imposed on, they having quick
perceptions and foresight ;
great ability for study of natural
law would make a good secretary, teacher, accountant,
;

stationer, printer, and would be an excellent politician with

a great love for science as well.

% in =a= renders the body complete in height and stature,

with cheerful and expressive face ; a clear, far-seeing eye,
and brown hair temper mild, winning and obliging, partial
;

to exercise and recreation, much esteemed, great love of

justice, many honored acquaintances, fortunate in travel-
 ;

182 ASTROLOGY.

ling ; is liablemeet with losses by Laving too much trust

to
in others, or in accommodating them with loans, or by sign-
ing, and at times by not signing or keeping proofs of trans-
actions.

% in n^ describes a middle stature, well set ; dusky and

thoughtful face, clear eye, dark hair inclined to curl ; in dis-
position ambitious, covetous, crafty, desire to govern, in-
clined to be quarrelsome, makes enemies by too much per-
sistency ; not fortunate in law should reconcile or com-
;

promise ; successful in mechanics surgeon, physician, or

;

druggist, and if Mars or Aries was in good aspect to Scor-

pio, would make a good broker, manager of railroads, real
estate, timber, and founders liable to inward weaknesses,
;

through strains, and ear and head troubles.

% in f gives a tall and well-proportioned body, good

form, inclined to stoutness, with a tendency to corpulence as
years advance ; clear complexion and light-brown hair good ;

eye, not large, but much expression courteous, humane,

;

agreeable, and accomplished ;

good as a writer, speaker,
and accountant, taking great interest in public matters
generally, and winning many honors thereby generally ;

successful till the middle part of life, and will then have
breaks through losses in business, family troubles, and
deaths, and strong inclination to journey by land, or travel
by water a lover of cattle, horses, and would meet with
;

success as a veterinary surgeon.

% in V5 gives a fine, tall, upright body, good form, long

features, obscure complexion, lightish brown hair, blue-gray
eyes, with strong expression, rather large ear and nose, firm
step and good carriage, long arm and hand mind, ingeni- ;

ous, careful, mindful of detail, trustworthy, good overseer

not fortunate in speculation till late in life ; meets with
 ;

PERSONS IN THE TWELVE SIGNS. 183

satisfactory results in dealing with real estate, mining,

minerals, brewing ales or liquors, patent medicines,
oils,

hardware stores, or farming commodities to trade, buy or

sell fortune, health and strength increase as his years
;

advance.

% in ™ personates a middle stature, inclined to stout-

ness, clear complexion, brownish eye, and sparkling ; well-
proportioned head and face, slow movement ; mind ingeni-
ous, good-humored and industrious, not indifferent to the
wants of others, fortunate, and given to plenty fond of ;

travelling and recreation, rather extravagant in dress fond ;

of bright colors and jewellery, gaining favors through

the church, lawsuits, and theatres.

% in X denotes a person of rather small stature, of

medium height, not stout, dark, reddish-brown hair, gray
eyes, shoi-t, nervous step, and danger in falling ; affliction

in teeth and ears ; care is required in use of medicines,

also in bathing, particularly in deep water ; in disposition
mild, studious, possessed of many good talents, change-
able in occupation and place ; not given to extravagance,
delight in scientific company, moderate in recreation, in-
dustrious, make good nurses, and faithful to their trust
make good jesters, musicians and astronomers.

MAES IN THE TWELVE SIGNS.

$ in T produces a middle-sized person, well-formed,

small, keen eyes, light-brown hair, inclined to baldness
early; liable to dangers, and losses through fire, cuts and
broken limbs, disposition brisk, cheerful, cute understand-
ing, confident, choleric, and of bilious temperament fond ;

of martial affairs, boastful, and fond of ruling, and of a

strong, scientific turn of mind.
 ;

184 ASTROLOGY.

(? 8 shows a well-proportioned body, medium height,

in
dark and neck, slow and heavy movements in
hair, full face ;

disposition, firm, positive, revengeful, fight for their own,

either in law or other matters liable to danger through ;

fire-arms, explosions, and accidents by handling chemicals ;

not easily coaxed into good or evil paths, they being master
of their own will liberal, but will not be imposed upon,
;

and know well when justice is due them.

<? in n gives a tall person, well-proportioned body, ex-

pressive features and bright eyes, nose and mouth well-
proportioned, giving impression of muchgenius and in-
telligence good speaker, mental acuteness ambitious to
; ;

succeed in matters good tradesman, writer, sur-

scientific ;

veyor, builder, auctioneer, and in mechanical work gener-

ally inclined to many changes, given to restlessness, and
;

the mind turned somewhat to speculation gains by selling ;

or purchasing old property ; fire insurance should be well

looked after if dealing in new property.

$ in £5 produces a rather short figure, round features,

small nose and ears, and mouth well-proportioned ;
quick,
light step ; disposition brisk, fond of company, change-
able in business, taking an interest in out-door exercise ;

lacks continuity ; ambitious, and would often risk money to

carry out big plans inclined to be argumentative, and will
;

dispute with their best friends, and, though good-natured,

are soon aroused to anger.

<? in SI denotes a well-proportioned body, rather tall and

stout, brown hair, oval face, good complexion ; expressive
eye full of thought and reason ; fond of an active life, in-
doors and out good business tact little fear of danger
; ;

fond to command or lead good reasoner, and loves argu-;

 ;

PERSONS IN THE TWELVE SIGNS. 185

ment, and successful in law not easily imposed upon fond

; ;

of travelling, and gains thereby, and through his cautious-

ness seldom goes intd excesses.

$ in trjj represents a middle-sized body, well-propor-

tioned, tall, features rather lengthy, cheerful expression,
well-set eye and far-seeing, representing thought and
power ;
good talkers, argumentive, not quarrelsome, and
takes much to rouse them into anger ; often deceived by or
through friends, and have need to watch more their friends
than enemies, and look well to their own interest before
trusting any one else their nature is sensitive and evasive,
;

quick to see and feel an injustice hard to be understood, ;

yet not difficult to please should avoid surgery and opi-

;

ates, and physics in general.

£ in =2= describes a rather tall person, general good build,

mirthful and cheerful expression, fond of music, singing,
designing, and fine arts in general, and a favorite at home
or in journeying ; conceited, fond of dress, hasty, revenge-
ful, and spiteful ; one who retains an injury, and is slow
to forgive ; often meets with disappointments in love, law,
business, and journeys, but will invariably best their en-
emies, even if it takes years to do so ; not fortunate in
taking lease of premises over a twelve month, would be
well to be their own lawyer and councillor ;
generally un-
fortunate in trusting their affairs and secrets to others
property should be well guarded by insurance.

3 in r\ denotes a well-set form, middle stature, of rather

heavy build, quick, penetrating eye, expressive mouth, quick
speech, dark, wavy hair temper changeable, revengeful,
;

and ungrateful to their associates, and apt to quarrel over

little things shrewd and penetrating, and generally for-
;

tunate in undertakings good genius, ready apprehension,

;
186 ASTROLOGY.

and thereby excelling in mysteries fond of quaint studies, ;

mythology, bric-a-brac, and antique ware in leather and

china, and house decorations good upholsterers, saddlers,
;

and having bright, original minds, can adapt themselves to

a variety of trades and professions.

$ in / represents a tall, well-proportioned body and well-

made person, expressive eyes, rather large mouth, great
talker, boaster, not always given to the truth, fond of ap-
plause ; fond of military exercise, will hold prominent
positions, make good lawyers, veterinary surgeons, jockeys,
coachmen, painters, surveyors, and builders could act as ;

secretary or clerk in large wholesale houses fond of sports, ;

and generally takes the lead usually good-natured and

;

generous to their friends fortunate in travelling, and will

;

have quite considerable of it in their younger years, both

on land and water.

$ in V5 gives a well-set, well-proportioned body, rather

tall,dusky complexion, large ears, slight deafness, expressive
eyes, showing trust and hopefulness hair soft-brown quick ;
;

walker exact, and given to cleanliness an ingenious mind,

; ;

witty, shrewd, affable, considerably sensitive, doubtful in

trusting others, and one who is generally virtuous and
trustworthy, and though having many changes, and subject
to variety of undertakings, usually succeed more so in their
middle and older years of life ; they make many friends,
but they will, at times, become their enemies through jeal-
ousy, so should have a care to watch their friends and not
become beholding to them have good business ability,
;

an inclination to save money not fortunate in lending.

;

$ in £? describes a well-composed body, tall and stout,

clear skinand bright eyes talkative, fondness for music
;

and singing turbulent disposition, fond of controversy, and

;
 ;

PERSONS IN THE TWELVE SIGNS. 187

are revengeful, ungrateful, and yet at times do much to

benefit others ; confident, proud, and somewhat bold ; make
good collectors, leaders in organizations, political gather-
ings, reforms in church or schools ; fond of change and
travelling ; liable to accidents when travelling on land ;

hold their own in argument ; sarcastic when opposed ;

crafty and persistent are subject to a variety of occupa-

;

tions, and having good physical strength will ride over

many evils, and generally be victorious.

$ in X denotes a short, but well-set person rather ugly ;

in temper and disposition addicted to controversy, deceit-

;

ful, at times timid and cautious, but if angered suddenly

changes to spitefulness likes praise, but seldom accepts

;

flattery ; hypocritical in religion ; retains their own indi-

viduality and belief, though at times are affected thereby
are favored by government employ holds authority and ;

dignity over others, and not easily imposed upon by either

friends or foes.

THE SUN IN THE TWELVE SIGNS.

in T gives a good stature, well-proportioned, rather

long features, keen, small eyes expressive speakers,
tall, ;

magnetic in entertaining fond of music and company ; ;

good orators, politicians, school-masters in disposition ;

somewhat hasty, passionate, high-minded, lofty, courageous,

loquacious, fond of applause, delighting in war-like actions,
and generally successful in that which is undertaken;

O 8 represents a rather short, but a well-composed

in
body, full face and thick neck slow movements confident ; ;

and firm in purpose and decision fondness to control, not ;

fearing opposition valiant, and proud of their physical

;

strength, and usually successful in all undertakings good ;

 ;

188 ASTROLOGY.

genius and ready apprehension, excelling in what they

undertake, and not easily controlled or imposed upon by
others.

O in n produces a well-set form of middle stature,

rather tall, full and expressive features and eyes in dis- ;

position, kind, affable, cheerful, honorable, and fairly cau-

tious gives a love for scientific subjects, good reasoner, dig-
;

nified loves travelling either on land or water have good

; ;

business ability and the power to accumulate money and

some inventive abilities they can control or work under
;

control of a master smooth in argument, not too persis-

;

tent, or easily made angry; should gain political distinc-

tion, favors by physicians, clergymen, lawyers and chemists.

O in 25 describes a stature rather short, stout, full face ;

tolerable fair temper, not much push, free from malice,

not aiming for very great things, rather indolent, fond of
pleasures, rowing, fishing, spending much time in sports,
very agreeable conversationalist, gains love and friendship
by their easy address ; not over desirous in taking up rule
or responsibilities ; not fortunate on ice, for they are likely
to meet with accidents while skating thereon.

O in SI represents a strong, well-proportioned person ;

roundish face and eyes good walker, quick step restless,

; ;

generally looking for something new to occupy their mind

ambitious, fond of rule and authority generally just and ;

honorable in principle of tolerable fair temper, and gains

;

the confidence of his friends, and magnanimous even to

his enemies liable to have heart trouble
; racing and ;

horseback should be avoided.

O in nj? describes an upright, tall, and well-proportioned

person, dark-brown hair, of an ingenious mind, cheerful,
 ;

PERSONS IN THE TWELVE SIGNS. 189

just and honorable in their dealings, agreeable in their

conversation, and free from malice and deceit ;
proud to
hold and superintend their own affairs; inclined to rule
rather than be dictated to neat, orderly, good manager, ;

trustworthy fond parent, sympathetic and fond of chil-

;

dren ;
good business ability and power to save money; love
of science in general, very good for psychological influence.

in =£= and somewhat slender body good

gives a tall ;

figure, graceful inmovements, light -brown hair, mind hon-

orable, and disposition good earnest in their work and un- ;

dertakings reasonable and not inconsistent sociable and

; ;

good-humored ingenious, eloquent, active and of an in-

;

spiring turn just and charitable in their dealings

;
re- ;

markably sensitive, cautious, fond of variety of pleasures

and pursuits peaceable and obliging in their affairs, and
;

respected by their friends and acquaintances in general

should use great caution in the handling of accounts,
signing, loanmg of money, giving security, and acting as
bondsman, also in contracting for buildings.

inm, denotes a stature rather short, good build, full

face, eyes keen and restless, ears and nose somewhat promi-
nent ; ears inclined to disease, may cause deafness ; dis-
position tolerably good ; ambitious, somewhat extravagant
in gaining their point ; lover of their own wine
appetites,
and enjoyments ; subject to sudden changes in and life

strange catastrophes ; fortunate in journeying on land or

water; likely to go to sea or to deal in liquids, and are
fond of political distinction, and not easily deluded by
cunning knaves that may be encountered.

O f represents a tall, strong well-proportioned per-

in
son, inclined tobe portly, lightish-brown hair, one who is
lofty and proud-spirited, just, and upright, punctual, and
190 ASTROLOGY.

true to his friends ; aiming at great things ; austere and

severe at times ; often becomes ennobled, or receives titles,

and honorary distinctions; generally fortunate in travel-

ling, but liable to accidents by horseback riding, or
through cattle in general forms strong attachments to
;

their parents and country.

O in VJ describes an upright person of tall stature, well-

proportioned physique and form brown hair quick ; soft ;

and easy walk tolerable fair temper, the mind ingenious,

;

cheerful, and fond of honest recreation, and gains love

and friendship by their agreeableness and conversational
powers make good canvassers, solicitors, agents, hotel
;

proprietors, brewers, dealers in liquors, beer and wine ;

or to do with horses, cattle, and make good doctors and

veterinary surgeons fond of distinction, but not too am-
;

bitious to bear, rule, or make conquest usually successful ;

in their undertakings, and much esteemed by their friends.

O in £? produces a tall, handsome, well-proportioned

person, inclined to corpulency good complexion, brown ;

hair ;
proud aiming at great things austere and
spirited, ;

severe ambitious, fond of rule and authority spends much

; ;

time in sport and pastime, dancing and music interested ;

in theatres, public assemblies, and fond of political distinc-

tion like to associate with people high in power proud of
; ;

their physical strength, and takes pleasure in victory over

their friends or foes ; fond of contending for honors, and
full of daring enterprise ; in disposition courteous, agree-
able, polite manners ; accomplished in art and scientific
pursuits.

O in }£ represents a short, stout person, and well made

in proportion ; features rather long, eyes small, hands and
feet a tendency to be small ; suffers in head and ears, in-
 ;

PEKSONS IN THE TWELVE SIGNS. 191

clined to deafness ; in temper, unsociable, generally re-

vengeful, and inclinedbe quarrelsome, dogged, and
to
stupid a tendency to control affairs one who remembers
; ;

an injury, and does not forget an injustice done, and un-

dergoes various mutations in life, and not often fortunate
in their undertakings in health they are frequently indis-
;

posed, though not seriously to affect life.

VENUS IN THE TWELVE SIGNS.

? in T shows a tall, well-proportioned figure, small

eye, long features, brown hair, soft and luxuriant often ;

suffer in face and and liable to danger through the

teeth,
treatment of dentists, and generally unfortunate by ov
through surgery disposition, kind, human, and obliging
;

generally gains respect from those with whom they con-

verse, and though of an inspiring turn of mind, they are
rarely successful in their pursuits; subject to sudden
changes in life, and sudden catastrophes.

9 in 8 describes an upright, tall, elegant person, body

exceedingly well made, and inclined to stoutness, with a
genteel carriage, pleasing face and expressive eyes ; in dis-
position kind, humane, ingenious, eloquent, clever, and of
an inspiring turn temper mild and winning, and they
;

generally gain respect from those with whom they

much
converse fortunate in their pursuits and their general un-
;

dertakings liable to dangers through explosive materials,

;

sewer-gas, opiates, choking, and throat disease they are ;

fitted for a variety of occupations, such as clerks, secre-

taries, schoolmasters, and things appertaining to woman's
affairs, such as business trust, money, and clothing.

9 in n
denotes an upright, tall, and handsome person,
a well-composed body and mind, features and eyes express-
192 ASTROLOGY.

ing much that is not spoken ; disposition generous, soci-

able, and good-humored ;
proud in doing good and help-
ing others ; are generally fortunate in their affairs, and re-
spected by their friends and acquaintances, and are pos-
sessed of but few evil propensities ;
great writers ;
gain
through literature, printers, painters, stationary, and or-
namenters good jesters, singers, players talented mind,
; ;

witty, and ingenious.

9 in 25 gives a middle stature, well-proportioned figure,

medium height, round features, small nose and mouth, and
small, expressive eye ; commonly person, not very active,
inclined to mischief, malicious,and given to contention
and dissimulation though often presenting a good outside
;

appearance, they are fraudulent and deceitful .in the end ;

they are not loquacious, but deliberate in what they do

for good or evil, but there is a greater improvement in
their deportment, judgment, and sense as they grow older,
and more complaisant, especially to their friends.

9 in SI represents a tall, aristocratic person, features

and eyes well-proportioned, and very expressive either in
love or anger ; disposition brisk, cheerful, affectionate,
humane, kind, and charitable ; are at times petulant, easily
made angry, for they are sensitive to teasing, both in ways
and words ; rather proud in choice of place and people ;

are of an inspiring turn of mind, and usually successful in

their pursuits.

9 in tijj produces a rather tall, well-made person, ex-

tremely well formed, medium in weight pleasing and ;

affable countenance, expressing trust and confidence dis- ;

position humane, kind, and obliging ; are ingenious, elo-

quent, active, clever, of an inspiring turn of mind, and usu-
ally successful in their pursuits and undertakings ; need-
 ;

PERSONS IN THE TWELVE SIGNS. 193

ing but little medicine, rest and sleep being their best
physicians, having a good constitution, and but frequently
indisposed either in brain or body.

§ in === denotes an upright, tall, handsome, well-propor-

tioned person ; complexion ruddy, but not too fair eyes ;

of a grayish-blue, and of strong expression ; hair soft-brown

and plentiful; disposition kind, affectionate, open, and
generous merry, jocular, fond of amusements, and much
;

respected by those whom they associate with forgiving, ;

and holding but little malice trustworthy to those who ;

they have dealings with subject to crosses and losses in

;

love affairs, and requiring great cautiousness and positive-

ness to guard off the evil.

$ in tit, gives a middle-size, strong, well-set person ;

quick-
witted, but not very expressive in countenance ; acute, pene-
trating into the evil propensities of life ; finding out and
hunting up hidden secrets ; often doing mean things to
gain knowledge for the benefit of others, for they are pos-
sessed of knowledge that in using would make them good
detectives ; somewhat unstable, and a mind rather addicted
to dispute, falsehood, and subject to many strange devices
seldom settled in place, liking change of scene one who ;

perfectly understands his own interests, and not easily de-

luded by the most cunning knave they may meet.

$ in f describes a rather tall, upright, well-proportioned

person, inclined to stoutness, expressive eyes, cheerful
countenance, and intelligent expression ; disposition bright,
pleasing, affable, courteous good speaker,
; talented mind ;

studious, having great natural abilities, and may acquire

accomplishments successful in law and church affairs,
;

chemistry, also as poet, orator, and efficient in all elegant

194 ASTROLOGY.

amusements, and easy and genteel in address; much at-

tached to learning, and gains much reputation by his

ability.

$ in VJ denotes a person of middle height, good stature ;

features lengthy ;
quiet, expressive eyes, soft brown hair the ;

disposition one that requires careful handling peevish,

is ;

and of a pining nature not easily reconciled apt to be

; ;

discontented, and unfortunate to himself and disagreeable

to. others, yet if thoughtfully handled and properly under-
stood would become more talkative and expressive, and give
vent to better abilities fond of company and enjoyment,
;

and takes well to eating and drinking fond of short jour- ;

neys, and moderately fortunate in this world's goods,

though often disappointed by the death of persons consid-
erably older than himself, and by losses in trade.

9 in £? represents a person of middle height, rather

fleshy, good complexion, brown hair, cheerful face, expres-
sive eyes ;
good walker, and fond of dancing good disposi- ;

tion, affable, courteous, ingenious, inclined to

study fine arts
and science fond of dress, and pay much attention to his
;

appearance not hard to please, and partial to company

;

and entertainments fortunate in his affairs, and much re-

;

spected by friends and acquaintances.

9 in X gives a middle stature, rather tall, inclined to

stoutness, features long, with little expression ; eyes dull,
representing thought more than expression ; liable to suffer
with the teeth, and also distress in the ears and hearing ;

disposition tolerably good, mind ingenious, gains love of

friendship by agreeableness in manners and sociableness ;

ambitious, but not overbearing can rule, or serve under

;

authority ; not indolent, fond of recreation meets opposi- ;

tion easily, and nurses well his physical strength dresses ;

 ;

PEESONS IN THE TWELVE SIGNS. 195

well, fond of mixed colors, not extravagant, and partial to

exercise and recreation fond of horses, dogs, pets fortu-
; ;

nate in all undertakings, and respected by friends.

MEKCUKY IN THE TWELVE SIGNS.

£ in T denotes a small-sized person, slim body, light

complexion subject to a variety of ailments, especially
;

nervous headaches. In disposition changeable, erratic, un-

stable not sociable, few people gaining his confidence
; ;

quarrelsome and disputable on small matters inclined to ;

secrecy, tricky, inquisitive in other people's affairs ; suc-

cessful in handling questionable literature, fine arts, statu-
ary, lotteries, and horse-racing ;
gains through hotels
mathematical turn of mind ; uses surgical instruments with
great skill strong in scientific ability, philosophy, and
;

divination through shrewdness and caution gains the ap-

;

plause, assistance, and good wishes of friends.

£ in & describes a person of medium stature, rather tall,

inclined to stoutness ; brown hair and eyes, thick neck ;

disposition, spirited, positive ;

quick to anger ; overruling,
and may lose much by strife and contention, and some-
times receives wounds in quarrels ; subject to a variety
of occupations — surveyor, builder, contractor, dealer in
bricks, lime, gravel, wholesale lumber, farming commodi-
ties, house-painter, gardener ; ambitious and proud, spir-
ited,aiming at great things, and may receive titles and
honorary distinctions in political affairs in the middle and
older years of life.

$ in n represents a tall, Avell-proportioned figure, ex-

tremely well formed, light step and genteel carriage, ex-
pressive eye and pleasing face ; mind ingenious, cheerful,
fond of recreation, an agreeable and convivial party ;
good
196 ASTROLOGY.

orator, linguist, librarian, inventor ;

inclination to study art
and science gains through ecclesiastical preferment
;
; in-

clined to the study of astronomy and all occult works.

5 in 25 describes a well-formed person, short stature,

round, plump body, shrewd face, cunning, small eye, dull-
brown shaggy and unkempt mind is ingenious, yet
hair, ;

crafty, and susceptible to excess;not of the best disposi-

tion, nor easily contented changeable in place, friends, and
;

fortune should avoid contention in law careful in lending

; ;

or borrowing, or may meet with losses thereby, and have

trouble through being too partial to drink, company, and
merry-making.

^ in SI denotes a full, large body and good stature,

medium height, full face, expressive eyes, loud, clear voice ;

disposition, hasty, proud, ambitious, aiming for honors,

often changing, and undergoes many mutations in life ;

hasty, but soon reconciled rash in many things to his own

;

injury, yet well disposed one who gains esteem, and is

;

much respected, and attains preferment according to his

situation in life.

£ in tt£ personates a tall, well-proportioned stature, face

rather long, expressive of much thought ; eyes deep set, of

a grayish brown ;
quick, light step in walking ; reserved,
austere countenance ; witty, ingenious, and talented mind ;

quick in learning, studious good linguist, and capable of

;

any undertaking which requires patience, strength, and per-

severance ; and
a liking for literature, poetry, mathematics,
occultism good memory on figures and calculations
; ;

successful in all scientific work, and good business abilities

where it requires trust and confidence.

$ in =^ describes a person of tall stature, well formed,

medium weight, clear complexion, soft-brown and plentiful
 PERSONS m THE TWELVE SIGNS. 197

hair, and not subject to premature gray n ess ; features and

eyes expressive of study and good memory ; disposition,
good, open, and generous, but hasty at times, yet forgiv-
ing prudent a lover and promoter of learning, and, having
;
;

may acquire accomplishments in many ways

natural ability, ;

one who reaches out for great things, seldom disappointed,

and loved and respected by those whom he associates with.

$ in ttl represents a short stout, well-set stature, shoul-

ders broad, full neck, strong build, ears prominent, not
quick in hearing ; some trouble with mouth and teeth ;

should choose well his dentist to guard off accident, which

might effect health as well as fortune ; in disposition as-
piring, but not ambitious ; ingenious, studious, good nat-
ural abilities ; well balanced, and capable of taking an in-
terest in his own
affairs, as well as that entrusted to him by

his friends. Remarkable talents, but requires much time

and study to bring them to the front, and seldom attaining
full development till after the thirty-fifth year of life.

£ in f gives a full, large body, tall and good stature,

oval face, prominent nose and ears, medium -sized mouth,
full lips ; firm and decisive step ; disposition tolerably
good ; not holding malice, nor too ostentatious ; honorable
in principle, tolerably fair temper ;
punctual, faithful to
friends, and magnanimous to his enemies one who is un- ;

fortunate to himself by anger, and by forming a too hasty

conclusion by his superstitious propensities though for- ;

tunate, does not easily gain his purpose and object in life,
and undergoes various mutations in his life-course.

£ in VJ describes a middle stature, spare and thin ; face

pale and sallow ; eyes deep set, far-seeing ; liable to acci-
dents in the lower limbs should be guarded in the use of
;

fii-e-arms ; fond of change, travelling favored by strangers

;
198 ASTROLOGY.

often more than by relatives ; fortunate in travelling either

on land or water ; but ingenious, and
restless, unsettled,
often having to exercise his wits to gain a livelihood he ;

will make a very good overseer, watchman, physician, chem-

ist, merchant, distiller makes an excellent politician, and
;

aims for iDolitical distinction the middle and later part of ;

his life will be the most fortunate, and with a medium

amount of care should live to a great age.

$ in ^r denotes a well-proportioned figure, middle

height, brown hair, bluish-gray eyes ; face cheerful, ex-
pressing much fun and good-humor, a lover of company,
song, and music ; talented mind, a lover and promoter of
learning, having good natural abilities ; is subject to a va-
riety of occupations —writer, clerk, surveyor, astronomer,
oculist, school principal ; could deal in liquids, excise busi-
ness, and such things as appertain to woman, as clothing
and household furniture ; fortunate in travelling, gaining
the confidence of strangers and the good-will of friends.

5 in X represents a short stature, full and well set, but

not well formed about the neck and shoulders brown hair ;

and pale face head and ears likely to be afflicted, and

;

liable to accidents and suffering in the feet; necessitates

care in the use of water for bathing purposes, and in travel-
ling on the same ;
generally well liked and fortunate in his
affairs, and, though independent, is not desirous to bear
rule ; should cultivate the hopeful side of life.

THE MOON IN THE TWELVE SIGNS.

D in T personates a middle stature, inclined to stoutness,

full face, dimpled chin, a clear complexion, gray eyes and
brown hair ; mind given to contention, envious, addicted to
dispute and trickery ; ambitious to gain his own points, and
 PEKSONS IN THE TWELVE SIGNS. 199

often changing to the inconvenience of others, and seldom

attaining his own desires ; a better fortune in life is

reached about the fortieth year, and will then be better

disposed to strive after honorable things more obliging, ;

and inclined more to pleasure than to study, and more care-

ful of his own interests than that of others ; are likely to
suffer from scalds through steam, boiling fats, distilling,
molten metals, and all explosive materials.

D in 8 describes a medium stature, well proportioned,

strong build, thick neck, small eye, keen sight sober, de- ;

cisive speaker ; disposition tolerably good ; obliging, sin-

cere, generous, but hasty and passionate, yet forgiving ; one
who gains esteem and is much respected by those with
whom he associates ; is fitted for a variety of occupations
indoors or out, on land or water ; being well disposed,
could hold, rule, or work under command gains favors ;

through military and martial men care should be exer-

;

cised in the handling of explosive material, such as powder,

guns, or pistols.

3 in n denotes a person above the middle height well

proportioned, strong build, brown hair, expressive features,
hazel eye, good sight ; mind flexible, given to change in- ;

genious, active, positive in his pursuits ; ambitious, search-

ing, of one who abhors servitude, and
an inquiring mind ;

who work his own way through, even at a loss

prefers to ;

he gains esteem and preferment according to his station in

life;caution should be used to ward off danger by falls
and heavy lifting, either on land or water.

D in 55 gives a person of middle height, stout, short neck

and arms, small hand and foot, ears small and quick of hear-
ing fond of bright colors, but well harmonized delights
; ;

in bright and witty company disposition merry, jocund,

;
200 ASTROLOGY.

pleasant, admired by the company he keeps or intermin-

gles with; fond of amusements, but somewhat unsteady,
yet free from passion or rash actions dangers will come ;

by or through water or liquids, such as physics, strong

drinks, or the capsizing of a boat ;
generally fortunate in
travelling on land or ocean journeys.

J) in SI represents a person above the middle stature,

well proportioned, strong, and well set, eye full and ex-
pressive, features conveying knowledge and intelligence ;

quick of hearing great walker and talker, either on sub-

;

jects pertaining to his country, himself, or others one who ;

is generally well disposed to his fellow-men in whatever

fond of amusements, enter-
station of life they are placed ;

tainments seldom discontented with himself or others

; ;

good linguist and capable of undertaking that which re-

quires mind, thought, and judgment is ambitious, though ;

not particularly desirous of bearing rule or dictating can ;

help, or be helped through either young or older persons ;

usually fortunate in travelling and in gaining the confidence

of strangers.

D in gives a tall, well-proportioned body, dark hair,

ti)7

good complexion, full brow, rather small eye, bright and

mischievous, expressing much that is not spoken is merry ;

and cheerful and agreeable with a variety of company,

male or female, and if the place or people does not fit it-
self to him, he can easily accept the situation and fall in
with the conditions with verylittle fault-finding not cov- ;

nor does he exert himself to any great extent to be-

etous,
come wealthy cautious in business dealing and in the
;

outlay or use of money; liable to suffer by disputes in

writings, signing papers, checks on banks, forgery, coun-
terfeiting, and political troubles ; should cultivate memory
 PERSONS IN THE TWELVE SIGNS. 201

and sight, and watch well and hand-

his actions in counting
ling money, so as to guard off trouble and disputes that
might affect himself as well as others will make a very good
;

reporter, floor -walker, clerk, hotel - manager, conductor,

night-watchman, baggage-master, expressman, and gains
favors through theatres, government positions, and could
act well as a politician ; fortunate in taking short jour-
neys.

D in =^= denotes a well-composed body, medium height,

dark-brown hair, clear complexion, cheerful countenance,
gray sparkling eyes, showing a fondness for fun and liking
for music mind is flexible, given to change, fond of good
;

company, and one who is generally well liked not pas- ;

sionate or rash in his actions liable to annoyance and

;

jealousy, and evilly spoken of by others, and often blamed

for what he has not done should use great care in what
;

engagements he makes or receives through others, either

in love or business matters, so as to avoid law, which might
bring losses and troubles in many ways it would be well ;

not to take a house or premises on too long a lease does ;

well in buying or selling household commodities or in gen-

eral speculating on a small scale is somewhat ingenious,
;

well disposed, and attain preferment according to his sta-

tion in life.

J) in rri describes a middle stature, not tall, but well

proportioned, small, restless eye, dark hair, small mouth
and ears in disposition tolerably good and generous, but
;

hasty and passionate, spasmodic, and who aims at great

things is careful of his own interests, and at times over-
;

steps the boundary line of his neighbors has good talents, ;

fair scholar and linguist, publisher, reporter, broker, in-

ventor, jester, singer, play- writer ; is aspiring, ambitious,
202 ASTROLOGY.

and desirous of bearing rule objects to servitude, or being

;

dependent on others any length of time successful in ;

travelling, on land or water should study more the com-

;

fort of the house he lives in, for family or business use,

than the neighborhood or its location.

D in f gives a strong, well-formed, upright, command-

ing person, pleasant countenance, rather large mouth, firm
and expressive in speaking disposition generous, peaceable,
;

fond of good company, humane, well disposed, and one who

is fortunate and much respected by those with whom he
associates ; will make a good leader, political speaker, gov-
ernment official, accountant ;
gains through church and
religious bodies, real estate, or acting as real-estate lawyer,
but no gains as a criminal lawyer ; favored through hand-
ling cattle, or as a veterinary surgeon.

J) in V3 represents a well-formed body, medium height,

long features, rather large ears and eyes, brown hair, hand
broad, strong grip, feet a tendency to be large, heavy step,
and a weakness to the knees is subject to headaches, ;

noise in the ears, and deafness fond of travel and exercise

; ;

strongly attached to his own country and relations gains ;

through elderly persons much interested in the affairs of

;

his parents, particularly of the mother, aunts, uncles, elder

sister, and brother in disputes it would be well to settle
;

or compromise, rather than go to law, for by so doing

he would save money and time in disposition generous, ;

temperate, human, and obliging, sensitive, soon angered,

but not lasting rather proud, and frequently indisposed,
;

but not seriously simple remedies sleep and rest are

; — —
his best doctor, physic, and nurse it would be well not to ;

take too great a risk in deep-water bathing, boating, and

skating, as danger may follow through falling or taking
 ;

PERSONS IN THE TWELVE SIGNS. 203

cramps; with care can reach great age, and be much re-
spected by his friends and acquaintances in general.
»

3 in £? describes a middle stature, well proportioned,

somewhat stout, light-brown hair, clear skin, and complex-
ion, kind and expressive eye and features showing traits ;

of a love for the curious and scientific studies disposition ;

good, open, and generous fond of good company and

;

music, and one who is generally well loved and fortunate

in most affairs fond of travel, change of country, new
;

scenery, and can easily adapt himself to customs and

nations ; has a tendency to selfishness, watching closely
his own interests, either in dealing in property or money
transactions ; spending money for his own grati-
free in
fication ; fond of rich clothing, jewelry, and showy colors
enjoys applause and attention ; is apt to listen too much
to the persuasion of others, and by that means bring on
many of his losses and crosses should avoid the
; vision-
ary, and cultivate more his home surroundings, for his
busy turn of mind causes a restlessness for change and a
fondness for travel ; his mind has a tendency to scientific
study, forwarding inventions, acting as agent for building
properties, theatres, railroads, insurance, shipping, mer-
chandise ; favored in lending and borrowing money, and,
although he undergoes various mutations in life, he is gen-
erally fortunate.

D in >£ gives a person of middle height, inclined to

stoutness, darkish-brown hair, pale face, brown eyes rather ;

dull and inactive temperament, requiring a considerable

amount of patience to draw out his wit and usefulness ;

apt to be peevish and repining addicted to wine and com-

;

pany, which is often to his loss, physically and financially ;

is fitted for a variety of occupations, but should not hold

204 AstEOLOGY.

himself responsible where it requires too much ability and

constancy; should avoid contentions and discussions in
political matters is inclined to be rash and unreasonable
;

to his own and even striving to

injury, yet well meaning,
honorable things, but seldom attaining them, as he is sub-
ject to sudden changes in life and strange catastrophes.
 ,

XXV.

EFFECTS OF THE ASPECTS BETWEEN THE SIGNIFICA-

TORS.

h 6 %.

If \ be significator, lie gives the querent inheritance of

estates, and profit by means of agriculture his disposition ;

is extremely moral and grave he may gain a fortune by

;

merchandise, or, probably, by preaching.

If %
be significator, the disposition is not so good; the
querent seldom meets with much success in the world he ;

is very niggardly, and generally acquires property by some

selfish and unusual means though he seldom enjoys it

;

like other persons. He generally lives hated by everyone

for his mean and
deceitful ways, and dies in obscurity.
be in
If $ to the significator, and in aspect with $
the querent is generally duped of his property, and dies a
miserable death.
b 6 $.

If k be significator, the querent is of a rash, turbulent

and generally very unfortunate very often
disposition, ;

engaged in some public calling of the lowest order, and

frequently ends his days in prison.
If $ be but
significator, the disposition is equally bad,
not quite so rash, being more sly and cowardly. Some-
times he gains favor from elderly persons, who assist him
with their property, which he generally loses in the end,
and becomes very unfortunate, especially if the significa-
tors be under the Earth.
206 ASTROLOGY.

k 6

Signifies losses to the querent by fire (especially if they

be in a fiery sign), or by men in power, who persecute him,
and confine him within the walls of a prison for some con-
tempt of the law and he is seldom healthy or of long life.
;

If © be significator, the querent is generally very dis-

agreeable, deceitful, mistrustful, and unfortunate always ;

losing his property by some speculation, which in the end

often brings him to ruin, particularly if the querent have
anything to do with the government, or persons 'connected
with the state.

\ 6 9
Shows gain to the querent by means of ladies to a con-
siderable extent ; he is much attached to them, greatly
addicted to pleasure, and very fortunate where females are
concerned. If he be a man of property, he often wastes
most of it by gaming or pleasure.
If 9 be significator, the querent is very artful, sly,

unfortunate, destitute of friends, often disappointed by

death ; and he loses considerably by persons older than
himself, especially if he be in trade.

h 6 ?.

If >? be significator, the querent is subtle and crafty,

fond of researches into antiquity one of much gravity and ;

considerable learning ; though not always of the most

agreeable manners.
If $ be significator, he is dull, suspicious,
mean, cow-
ardly, calculating, and covetous.
Should he turn his at-
tention to literature, he may gain some knowledge, al-
though with great labor and should he become an author,
;

his writings may bring him into some disgrace.

 ASPECTS BETWEEN THE SIGNIFICATOKS. 207

k <$ D.
If \ be person is restless and unsettled
significator, the
in bis purposes, and often cbanges bis residence. He is
not very fortunate, though be may sometimes benefit by
tbe populace and by tbe lower order of females.
If D be significator, be is poor, miserable, and dejected ;

of unpleasant manners, and sullen disposition extremely ;

unfortunate, and uncommonly covetous, tbougb possessing

scarcely any property. With much suspicious caution, he
frequently commits the most unaccountable errors in
affairs of the greatest consequence as, through excess of
;

prudence, he is very likely to doubt and deliberate in the

moment of action.

% 6 $.

If % be querent is bold, proud, and

significator, the
ambitious fond of martial exploits and enterprises
; a ;

good soldier or surgeon, though he may lose much by

strife and contention, and sometimes receive wounds in
quarrels.
If $ be significator, he is good, pious, and just he is ;

eminently successful in the law or the church and often ;

makes a fortune by those means.

% 6 ©.
If U be significator, the querent is weak, servile, and
credulous ; he incurs the displeasure of men in power, by
whom he is much oppressed, and often ruined ; he has bad
health, and is generally a vain, loquacious character, in-
dulging in fanciful speculations about religion, and other
matters for which he is totally unqualified.
If © be significator, the power of 11 is so much de-
stroyed by the power of O, that he has but very little
208 ASTROLOGY.

effect ; though the party will, in general, be very much

given to religion, which, if % be well dignified in other re-
spects, and not ill aspected, will be sincere, otherwise it is

fanatical or hypocritical.

% 6 ?•
If TJ. be significator, it promises the greatest happi-
ness ; the querent is highly favored by the female sex, by
whose means he gains great advancement he is rich, pros- ;

perous, and fortunate very healthy, and greatly admired

;

and respected. It shows great personal beauty.

If 9 be significator, it denotes great beauty of person
(unless $ be in m, or VJ), riches, honors, ecclesiastical
preferment ; the person so represented is truly virtuous,
pious, kind, and beneficent to all, with the greatest good-
ness of heart, and a disposition that will command univer-
sal love and esteem.

If 11 be significator, it denotes a person of great learn-

ing, a good lawyer or divine, of excellent abilities and
much information.
If $ be significator, he is mild, humane, religious, fond
of literature ;
possessing an elegant mind, and a gentle,
engaging disposition he is raised to eminence, and pro-
;

tected by powerful patrons he accumulates great riches, ;

and is, in general, extremely fortunate.

% 6 D-
If % be significator, the person so represented is rest-
lessand changeable, and seldom sufficiently settled to pro-
cure much wealth he is, on the whole, very fortunate,
;

often gains considei'ably by marriage, and is a general

favorite with the fair sex ; he is a great traveller, and is
 ASPECTS BETWEEN THE SIGNIFICATORS. 209

eminently successful in maritime affairs and among sea-

men and shipping.
If D be significator, he is fortunate in ecclesiastical
affairs ; or among mercantile men and magistrates. He ob-
tains great wealth, though he is liable to losses frequently by
canting, hypocritical persons, who impose upon his natural
kindness and generosity of disposition. He has, however,
too much good fortune to be injured by those persons to
any serious extent.
$ 6 0.
If $ be significator, the querent is in danger by
fire, has been said in this
lightning, or infectious fevers ; it

case, with great truth, "he has the favor of kings and
princes," and it may be their frowns, too, to his utter un-
doing ; he may rise hastily, but, perhaps, to a precipice.
If O be significator, the querent is brave, but headstrong
and violent ; he will probably attain some considerable
rank in the army or navy but he will be frequently
;

wounded, and most probably die in battle, or be killed by

some accident, or fall a victim to some contagious fever.

$ 6 9.

If $ be significator, the querent is kind and gentle upon

the whole, though at times rather hasty he is moderately
;

fortunate, extremely fond of women, and not always very

particular as to their respectability.
If 9 be significator, he is wicked and debauched, a com-
panion of prostitutes, from whom he generally receives
great injury a drunkard, frequently brawling in taverns
;

or low public-houses though he may sometimes meet with

;

good fortune, he whatever property

will quickly dissipate
he may possess in the company of the most worthless of
mankind.
14
210 ASTROLOGY.

i 6 5.
If £ be significator, it represents the querent as pos-
sessed of considerable ability, a skilful mechanic, or a
good mathematician one of an acute ; sarcastic wit ; if he
be in the army or navy, for which he is well qualified, he
obtains great reputation for his bravery, and is distin-
guished still more for the policy of his measures. He is

never very scrupulous as to the means he employs ; and

will pay but little respect to the persons or possessions of
others, when he can gain any advantage by sacrificing them
to his own interest.
If £ be significator, he makes a cheat or swindler, a
thief,robber, or treacherous miscreant a frequenter of ;

gaming-houses, rash, furious, and blood-thirsty.

Any evil aspect of ^ increases these evils, and a good
aspect of O, 2/, or 9 will much diminish them.

S 6 3).

If $ be significator, it shows one of an unsettled life

and temper, and a favorite of females he is frequently a ;

wandering adventurer, more remarkable for the variety of

his fortune than his success or abilities. He is likely to
die in a strange country.
If J> be significator, he is a bold, enterprising character ;

frequently in great danger of a violent death, quarrelsome;

and given to duelling. He may be a good surgeon or
soldier and is seldom noted for much humanity.
; If a
female, she is extremely likely to be seduced.

O <S o.

If O be significator, it denotes one of soft and effemi-

nate manners, a pleasing address, a great admirer of the
ladies. He is too much given to extravagance and dissipa-
tion.
 ASPECTS BETWEEN THE SIGNIFICATOKS. 211

If ? be significator, lie is of short life, unfortunate, and

oppressed ; too sickly to make much exertion ; very proud
and extravagant.
O 6 $.

If O be significator, it gives some ingenuity, but not

much sound judgment.
If 9 be significator, he represents a person of mean and
shallow abilities one addicted to fraud and deception in-
; ;

capable of learning anything which requires memory or

judgment, and extremely superstitious. He may succeed
well in trade or business, but for study he is wholly un-
qualified.

O 6 J.
If © be significator, it represents a restless and change-
able person, who aims at great things, but seldom accom-
plishes them.
If D be significator, the querent is extremely unfortu-
nate, and generally sickly and unhappy, dejected and op-
pressed by men in power. He is rash and violent, subject
to burns and scalds, and has frequently some defect in the
eyes and if the 6 happen near the Hyades, Pleiades, or
;

Prcespe, he is likely to be nearly blind.If the D be apply-

ing, he danger of death, especially if it happen in the
is in
8th house, or © be lord of the 8th but if J) be sepa-
;

rating, the danger is not so great.

$ 6 $.
If 9 be significator, it represents one who is polite, mild,
and courteous, fond of the elegant branches of literature ;

a pleasant companion, a favorite of females and one of an ;

excellent disposition.
If 5 be significator, he excels in any pursuit that re-
 ;

212 ASTROLOGY.

quires taste ; a good painter, an excellent poet or musician,

of a very humane disposition, and of the most prepossess-
ing appearance.
It must be most carefully observed, whether these planets
have any other familiarity at the same time for should $ ;
,

\ or & be in D it will make a most remarkable difference.

, ,

Indeed, this must be scrupulously attended to in all cases,

but especially where 9 , £ , or J) may be significator.

?<5).
If 9 be significator, it renders a man very mutable and
uncertain ; often promising, through goodness of disposi-
tion, much more than he is capable of performing.
If D be significator, of an easy, happy disposi-
he is

tion, with little care beyond the enjoyment of the present

moment ; a great proficient in all elegant amusements,
and of an easy and genteel address.

$ 6 D.
If $ be significator, the native is possessed of great abili-

ties,though generally very unsteady in* his pursuits. He

frequently travels in some literary capacity.
If J) be significator, the effects are not very different
his intellectual powers are of the first order he is much ;

attached to learning, and gains great reputation by his

abilities.

OF THE ifc AND /\ ASPECTS BETWEEN THE SIGNIFICATORS.

h * or l\ U.

If \ be significator, it gives riches by means of agricult-

ure and he is of a sedate and religious disposition.
;

If U be significator, he is extremely grave, and fre-

quently gains riches by legacies or mining concerns.
 ASPECTS BETWEEN THE SIGNIFICATOES. 213

t>
* or A S •

If *> be courage of the per-

significator, it increases the
son so signified, and renders him more open in his resent-
ment.
If £ be significator, he is prudent and cautious, bigoted
in religion, and, should other aspects befriend $ he may- ,

gain an estate.
h * or/\ 0.
If h be significator, he is generous and noble, though
somewhat austere in his behavior.
If O be significator, he is ostentatious, boastful, and
conceited ; he may be expected to gain by legacies, or to
be successful as a farmer.

\ >|c or A 9 .

If \ be significator, he is prodigal and extravagant,

wasting his money among females.
If 9 be significator, he is modest, shy, and retired in his
manners ; he gains the favor of elderly people, and some-
times inherits their property.

\ * or A 2 •

If \ be significator, it and subtility,

gives ingenuity
though his talents are mostly employed to little purpose.
If £ be significator, he is very cautious and prudent, and
is addicted to the study of arts and sciences.

\ * or A D •

If k be significator, the querent is changeable, jealous,

and mistrustful.
If J) be significator, he is vain and conceited, mean in his
actions, though without the excuse of rashness, as he does
nothing without much deliberation.
 ..

214 ASTROLOGY.

U * or A £•

If 2/ be significator, it gives bravery and the spirit of

military adventure ; he is a good soldier, surgeon, or
chemist.
If & be significator, he is noble, generous, and ambi-
tious, and will rise rapidly in the army.

% * or /\ O.

If U be significator, it makes one extremely fortunate,

and very noble and courageous in his disposition.
If O be significator, he gains money rapidly, is always
respected, and possesses a most excellent disposition.

% * or /\ o .

If 2/ be significator, it causes beauty, love, riches, and

real goodness of heart this is the most fortunate aspect
;

that can be formed.

If ? be significator, the person is virtuous, amiable, of a
noble disposition, incapable of fraud or malice.

% >fc or /\ $

If % be significator, it gives great learning, sound judg-

ment, and excellent abilities.
If $ be significator, he possesses solid sense, an open,
generous disposition, and real good fortune.

% %. or /\ D
If % be significator, it makes a man very fortunate, be-
loved by females, and much respected by the poorer classes
of society.
If D be he is just and charitable, sincere in
significator,
his friendships, and generous to the full extent of his
means.
 .

ASPECTS BETWEEN THE SIGNIFICATORS. 215

$ * or /\ ©.

If $ be significator, it gives a very noble disposition and

great mind it causes one
; to rise rapidly in the army ; he
is uncommonly successful in war, and will gain much by
the patronage of men in power.
If © be significator, it confers great bravery and a high
spirit ; he rises to grandeur by means of his courage and
invincible military talents.

<? * or /\ ?
If $ be significator, it causes lewdness and dissipation ;

his disposition is not radically bad, but he is extremely

thoughtless and improvident ; he may gain by females, for
he seems to possess a fascinating influence, which he never
fails to exert to the utmost with the female sex.
If ? be significator, he is handsome, but proud, rash,
and inconsiderate ; and neither remarkable for prudence
nor principle.
$ * or /\ % .

If $ be significator, this aspect gives great acuteness,

penetration, and learning ; the querent, however, is crafty,

rather hasty, and extremely confident.

If $ be significator, he possesses great courage, is very
ingenious in any mechanical trade, a good engraver or
mathematician, and will succeed in anything that requires
presence of mind, acuteness, and ready wit.
If $ receive any aspect of i#, he is extremely fitted to
become a good astrologer, especially if 5 assist £ .

$ * or /\ J).

If 3 be significator, it makes one restless and change-

able, servile and talkative ; he travels much, and receives
much assistance .from females.
 .

216 ASTROLOGY.

If D be significator, he is very passionate and change-

able, with a high spirit and good abilities.

O * or A D •

If O be significator, it confers riches and honor ; the

querent is fortunate with women, and is much respected
by the multitude.
If D be significator, he is proud and aspiring ; he is

generally successful, but his fortune is not permanent,

unless both O and D be in fixed signs.

9 * or A 5 •

If ? be significator, this aspect gives ingenuity, subtle-

ty, and good-nature.
If $ be significator, the querent possesses a refined and
accomplished mind he is neat in his person, and elegant
;

in his manners a lover of music and the fine arts in gen-

;

eral.

9 * or /\ J).

If $ be significator, it is a very fortunate aspect ; it shows

a person who is much assisted by female friends ; and one,

who, though unstable, often obtains considerable property.
If D be significator, the querent is gentle, obliging,
amiable, and genteel in his manners, and is much admired
by females whose condition
; in life depends on the strength
or debility of ? .

$ >(c or /\ 5
If $ be person signified is witty, inge-
significator, the
nious, subtle, easily learning anything to which he ap-
plies, and frequently acquiring many sciences without any
assistance. He is somewhat reserved, and a little melan-
choly, but,from his extensive knowledge, he is always a
useful and sometimes a pleasant companion.
 ASPECTS BETWEEN THE SIGNIFICATORS. 217

If D be significator, this is the most favorable aspect

for learning or scientific speculation.

THE EFFECTS OF THE D OR <? ASPECTS BETWEEN THE SIGNIFI-

CATORS.

\ U or 8 %.
If >? be significator, it shows much trouble by lawyers
or the clergy.
If % be significator, he is always wretched and miser-
able, idle, unfortunate, and beggarly.

>? U or 8 S.
If be significator, it is the aspect of cruelty and mur-
i?

der, and the person so signified is extremely unfortunate ;

he generally lives a most dejected life, and dies a violent

death.
If $ be person shown by him is very
significator, the
malicious, treacherous, and blood-thirsty one delighting ;

in the most evil deeds, yet very cowardly, sly, and much ad-
dicted to suicide and secret revenge of a cruel complex- ;

ion in short, such a character as Don Miguel of Portugal.

;

*> or 8 O.
If *> be significator, it is the aspect of infamy and con-
tempt ; the person is prodigal, ambitious, overbearing,
hating control, very disagreeable in his manners, extremely
unfortunate, subject to the frowns of persons in power,
and often meets a violent death.
If O be significator, the person is cowardly, spiteful,
treacherous, malicious, unfeeling, covetous, repining, al-

ways despising anything and humanity one

of kindness ;

who generally leads a life of wretchedness, and frequently

meets with a bad end, and sometimes dies in prison.
218 ASTROLOGY.

*> or § $ .

If i? it shows dissipation, and the person

be significator,
leads a most detestable life, connected with the lowest
order of prostitutes, by whom he is eventually brought to
ruin and disgrace.
If 9 be significator, the person is generally of an evil

complexion, and not very handsome very sly, artful, ; full

of mischief, and much addicted to dissipation, though not

suspected ; mostly unfortunate.

i> u or 8 S .

If \ be significator, it indicates a thief, cheat, or

swindler a low, cunning fellow, sly, envious, treacherous,
;

and malicious, one who is always planning some scheme

to deceive his most intimate friends generally forming a ;

bad opinion of everyone, and not at all particular as to

speaking the truth.
If $ be significator, the person is very artful, always in-
volved in and contention, and much given to vilify
strife
the character of others, by whom he is tormented with
lawsuits ; it also indicates pettifogging attornies, who very
seldom act honestly towai'd their clients.

t? u or § D.
If \ be significator, it shows a wandering, unsettled, and
changeable person, not of a genteel form, but one who is
down-looking, and inclined to stoop forward always very ;

fretful, and appearing full of trouble not a good dispo- ;

sition,nor to be depended on. He seldom attains any high

situation, but,if he does, he soon falls into disgrace again.

If D be significator, the person is extremely unfortu-

nate, always in trouble with the lower order of mankind,
from whom he receives many injuries he is mean, cow- ;
 .

ASPECTS BETWEEN THE SIGNIEICATOES. 219

ardly, and very dejected is rather unhealthy, seldom

; liv-

ing a long life, and generally dying a miserable death.

*

% a or § $.
If be significator, it denotes violence, ingratitude, a
2/

furious temper, and danger of death by malignant fevers.

If $ be significator, it shows pride, ingratitude, inso-
lence, and the hatred of the clergy on account of theologi-
cal opinions.
11 n or 8 Q.
If % be significator, it gives arrogance, prodigality, and
much vanity, with a great desire to be distinguished, which
isbut very rarely gratified.
© be significator, the person represented wastes his
If
property by riotous living and all kinds of extravagance.

2/ or 8 9-

be significator, it shows extravagance, dissipation,

If 2/
and all kinds of debauchery and intemperance.
If 9 be significator, the person has many enemies
among the clergy, and the legal profession, magistrates,
etc., and he is equally void of virtue and prudence.

2/ o or § $

If 2/ be significator, it gives trouble, contention, per-

plexity, lawsuits, and, in consequence, indigence.
If $ be significator, the person is frequently persecuted
for his singular religious opinions ; his understanding is
weak, and he is often involved in strife and contention.

2/ U or 8 }.
If 2/ be significator, it shows one of many words, though
of poor abilities , he is weak and foolish, and, if in a public
capacity, is execrated by the multitude.
220 ASTROLOGY.

If D be significator, lie is injured by faithless friends

and deceitful relatives and his property is impoverished
;

by hypocritical fanatics.
6 D or 8 ©.

If $ be significator, it denotes a man of great ambition

and violence ; but his fortune is too evil to allow him to
succeed.
If © be significator he is restrained by no principle of
honor or gratitude his affairs are always deranged, and
;

he makes use of the most violent means to retrieve them.

Such an one frequently becomes a footpad, murderer, or
house - breaker, and is either killed in some contest, or
falls a victim to the laws of his country.

S n or 8 9.
If $ be significator, these aspects cause lust, excess,
prodigality, disease, and injury by loose women, and com-
plete waste of fortune.
If 9 be significator, he is very treacherous, mischievous,
base, and inconstant ; or if it be a female, she is a prosti-
tute, or very shameless.

$ a or 8 $.
If $ be shows one of some ability, but his
significator, it
talents are applied to the most dishonorable purposes.
If $ be significator, it denotes a thief or assassin one ;

whose most solemn protestations are not to be believed ;

who will desert his benefactors at their utmost need he ;

is violent, furious, contentious, and despised by everyone

for his infamous life.

S o or 8 D-
If £ be querent described by him is a fit
significator, the
companion for the lowest and most unprincipled of man-
 .
.

ASPECTS BETWEEN THE SIGNIFICATORS. 221

kind lie is very unfortunate, and is probably a wandering

;

vagabond, who travels over the earth without a friend or a

home.
If 5 be significator, he is excessively abusive, malicious,
and treacherous. He may travel into foreign countries
as a sailor or soldier, amid innumerable dangers and hard-
ships, and die by pestilence, dysentery, or the sword.

O D or 8 D
If O be significator, the person suffers losses, trouble, and
much anxiety.
If D be significator, he is obstinate and quarrelsome he
;

is exceedingly ambitious and prodigal ; and is sometimes

marked in the face, or his eyes are affected ; the latter is

especially the case if O be afflicted by $ , or either O or D

are with the nebulous stars.

9 or <? D.
If 9 he shows a changeable, unsettled life,
significator, it
great troubles in marriage, and much ill fortune.
If D be significator, it shows a dissolute, extravagant life,
attended with indigence and poverty, and much trouble
from females.
$ or <? D
If $be significator, it no doubt gives some abilities, but
such persons are too unsettled to apply very closely to any
subject they are continually shifting their situations (espe-
;

cially if $ be in a movable sign), nor are they very sincere

in their professions of friendship, nor very scrupulous in
the method by which they may attain their ends.
If D be significator, they have a defect in their utterance,
have but little ability, except a kind of low cunning, which
they apply to dishonest purposes. But as $ is acted on
by every planet having an aspect to him, it will be neces-
222 ASTROLOGY.

sary to observe each aspect, and allow for its influence ; for
if $ have a /\ of %, the a of $ to J) will not be near so
evil, though the person will be far from sensible, notwith-
standing that they are tolerably honest and well meaning.
Observation. —
The reader must always remember that
the true character and condition of the person signified
can only be correctly learned by noticing all the aspec Is
may receive, as well as observing the nature
the significator
of the sign and house it is in, and the degrees of strength
or weakness it possesses, as well as those planets which as-
pect it. Thus,the significator be £ and he receive the
if ,

§ of O, yet if O
be weak, and £ have also a /\ of 11, this
benefic planet being strong, he may judge that the querent
will suffer by the ©, by receiving a severe
evil influence of

wound whereas if, in-

in a duel, or in honorable warfare ;

stead of the /\ of %, the D of $ occurred, there would be

little doubt that he would be killed by police officers, or
die by violence the latter especially, if O was in the 10th
;

house.
 XXVI.

THE NATURES OF THE PLANETS.

Herschel. —This is the most distant planet from the Sun.

He takes eighty-four years to go through the twelve signs.
He is frequently retrograde, appearing to go backward in
the heavens. His diameter is to that of our Earth as 4.332
to 1.

The nature of Herschel is extremely

evil. If ascending
at the time of birth, he causes the native to be of very
eccentric disposition, pursuing extraordinary and uncom-
mon objects one who despises the track of custom, and is
;

very abrupt in his manners. Whatever good he may pro-

duce, when well aspected or situated, will be of a sudden
description, and quite out of the common course of things.
Persons whose minds are influenced by this planet are un-
settled in life, partial to travelling, witnessing many
strange scenes, very romantic and extraordinary in their
ideas, and given to the study of antiquity ;
yet likely to
strike out many novelties.
Saturn. —This planet is next to Herschel. He is at a
great distance from the Sun, and exceeds this Earth in
bulk nearly one thousand times. He goes through the
Zodiac in twenty-nine years and a half his diameter is to ;

that of the Earth as 9.987 to 1.

The nature of Saturn is far more evil than that of Her-
schel he is called the Greater Infortune, and he is un-
;

doubtedly the cause of the greater portion of human suf-

fering. When he is rising or setting at birth, the person
born will suffer much lingering sickness, and be very sub-
ject to blows, bruises, and falls. If he be on the meridian,
224 ASTROLOGY.

or coming to the meridian, he causes perpetual trouble and

disgrace ; all the native's affairs go wrong, and, unless
there be some very strong aspects of other planets to coun-
teract this evil position, the native is the complete child of
misfortune. If he be in the opposite situation, that is,
near the north meridian, or cusp of the 4th house, his
effects are nearly as evil. Persons born under his influ-
ence are nervous, fearful, bashful, cowardly, melancholy,
and given to shed tears. They suffer from chronic dis-
eases, and are liable to mental infirmities. Their disposi-
tions are thoughtful, malicious, and reserved ; they are firm
and obstinate in their opinions, but adhere strongly to their
attachments.
Jupiter. —This planet is next to Saturn in the solar sys-
tem. He is the largest of all, in bulk exceeding that of

the Earth nearly one thousand three hundred times. He

is very nearly twelve years in going round the Zodiac ; his
diameter is to that of the Earth as 10.86 to 1.

His nature is eminently benefic, and he is called the

Greater Fortune. When rising at birth, he confers much
strength of constitution, enabling the native to overcome
very evil directions, which would otherwise prove fatal.

The persons under and

his influence are healthy, cheerful,
and are open, sincere, generous, and
jovial in disposition,
quite free from fraud or meanness of any kind. They are
generally much esteemed, from pursuing always very hon-
orable, magnanimous conduct and they are the favorites
;

of fortune. If Jupiter be approaching the meridian at

birth, the native will (unless very evil aspects occur to
counteract his influence) become extremely wealthy, and
arrive at distinction. This is verified in the nativities of
Queen Victoria and the Duke of Wellington.
Mars. —This planet is between the Earth and Jupiter ;

he is rather less in size than our globe, and goes round the
 THE NATURES OF THE PLANETS. 225

Sun in about six weeks less than two years. His red, fiery
appearance renders,hini very conspicuous in the heavens ;

his diameter is to that of the Earth as 0.517 to 1.

Mars is a very evil planet, but his nature is quite differ-
ent from Saturn. He causes all hot and violent diseases,
and persons under his influence are subject to cuts, burns,
and other violent accidents. They are rash, angry, and
always ready to rush into quarrels and bloodshed. They
feel no pity. If Mars be in the ascendant of any person's
nativity, they become liable to receive cuts or have marks
in the face they are fond of war and danger if in the
; ;

10th house, or on the meridian, they are generally ob-

served as warlike characters, and may gain honors as such.
In George LIL's nativity he was so situated, and during his
reign England was perpetually at war.
Venus. — This beautiful planet is situated nearer the Sun
than is She goes round the Sun in thirty-two
the Earth.
weeks, and is very nearly the same size as our globe her ;

diameter is to the Earth as 0.975 to 1.

Her nature is decidedly benefic, but her power nothing
equal to that of Jupiter. She assists to strengthen the
constitution if ascending at birth, but she gives such a
strong inclination for pleasure, that the native often injures
his health in its pursuit. Persons born under her influ-
ence are generally of a mild, quiet disposition. If on the
meridian, she renders the native respectable in life, unless
in ill aspect to Saturn, when he will generally be very
mean in his conduct. She partakes very much of the nat-
ure of those planets to which she is in aspect, and no
judgment can be formed of her effects without taking this
into full consideration. If well aspected, the native will
gain chiefly through the means of females ; if ill aspected
by £ the native
, is not chaste.
Mercury. — This planet is the nearest to the Sun of any
15
226 ASTROLOGY.

yet discovered. He is very small, being only 3,200 miles

in diameter, and travels very swiftly, going round the Sun
in twelve weeks and four days ; his diameter is to the
Earth's as 0.398 to 1.

His influence, when in no aspect with any other planet,

and if in the ascendant, causes great restlessness and desire
of change fondness for travelling, and a busy turn of mind,
;

addicted to literature but as this planet is the chief ruler

;

of the mental faculties, great care must be taken to note

what aspect he forms with other planets, for on that will
chiefly depend the mental disposition of the native. If
close to the Sun, the native never has any great abilities
for science his mind is rather contracted and superficial,
;

though he may be well adapted for any kind of plodding

business. If at the same time he be afflicted by the evil
aspects of the malefics, and the Moon also be weak and
afflicted, the native will be of very weak mind and if the ;

ascendant also be afflicted by the presence or ill aspect of

evil planets, and there be no good aspect between the Moon
and Mercury, or between them and the ascendant, the na-
tive will be an idiot or become insane. This may be the
case even where Mercury is distant from the Sun, as oc-
curred in the nativity of George III., where Mercury was
twelve degrees and a half from the Sun. In that king's
nativity Mercury had the sextile aspect of Jupiter, which
preserved his mental faculties for several years but being ;

in conjunction with Saturn, and in semisquare with Mars,

and the Moon being also in square to Mars, and in no as-
pect to Mercury, and neither of them in aspect to the
ascendant, the royal native, under ill directions, lost his
reason.
The Sun. —The glorious body which gives us light and
heat is less noticed than the Moon in the judgment of a
nativity, though, if astrology were all fancy, his appear-
 THE NATURES OF THE PLANETS. 227

ance would have been likely to say much in his favor. The
Earth is distant about ninety-five millions of miles from
the Sun, which in bulk exceeds that of the Earth in the
proportion of 1,384,472 to 1 ; its diameter is to that of the
Earth as 111,454 to 1. The human mind strives in vain to
comprehend its immense bulk. Just as difficult is it to
comprehend how he keeps all the planetary bodies in per-
petual play around his centre for although the terms at-
;

traction and gravitation have been long in use, they are still
as full of mystery as is that of planetary influence. The
specific influence of the Sun is small ; but it seems to be
similar to that of Mars. If in the ascendant, or in aspect
to it, he causes a degree of pride ; when in good aspect to
the Moon, he causes success in life ; but if in evil aspect, he
gives rashness, and injures the native's fortune. If in con-
junction with any planet, he destroys the power of that
planet in a great measure, and assumes the nature of the
planet himself, to a certain extent. It is highly important
that the Sun should be free from the ill aspects of the malefic
planets, to produce success in life and it is better that he
;

have no aspect whatever to them, unless it be to Mars, when

the Sun is near the meridian, as this may cause military
preferment.
The Moon. —This beautiful globe apparently goes round
the Earth in twenty-seven days, seven hours, and forty
three minutes. Her distance is 237,000 miles from us
and she is nearly 50 times her own size smaller than this
Earth her diameter is 2,160 miles, that of the Earth at
;

the Equator, 7925.648 miles.

She has most powerful influence on every person, accord-
ing to her situation at birth, or what is termed her mun-

dane position that is, her rising or setting and also as

; ;

regards her aspect with other placets. If she be nearly in

conjunction with the Sun, the native will be of weak con-
 ASTROLOGY.

stitution, and, if not very well aspected, and the hyleg not
strong, of very short life. Persons born during an eclipse
of the Sun, when the Moon is nearly in a, direct line with the
Sun, are invariably very weakly, and are said never to live
many years. The Moon has certainly, at all times, much
to do with the stamina of the native's constitution ; and, if

she be much afflicted, his health will rarely be good, and

his fortune will be as poor. The animal propensities de-
pend almost wholly on the Moon and if she be afflicted,
;

the native will be idle and given to drinking, gluttony, and

debauchery. The good aspects of Mercury and the Moon
to each other are important, to give wit and ingenuity. If
the Moon ascend at birth, the native will be very fond of
novelty and roaming about and if she be weak, will lead
;

a very dissolute Moon be on the meridian, or

life. If the
approaching it, and at the same time in good aspect to
Mercury, the native will be clever, and fortunate through
his own talents if in good aspect to Jupiter, he will gain
;

wealth to the Sun, he will meet preferment to Venus, he

; ;

will have many female friends, and be very agreeable in his

manners to Saturn, if Saturn himself be strong, he may
;

gain by elderly persons, legacies, buildings, or agricultural

pursuits ; to Mars, he may succeed in warfare, or as a sur-
geon, cutler, etc. But in all these cases, if there be any
evil aspects to the Moon, or to the meridian itself, the good
will be materially diminished.
When evil aspects are found between the Moon, Mars,
and Mercury, the native is inclined to dishonesty. The
Moon in good aspect to Mars gives courage and if Mars ;

be evilly affected by other planets, boldness and impudence.

OBSERVATIONS ON THE EFFECTS OF DIRECTIONS.

We are to judge whether a direction be good or evil by

the nature of the aspect and planet. The extent and char-
 THE NATURES OP THE PLANETS. 229

acter of its effects are to be learnedby the degree of angu-

lar power of the planet, the sign it is in, and its freedom
from affliction also the opposing influences are to be well
;

considered. Nor can any safe judgment be formed unless

all the directions in opei-ation within six months of the

time, and the transits and ingresses, be considered. A good

direction gives prosperity from such things or persons as
the planet signifies, and also as the house of which he is
lord intimates. In the same manner judge of an evil direc-
tion. Take also into consideration the house the moderator
is in or rules over, and also the house wherein the direc-

tion falls when complete. Directions in children's nativ-

ities act upon and through their parents, guardians.
The Horoscope, or ascendant, signifies all matters which
such as sickness or health, birth or death
affect the person,
of children also the affections of the mind.
;

The Moon's directions affect both mind and body, also

wealth and character, as regards public estimation.
The Sun concerns the health, honor, preferment, favor
of the great, the father and his affairs.
The M. G. denotes honors, character, employment, credit,
trade ; also the parents.
The Pars fortunes has influence over money matters, and,
in some measure, family affairs.

SPECIFIC EULES.

Asc. d 8 ', h • — According to the sign \ is in will

the native suffer sickness (especially if the ascendant be
hyleg), family affliction, or mischief by elderly persons or
saturnine affairs, accidents, The mind be-
falls, or bruises.
comes dull and heavy, the body suffers lingering diseases,
especially coughs and colds, phlegmatic complaints, and
low fevers. If both \ and the ascendant be in watery
230 ASTROLOGY.

signs, danger by water ; if in tt#, danger of suffocation, or

being smothered. On this direction old diseases re-
turn.
Asc. % /\, h —Benefits by land or houses, inheritances,
agricultural pursuits, buildings, legacies, gifts, and favors
of old persons. The native becomes grave and studious,
and also laborious.
Asc. 6 —
% /\, U- Health in general, though, if 2/ be
afflicted, blood abounds, and pleurisy occurs on the con-
junction ;
gifts, patronage, new friends, children, prefer-
ment, and general prosperity.
Asc. D <? , 2/ • —The body is distempered, blood abounds,
danger of pleurisy, or liver complaints, especially
if 2/ be

in SL or -£? ; in children measles, and, be affected by if 2/

S , the small-pox ; losses of money, deception and injuries

by churchmen and magistrates. The native is careless and
improvident ; false friends betray.
Asc. 6 § $ ,
. —
Sickness of the nature of $ and the sign
he is in, considered with that of the ascendant also acci- ;

dents, cuts, burns, or stabs. by hot dis- The native suffers

eases,and rarely escapes loss of blood. He becomes quar-
relsome and venturesome, rushes into disputes and dangers,
and suffers accordingly. If he be a gentleman, he may be
called out in a duel ; if a mechanic, he fights ; if a female,
she quarrels with her husband. Persons under S influence
at birth become violent and furious. If $ be in an earthy
sign, he threatens great evil to kill or be killed in an ; ;

airy sign, inflammation of the blood, or falls in a fiery ;

sign, violent fevers, burns, stabs in a watery sign, bloody ;

flux, danger of drowning.

Asc. % /\, $ . — The native becomes martial in his ideas,
and military affairs. He becomes
delights in horse exercise
angry and impatient, inventive and diligent, receives favors
from military persons, preferments, or studies chemistry.
 THE NATUKES OF THE PLANETS. 231

Females frequently marry under these directions, or have

a son born. 9

Asc. 6 0. — The
native becomes publicly employed, or
receives favorsfrom public characters his reputation ad- ;

vances. Yet troubles and anxieties attend. Hot diseases

in the head, and especially the eyes. In watery signs, flow
of humors.
Asc. ^c /\, ©. —
Health of body, peace of mind, new
friends and eminent. Also preferment, creditable employ-
ment, and honorable journeys. Affairs generally success-
ful. A female may expect marriage, or a son born.
Asc. ,
—
8 ©. Troubles and diseases envy or ill treat- ;

ment from a person in power, quarrels, lawsuits, prosecu-

tions also decay of estate, deceit, and disrespect to the
;

native danger of imprisonment and shipwreck complaints

; ;

in the eyes, acute diseases or fever death or danger to the ;

native's father.
Asc. 6 >fc /\, $ . —Pleasure and content. He is beloved
of women, marries, or has a daughter born or married. He
purchases furniture, clothing, and is greatly given to luxury
and pleasures, especially under the conjunction, where, if
$ be afflicted, he may suffer diseases accordingly.
Asc. 8 , $ • —Disease by surfeit or excess ; inclined to
be wild, intemperate, and extravagant. He runs into
vicious pursuits, and is scandalized ; many troubles by
women, vexations in love matters, jealousy, and conjugal
quarrels.
Asc. 6 $ .
—This incites a desire to study, poetry, and
mathematics. He takes a degree at the university, or
enters some school or college, if a youth. It denotes a
busy time with accounts, writings, law-papers also jour- ;

neys and changes in situation. The whole good or evil ac-

cording to the strength of £ in the radix.
Asc. * /\, $ . —
This is of the same character with the
232 ASTROLOGY.

6 ; but no evil arises therefrom, even if ? be afflicted. It

gives changes of residence.
Asc. 8 $ ,
• —
This brings expenses by literary things
and persons a very unsettled time disputes, quarrels,
; ;

lawsuits, annoyances by young persons. He may be arrested

or questioned for some mistake or fraud in accounts, or be
libelled, or write some foolish book or libel. It also causes
cutaneous diseases, coughs, and affections of the breath.
Much depends on the aspects to $ .

Asc. 6 D . —
Sudden benefits or reverses, changes, jour-
neys, preferment, losses by the populace, or death of the na-
tive's mother, all depending on the strength of the D on the
radix. It brings marriage to males and sea- voyages to all.
It causes lunar diseases, especially if the ascendant be hy-
leg.
Asc. %. /\, D . — Content of mind and body, much active
business and employment, a journey or sea-voyage. It
gives benefits by females, new female friends, marriage, or
the birth of a daughter, public esteem, and prosperity.
Asc. 8 D , . —
Disputes and controversies, especially
with females and vulgar persons misfortunes at sea, loss ;

of office, many public affronts, and open enemies also ;

lunar diseases, corrupt humors, cancers a general ten- ;

dency to gluttony and intemperance, and the consequent

distempers, according to the sign the 1> is in at birth.
Midheaven 6 u 8 b The anger of magistrates and
, . —
employers is felt loss of office and trade, disgrace and
;

ruin may occur death of parents. He is apt to act dis-

;

creditably ; his servants do the same ; conspiracies against

him, private enmity ; accusations and robberies.
Midheaven 6 %. —
Preferment, employment, and nu-
merous benefits by the favor of some person of rank. It
raises in life according to the situation of the native. It
gives increase of wealth but much depends on how the
;
 THE NATURES OF THE PLANETS. 233

M. C. is aspected. In a married female's nativity it bene-

fits her husband ; in children, their parents.
Midheaven ^c /\, %. —This acts like the 6 , but generally
with less power. The /\ by % coming to the cusp of the
2d house gives great increase of wealth.
Midheaven ,
—
8 %• Trouble by law, magistrates, and
the clergy losses in commerce and trade
; accusations ;

against the native, which rarely prevail. He suffers by

persons pretending to religion.
Midheaven 6 <? £ , . —
Great mischances to life and
fortunes. The wrath of powerful men fan on the native.
He suffers wrong or injury in various ways, imprisonment,
disgrace, loss by fire or theft. To a soldier it gives military
authority, but danger. It often shows a violent death,
where the radix prenotes the same. It kills or afflicts
parents.
Midheaven ^ /\, $ . — The native takes to military
actions, fencing, shooting, riding, and he may enter the
army, or receive promotion. To tradesmen it denotes good

business.
Midheaven 6 O- —This elevates the native to dignity
and honor makes him hold some public office, having
;

command or control. It gives fame and reputation, and

also benefits the native's parents.
Midheaven >fc /\, Q. —Preferment, success, gifts, and hon-
ors by means of persons of rank and power. It makes the
native esteem himself higher, and lays the foundation for
his farther advance in life. In a female's nativity it brings
marriage, or, if married, the birth of a son.
Midheaven D <? —
O. This causes sudden disgrace and
,

loss of officeand employment. It causes imprisonment

and the sentence of a judge. To a tradesman it will bring
losses and bankruptcy. It afflicts the parents, frequently
by means of fire or public calamities.
 ;

234 ASTROLOGY.
*
Midheaven 6 * /\, 9 —Mirth and pleasure, gayety to
the native, who mixes in female society, falls in love, and
may marry, if of proper age ; also the birth of children and
their marriage when of age ;
prosperity in the family, new
female friends, benefits by females, and general success ;

the going into new houses and buying furniture.

Midheaven a <? , 9 . —Scandal and disgrace by means of
females, unfortunate wooings, jealousy, contention, and
delusion by women. It shows loss of estate and squan-
dering of property ; also a separation, from a wife, and
sometimes the death or misfortune of a wife, sister, or
mother. If marriage occur, it is rash and unhappy.
Midheaven 6 * A' $ Preferment and credit by learn-
• —
ing or literary productions ; much active business, especi-
ally with accounts, lawyers, booksellers, or merchandise ;

also the study of languages, public speaking. Youths go

out in the world, young men set up in business, take de-
grees. It brings new employments, joui-neys, profit by
writings. But if $ be weak or afflicted, the conjunction
may give and information against the native.
scandal, libels,
Midheaven 6 J) . —This
argues an unquiet and busy
time, afflicted with variety of matter and action, both in
body and mind a troublesome and queasy time, now well,
;

now ill, full of business sometimes getting, otherwise ;

losing. All depends on the strength of D at birth. If

she bs strong, it benefits greatly, bringing some new oc-
cupation of a public nature ; office, trade, or dignity ; also
journeys and sea-voyages, the latter, especially, if 5 be in
watery signs. In a male nativity it promises marriage or
female connection, and benefits by females.
Midheaven $c /\, D .
—Increase of fortune, fame, and esti-
mation, especially among and benefits by the people ;
gifts
ladies prosperity in the native's office of employment
;

a long sea-voyage, and sometimes public command, ac-

 ;

THE NATURES OP THE PLANETS. 235

cording to the native's rank in life changes and general ;

prosperity with a male, marriage birth of children, male

; ;

or female, as the J) may be aspected family advancement. ;

Midheaven D, <?, J). — Public disesteem, loss of office

and good name expense and waste of property by low
;

or bad women danger to the wife, mother, or daughter

;

quarrels in the family and separations punishment by the ;

law, sentence by a judge, for offences. The greatness of

the evil depends on the J) 's aspects and the sign she
occupies ; fixed signs make it durable.
The © 6 , n, S , h • —If the © be hyleg, danger of
severe and fatal illness ; much weakness of body, colds,
melancholy, chronic diseases, especially in the head, heart,
back, and stomach, or other parts, according to the sign ^
is in at birth ; the eyes are likely to suffer ; danger of falls

from buildings and of being crushed also the native's father ;

suffers, and may die much trouble by saturnine persons,

;

especially such as are in power, noblemen and landlords ;

dangers in travelling, loss by storms and shipwreck sepa- ;

ration of the native's parents, destruction to his fame and

credit, loss of business and good name. He is robbed and
cheated by servants and tenants, and is full of heavy
thoughts, and suffers much vexation, and may be tempted
to commit suicide. Envy and malice are active against the
native. If an eclipse happen at the time on the place of
the 6 , the effect is violent, and generally of a public nature.
The >£, /\, J> .
— Some marks of esteem
from an aged
gentleman or person in power. The native is preferred,
and manages his affairs prosperously, receiving honor, gifts,
or legacies. It inclines to gravity and severity, laborious
studies or works. imports wealth by husbandry, archi-It
tecture, or some inheritance. The native succeeds with
elderly persons and in all matters under the influence of
Saturn.
 ;

236 ASTROLOGY.

The O 6 , *, /\, IX- — Health of body, peace of mind, in-

crease of wealth, and enjoyment of the goods of fortune ;

preferment, office, dignity, employment, according to the

native's situation in life church preferment, benefit by ;

lawyers, magistrates, or merchants commerce flourishing ; ;

the clergy grasping at power. The native may have a son

born, or preferred.
The O >
—
Q <? %• The native suffers by lawyers, magis-
trates,clergymen, and professors of religion, who cause
him expenses yet he usually overcomes, and recovers all
;

mercantile sufferings and injury to bankers.

The O 6 <? , , , 8 • —Acute diseases, fevers, accidents

by fire, iron, or hot water, also bites of dogs or kicks by

horses, according to the sign $ is in. In a martial nativity
the 6 gives preferment. In watery signs these directions
denote fluxes, and in all cases some loss of blood. The
native is rash and violent, he does nothing prudently ; let

him, therefore, beware of disputes with superiors and men

of i*ank,and let him avoid any new work, for he will have
no success. Let him shun quarrels and the company of
soldiers, especially if © be hyleg also let him beware of ;

fevers and inflammation, and live temperately.

The © >fc /\, $ —
These bring martial friends and pre-
.

ferment also an inclination to shoot, hunt and ride, more

;

than formerly soldiers act daringly and meet promotion.

;

It causes a journey, and "much trotting and trudging from

one place to another."
The © 6 *, /\, $ ,
Stirs up a desire for music, plays, .
—
and merriment also all kinds of o pleasures. The native
;

makes love, and spends his time and money among the
ladies. If $ be weak, the 6 causes unlawful affections.
The body is now healthy, and mind cheerful all things ;

succeed, the estate is increased, female children born, and

the native respected ; in female nativities, marriage.
 r

THE NATURES OP THE PLANETS. 237

The ©,<?? —A barren time, no . issue. The native

given to impure conduct and sordid actions. He incurs
discredit and scandal. If © be hyleg, he suffers $ dis-
eases according to the sign $ isin at birth. He has dif-
ferences with females, is refused marriage, quarrels with
his wife, and his daughter elopes.
The O 6 , # , /\^, $ . —Much active business and inclina-
tion to literary things and persons ;
gain by literature, or
dealing in books and new employments. Occupied with
accounts and writings. He gains fame thereby, or by some
invention, if £ be strong. It brings an inclination to
travel,and benefits by young persons. Also the 6 brings
controversies, disputes, and lawsuits, or prejudice by false
witnesses or lies being spoken of the native and if © be ;

hyleg, serious diseases, hurts, according as $ is aspected.

He is generally changeable in his fancy, and unsettled in
his studies.
The © D , £ , $ . —Accusations and suits against the na-
tive, or he may be guilty of some deceit or knavery, and
be thereby much disgraced. He suffers by forgery, fraud,
bad bills, and unsuccessful journeys and is greatly an- ;

noyed by lawyers and young persons. His mind is af-

flicted, and he loses his employment, probably by decision

of a court against him. Young persons run away from

their employers, are rusticated from college. It gives an
averseness from learning, and the native is often unjustly
aspersed. His health suffers according to the sign $ is in,
and the planets which aspect him.
The © 6 j) —
This impairs the health, brings humors in
.

the body, pains in the head, weak eyes, and blindness. The
native is unsettled, travels, removes, wastes his property
by idle courses and improvidence. The 3) being strong,
it gives preferment, and may give marriage but the wife ;

will be proud and imperious, striving for mastery.

238 ASTROLOGY.

The O #, A> ^ • —Favor and friendship of powerful

persons, and rich ladies, who employ the native, or benefit
him by preferment. It gives journeys of a profitable and
honorable kind, and public employments. He is much
occupied with females, and may marry a rich wife if 5 be
strong. It increases his friends, and may give the birth of
children or their settlement in life to the native's content.
The © , <? , D . —An unhappy time, full of losses and
crosses ; many powerful men are provoked against the
native. He wrangles with his wife, and may separate ;

quarrels in the family occur. His parents separate, his

children die or act amiss. The native lives intemperately,

mixes with low company, and loose women and has ill ;

health. If J) be hyleg, he suffers grievous diseases, accord-

ing to the sign the O is in. It produces fevers, sore eyes,
and blindness, the small-pox, measles, worms. It lowers the
native's credit and character, and renders him unpopular.
The D 6 n § k —Many chronic, cold, and moist dis-
, ,

eases arise, with humors abounding, and general ill health.

If D be hyleg, it gives agues and low fevers, palsy,
dropsy, coughs, influenza, gout, and apoplexy, all lingering
diseases, according to the nature of \ and the sign he ,

occupies. These directions bring mental troubles and

afflictions, fears and anxieties also loss of property and
;

aspersions of character by low, vulgar people and the mob.

He quarrels with female relations, loses by the sea or
seamen, becomes bankrupt or insolvent. It gives death of
wife, children, or mother.
The 5 >k, f\, h — Gifts and rewards from elderly per-
sons, especially females ; respect from the lower classes,
much popularity, friendship of saturnine persons, benefits
by dealing in saturnine commodities, as lead and wool, and
by buildings and farming also legacies. ;

—
The 3 6 %:, /\, 21- Health, honor, and wealth occur
,
 . ,

THE NATURES OF THE PLANETS. 239

according to the situation in life of the native ; prosperity

and success in journeys and speculations injury to his ;

enemies ; office, employment, command, new business ;

university degrees or law preferments ; many friends ; to

kings, peace, flourishing revenues.
The 3 , <? , % —Difficulties in his employment ; law-
and magistrates annoy him losses
yers, religious people, ;

of property by waste and extravagance. By his own virtue

and exertions he may, however, overcome all attempts
against him, and those who were his enemies will become
his friends. He may be likely to quarrel with his land-
lord or some petty lawyer or churchman, or about church
matters yet no lasting evil need be apprehended.
; The
blood becomes corrupt, and hence diseases of the liver.
The 3 6 § $ , Abundance of sorrows, accidents,
, ,
. —
and misfortunes imprisonment, loss of property, thefts, and
;

squandering on the part of his wife. Active enemies rise

against him, and he suffers strange anxieties. He has dis-
eases according to the sign $ and accidents. He is is in,

in danger of death, if 3 be hyleg, by fire, cuts, wounds,

bites, kicks, or gunshot, and, if ? throw an ill aspect, by
poison or treachery of females. He is choleric and quarrel-
some, very much inclined to bear arms, or associate with
martial men and he becomes addicted to vices according
;

to the sign $ is in if in the house of >>

; he is dogged if , ;

that of 2/, he becomes hypocritical that of Q, proud and ;

haughty ; his own house, very quarrelsome that of 2 ;

loose ; that of $ , fraudulent ; that of 3 , unsettled. If $

be aspected by \ or 0, and he in SI, especially near asselli,
he may die of pestilence or fire. He receives disdain and
insults by women. If he have a good wife, she may die.
It causes injuries to the face or eyes, also the small-pox,
stone, or gravel. If he marry under the 6 it is very un-
fortunate.
240 ASTROLOftY.

The D %, /\, $ . —
It gives a desire to martial and manly
exercises, as riding and shooting, and the native takes de-
light in horses, the company of military men, and warlike
affairs ;
preferment and profit, birth of a son or, if single, ;

he may marry. Yet he may expect losses by women, and

by dealing in horses, unless $ be well aspected. If $ be
weak, and the nativity denote it, he takes to drinking,
gaming, or loose conduct.
—
The D 6 Q. It causes fevers and affections to the eyes,
and, if the D be hyleg, it may cause death much trouble ;

of mind, many mutations in his affairs and expectations,

and reverses. In many cases it denotes marriage to mer- ;

chants, good trade, yet some slur on their credit. It causes

generally some great change in the life and affairs of the
native ;if O be strong and fortunate, beneficial if other- ;

wise, the reverse.

The D ^c, /\, Q. —Profitable and honorable friends, es-
pecially among females of he becomes popular,
rank ;

receives some office or employment journeys or voyages

;

beyond sea, especially if it fall in the 9th house and in a

watery sign ; much gain thereby. The native should exert
himself under this influence to rise in life. He is strongly
inclined to marry, and if prosperous if mar-
he do, it is ;

ried, he may expect a child, unless O be afflicted. To

merchants it brings prosperous trade.
The D, <? —
O- Extreme danger and affliction of body
,

and mind. It converts the love of some female to hatred.

It causes injury by popular tumults, and the dissembling
friendship of some man of rank, by which the native suf-
fers. If the aspect fall near nebulous stars, there is
danger of hurts or disease to the eyes. It produces fevers,
coughs, colics, and fluxes, according to the nature of the
sign and house the significator and promittor are in. To
a farmer, an ill landlord, who wrongs him to a poor man, ;
 THE NATURES OF THE PLANETS. 241

danger of prison. It brings contentions and quarrels, and

oppressions from men in power and is an ill time to spec- ;

ulate. It generally endures live or six months.

The D 6 *, /\, ? ,
. —
A pleasant and happy period. The
native inclines to be merry and jocund, fond of entertain-
ment, and addicted to pleasure, which will be legitimate or
otherwise as 9 is well or ill aspected. He receives gifts
and favors from females is inclined to love-making and ;

marriage, and free from all care. To the married it de-

notes children, chiefly females, and also the marriage and
settlement of children to merchants, good success, to
;

farmers, profit by ? matters, small cattle, and poultry;

generally happy marriage, obedient children, domestic fe-
licity, and prosperity by means of females.

The D D <? ? , ,
. —
Much trouble by wandering affections
and illicit amours, scandal and infamy in consequence ;

many crosses and controversies through women waste of ;

estate by improvidence and intemperance. If the native

marry under these directions, it is unhappy, and to one
whom he loves not, and who will not be obedient and
affectionate. It produces 9 diseases and, in children, if ;

2 be in a watery sign and afflicted, measles, and small-pox ;

in women, diseases of the matrix.

The D 6 $ —
This direction brings journeys or voy-
.

ages the latter if 9 be in Z5

;
It engages him in causes .

and controversies sometimes brings him much active ;

business he is very energetic, and given to study, writing,

;

and public speaking to a merchant, much business and;

journeys; to a factor, many accounts.*

The D >|c, /\, $. —Good speed and success to the na-
employments. He is inclined to read, write, and
tive in his
pursue accounts and mathematical studies. It gives a de-
• All depends on how 5 is aspected ; as, if afflicted, he gives trouble hy fraud, theft,

etc.; also sickness and accidents, according to the sign.

16
242 ASTKOLOGY.

light inmusic or mechanical devices, a propensity to travel

and make changes in his abode. He has the friendshij) of
some lady of rank, or receives an employment, literary, or as
a messenger, traveller, or ambassador. He has pleasure in
his children, may have a child born, or married, and appren-
ticed. He succeeds in law, or with young peojjle.
The J) , <9 $ ,
. —
An averseness to study is felt. He is

frowned on by the vulgar, suffers by popular tumult, cpies-

tioned for some fraud or forgery, imprisoned, banished,

or sentenced to death, according as $ is aspected at birth ;

many scandals, libels, false charges, and swindling and

fraudulent attempts by cunning attorneys against the na-
tive injuries by law and lawyers, thefts.
;
He is annoyed
by his children, who are unfortunate and impudent and ;

by young persons generally. He may lose a child. There

is sometimes danger of delirium and madness.

The © to his own S >fc or ^z produces peace, felicity,

profit, and renown, the $z chiefly but it should fall in a ;

good house to his own parallel, preferment.

;

The © to his own S a or Abundance of sorrow and .

—
misery, and many maladies, according to the sign the O is
m, and in which the aspect falls. The produces a de-
sire tobe dissolved, that he may be at rest.
The D to her S :% or >fc —
Changes in life, journeys, and
.

the friendship of females and benefits by them to her own ;

parallel, changes.
The D to her own S or Troubles, losses, changes, .
—
and the enmity of women and the populace.

THE PAET OF FOKTUNE.

The © 6 , <? ,
i? .
— Consumption of estate by theft,
gaming, and saturnine persons ; sometimes almost imper-
ceptibly.
 THE NATURES OF THE PLANETS. 243

The © >fc,Increase of property by aged per-

/\, >> . —
sons and legacies, and^ by buildings, agriculture, sea affairs,
and cattle.
The © 6 , sfc , /\, % .
— Gifts, rewards, patronage, jovial
persons, success in business and office.

The © § % , ,
• —Losses by gentlemen or churchmen,
and lawsuits some ; falling off in trade or income, disap-
pointment in receiving money.
The © %, /\, $ Wealth by martial persons, or by buy-
. —
ing arms and horses, also by traffic in small cattle, and by
going to sea.
The © , 8 , $ .—Loss by thieving servants, or robbery
of thieves or soldiers, or firing of houses, or by idle courses,
quarrels and lawsuits.
The © 6 O Honorable disbursements . —
the native ;

more liberal than formerly waste of estate and prodigality. ;

The © *, /\ ©. Profit and advantage by persons of —

rank many friends above his own rank in life profit but
; ;

expenditure not much saving.;

—
The© D 8 ©• Damage by lawsuits, waste of property, *
by the envy of great persons, false and scandalous accusa-
tions and loss of office.
The © 6 /\ 9
,
Great gifts and benefits from ladies
^ ,
.
—
of rank ; freedom of expenditure on ornaments and attire ;

merchants gain rapidly.

The © D <? $ Expenses by women, love-making, and
. —
jealousies much consumption of property by extravagance
;

and folly.
The © 6 , by bargains, contracts, ac-
>fc, /\ $. —Gain
counts, learning, the law by degrees at the univer- ; also
sity, by inventions and writings, and by his own exertions

and industry also profit by some inheritance, or by jour-

;

neys or sea-voyages.
The © D 8 , 5 • —The native is cheated in accounts, or
244 ASTROLOGY.

by lawyers, literary men, or youths. He loses by ingenious

conceptions and false witnesses. His credit is questioned,
and lie may act foolishly, and be sued at law, or lose by his
children.
The © 6 , ^c, —
A, J). Friendship and gain by females ;

much action for and with the common people, by whom

the native profits. He may undertake long journeys or
voyages, and he will have full employment.
The © D , (? , D .
—Losses by bargains and contracts, by
trade with the lower classes by sea-voyages or sailors
; ;

hatred and loss by some respectable female many lawsuits ;

and heavy debts.

Directions to # have effect similar to $ and k combined;
but events occur suddenly or in a manner quite unexpected.
The or 5 to | causes deaths of relations and strange
conduct, much trouble by the press and public bodies ; his
>k or /\ unlooked-for benefits. The hyleg afflicted by di-
rection to $ gives sudden dangers and extraordinary acci-
dents.

Final Observation. —Let the student bear in mind that

the primary direction usually shows the general nature of
the event, and the secondary direction its especial character,
according as the planet is situated in any angle or house
of the radical figure. And the effects on the health will be
ascertained by attention to the "table of diseases signi-
fied BY THE PLANETS IN THE DIFFERENT SIGNS OF THE ZODIAC."
The reader should understand that, when a direction
threatens sickness, the planet importing it will cause such
diseases as are herein mentioned, according to the sign he
is in.
 XXVII.

THE SIGNS OF THE ZODIAC RULING THE TWELVE

MONTHS.

AQTJAEIUS (£?).

The temperaments, and functions of persons born

likes,

in January are aerial, termed the negative pole of the Air

Triplicity, giving the strong sensitiveness to the brainand
bod}^. They are naturally endowed with great possibilities,
which takes them to extreme heights of usefulness in what-
ever direction their mind becomes trained. They are peo-
ple of strong impulse, and changeable in their desires, and
with difficulty they keep their balance. Their minds are
active in the direction of public good, and have a great
deal of the psychic power over people and place, and can
adapt themselves very quickly to the public. They are nat-
urally endowed with considerable discrimination, and their
mental quickness makes them very apt in any study, trade,
or profession they may follow natural good traders and
;

buyers. They have the adaptability to study the character

and tastes of the parties they have business with, and are
truthful to their duties in whatever sphere of service they
are placed. They are and retain their
affable, agreeable,
dignity on all occasions ; and can be
love the beautiful,
brought to a phenomenal use by encouragement and train-
ing have much pride of personal and general appearance,
;

and value public opinion. They are supporters of opera,

parades, fairs, and places of popular resort never at loss in
;

an assembly, or become bewildered in a crowd fortunate in;

receiving handsome gifts, delighted with the presentation

of the same, but soon forgetting its valuation and place.
246 ASTROLOGY.

They are inquisitive, fully on the inquiry of purchase, price,

and value of things, and at times on the most simplest mat-
ters they become the most anxious, but if they would waken
up their own intellectual and thinking faculties, all would
become clear. In temperament they are active, nervous,
and of low circulation suffer from rheumatic affliction in
;

the lower limbs, and a variety of ailments, but not of a seri-

ous nature. It necessitates that their vital heat should be
kept in good circulation through body and brain, and it is
necessary that they should be surrounded with pleasant
things and people of a kind and patient nature. If left too
long to themselves they would be apt to become thoughtful,
gloomy, and despondent, which would weaken the body and
hasten death. They are people of a fine, striking, and dig-
nified appearance, and are more powerful from their phys-
ical build and makeup than from their love and innate
environment, and by their attractiveness gain favors and
attention. Their favorable months are April, May, and
August.

PISCES (X).

The disposition of February people under good transit

shows a fondness for travel, more in the research for
knowledge than pleasure have a good flow of language
; ;

fond of the beautiful take an interest in art are good

; ;

buyers and sellers, cute in criticising statuary, bric-a-brac,

and artist work. They are clever in packing either large or
small quantities could deal in leather, and meet with suc-
;

cess in the shoe business make good saddlers fine uphol-

; ;

sterers in leather and tapestries. They put themselves to

great inconvenience to acquire knowledge are indepen-
;

dent, and, at times, over-anxious as to the future, fearing

theymay have to lean on or apply to others for support.
Though they have a good storehouse of knowledge, they
 THE ZODIAC RULING THE TWELVE MONTHS. 247

are reluctant in bringing it forth, and by hesitating lose

their opportunity, and therefore it would be wise for them

to be in partnership, for one would help the other. They
have sympathetic and strong instincts to help others, both in
sickness and distress have religious tendencies, and often
;

wish they could do more for suffering humanity have ;

fondness for home, music, reading gain public favor, but

;

not anxious to hold public position whatever they embark

;

in they become attached to, and exercise all their powers to

make it a success. They are usually strict and overwatchful
in their family affairs, and if aught goes wrong are deeply
grieved, fearing they may have neglected part of their
duty. Though liberal, they are careful and watchful of
their outlay. hard to take them from their customs,
It is
habits, and They are ardent and sincere in their
beliefs.

love nature faithful to their marriage vows, and lovable

;

as parents. The diseases to which they are liable are bil-

iousness, severe headache, earache, and pain and trouble to
their feet. With simple diet, fair amount of recreation,
their mind detracted from themselves, hope cultivated, but
littlemedicine, and fair amount of sleep, they can reach
great age. Their favorable months are May and June.

ARIES (T).

The temperament of March people, through being under

a movable and fiery sign, makes them great thinkers, lead-
ers, and rulers, who are determined to accomplish and suc-

ceed in what they undertake great speakers controllers,

; ;

and having a keen understanding as to how things should

be carried through, they keep harmony, and guard off con-
fusion. They have a strong perception of right and wrong,
and at times are severe, but not unjust have their own ;

way of doing things, and with great difficulty they can

248 ASTROLOGY.

work by plan or system can accomplish much if left to

;

their own methods.

In likes, they prefer the useful to the
ornamental they are fond of the home circle, but, at the
;

same time, prefer outside pleasure and labor. It is hard

for them to submit to others habits, likes, or dislikes, and
should be allowed to follow their own habits and customs ;

they would then succeed better in their undertakings. An

excess of excitement should be guarded against, as they are
liable to headaches, sick stomach, and digestive troubles.
Sedative medicine and rest will relieve quickly. Ice should
be avoided in its use for either inward or outward applica-
tion. Hot-water towels and steam-heat will soon relieve
pain and a little peppermint or salt added to the water
;

helps. Their tendencies, through nervousness, are to be-

come over-anxious, whimsical, capricious, and impetuous.
They are neat and orderly, not wasteful have good taste;

and judgment, but often destroy some of their best talents

through jealousy and anger, and do not easily forgive those
who have wronged them. Harmony is essential for their
health and happiness, for they have not an overabundance
of patience and physical endurance. Their favorable
months are June and July.

taueus ( b ).

The nature of April people, being born under a fixed,

nocturnal, feminine, earthy sign, shows them to have fine
intuitions in all that pertains to life, and are very zealous
and sanguine in every cause they espouse. They adapt
themselves readily to the customs of people, or place ;

good leaders through their ability to command have great ;

physical endurance are inclined to be studious

; imita- ;

tors rather than originators, and would rather take up

inventions than invent. They have active brains, and are
 THE ZODIAC RULING THE TWELVE MONTHS. 249

apt to be hard students, and make superior educational

attainments. They are seldom misled, having good control
over their feelings and passions, but strongly moved when
their sympathies are drawn out. In planning for business,
marriage, and journeys, it would be well for them to draw
their own map, and bring their own mind -influence on the
subject before making any decision, for they will find by
following their own plans it will be better than listening
to the advice of others. They are liable to suffer with the
neck and throat, stomach weakness, and heart trouble.
Racing, or rapid walking, should be avoided, also opiates.
Their favorable months are May and July.

gemini (n).

The disposition and temperament of persons born in May

under an airy, positive, masculine sign, are of an active,
restless, and excitable nature. It is difficult for them to
understand themselves, either in their wishes, wants, or
requirements, also for their friends to know their meaning
or intentions, as they are apt to act very suddenly. This
uncertainty causes an anxiety which ishard to overcome.
They are very affectionate, courteous, and kind have a ;

strong liking for their family ancestry. They have respect

for religion, for it brings them thought and rest, and it is
of some importance to their happiness have great respect
;

for advice and opinions of friends, as it helps them to move

readily, decide, and carry out their plans. They lack con-
tinuity are vivacious liable to be inconstant, and through
; ;

their exceedingly sensitive, physical, and mental condition,

they are liable to nervous disturbances, and are in danger
of extremes in everything they do. They love knowledge
and are successful speakers and lecturers fond of arts;

and sciences clever musicians, having great executive

;
 —

250 ASTROLOGY.

ability through their arms and hands, as Mercury, the ruler

of the brain, givesthem extra force and strength in those
members to convey thought and language in music. They
are good composers, fine makers of all string instruments,
cabinet-makers and designers; subject to ailments, but
no stationary disease of any importance should guard
;

off excesses, or they may bring on nervous prostration,

which would be weakening to brain and body. They carry
a good average of life, and should reach well on to their
seventy-seventh year. Their favorable months are April
and August.
CANCER (25).

Persons born in June are governed by a cardinal, femi-

nine, movable, watery sign. They belong to the maternal
functions, and take great pleasure in their domestic life
home and family, and all belonging thereto. Being such
ardent lovers of home developments, they give very little at-

tention to mental or spiritual development. They have fine

executive ability in arranging their domestic affairs, and are
devoted to their children, and they are apt, through their
sympathetic nature, to overdo, and by that means weaken
themselves. They are extremely cautious in their outlays ;

deep thinkers before purchasing, and, once forming their

plans, cannot be persuaded or talked out of them are not ;

so stubborn ^s persistent to carry out their own ideas and

beliefs have a tendency to rule, but not to severely gov-
;

ern, and would rather be leaders, as they have quick per-

ception and personal management. They wholly approve
of new things, bringing out new principles, scientific dis-
coveries, putting both their time and money to their ad-
vancement, and are frequently found among the prime
movers in great enterprises are capable of taking up
;

and carrying through great responsibilities, for they are

>
 '

THE ZODIAC RULING THE TWELVE MONTHS. 251

remarkably acute in their perceptions and ideas. Their

ailments are inflammatory troubles, skin disease, humors
in the breast, and gastric weakness, which often lead to in-
digestion, ending in spells of biliousness. Their favorable
months are February and September.

leo (ft).

Persons born in July are under a changeable, fiery,

northern sign, showing them to be naturally active, ener-
getic, aspiring, and independent thinkers, and possess a
great variety of inclinations and desires. They have strong
reciprocal natures, and are greatly by the mental
affected
and physical conditions of their surroundings, and to those
to whom they are intimately related. Then- intuitions
should be followed, for they usually manifest superior power
in whatever direction their minds lead them. They have
fine, orderly minds, and are usually very handy in accom-
plishing anything undertaken. Their nature is closely
allied to the laws of creation, and are not small or sel-

fish,but take all things in common, having strong hope-

natures and studious mind-force. It would be well to
avoid excesses in exercise in gymnasiums and athletic
games, for it is apt to bring on genital and heart trouble.
They should choose more the mental labor than muscular
work, or those kinds requiring more sprig7 .ainess than
strength, more mind than muscle. Their favorable months
are January and October.

VIRGO (TTg).

August people are under an earthy, feminine, nocturnal,

common sign. They are natural philosophers, and pos-
sessed of more accurate intellectual powers than those of
 ;

ASTROLOGY.

the other months. They are natural students of the laws

of health —anatomy, chemistry, and physiology
have great ;

endurance and aptitude in the acquisition of an education ;

are keen- sighted and discriminating, taking in much at a

glance. Are artistic, lovers of music, and discord or in-
harmony affects them their harmony and combination of
;

colors are excellent. They have an exceedingly strong love

nature, and great power of self-control have great rallying ;

power, and it is hard to keep them down to a low grade

or condition. These persons are capable of making great
attainments in whatever line they undertake. Their sense
of feeling or touch is very accurate, and by practice they
quickly acquire rare gifts. They are apt to be originators,
and take great interest in new inventions, new theories, and
other scientific matters, and education in general. Through
having will-force and vital energies they are disposed to
control, lead, and govern are naturally self-protecting
;

strongly constituted quick to perceive and do

;
agile ; ;

light-motioned limber-jointed, always in motion talk too

; ;

rapidly to be emphatic have no lazy bones in their bodies

; ;

are natural scholars quick to learn and understand

;

remarkably smart and knowing wide-awake, eager, and

;

uncommonly quick to think and feel sprightly in conver- ;

sation versatile in talent

; flexible ;suggestive abound-
; ;

ing in ideas, and apt at most things. They do much to

promote human happiness have strong social faculties
;
;

love life both for its own sake and to bless family have a ;

dread and dislike to change their mode of habits and ex-

istence ; have a great deal of earnestness for the comfort of
their domestic surroundings, and in the care of animals.
Their social faculties give them great command over busi-
ness, but caring more for family and domestic affairs than
worldly pleasures. It is with reluctance that they seek
pleasure outside of their own home, and would rather enter-
 THE ZODIAC RULING THE TWELVE MONTHS. 253

tain than be entertained. They love to travel, yet are too

fond of home to stay away long at a time ; may be cosmopol-
itan in early life, and see much but later settle
of the world,
down. They are not excessive either in eating or drinking,
and enjoy food at home better than elsewhere. Invitations
to feast, food, and wine cater very little to their pleasure.
They are subject to but few ailments, and they arise mostly
through anxiety of the mind, or over-fatigue through study,
or following too closely the routine of business. Sleep and
rest at that time would be more important to them than
physic. Their favorable months are February and No-
vember.
LIBKA (===).

September people are under an airy, movable, equinoc-

tial, masculine sign. In taking a general survey and clas-

sification of Libra, I find a good balance of physical and
mental force strong susceptibilities of love for a conge-
;

nial spirit, and much strength and cor-

of purity, intensity,
diality ; they have many warm and admirers, and
friends
are powerfully influenced by the love elements, and will
keep the marriage relations inviolate, and regard unfaith-
fulness as the greatest of sins ; will defend the object of
and resent powerfully any indignity
love with great spirit,
offered them. They manifest the most clinging fondness
and utmost devotion, aad are made or unmade for life by
the state of the affections ; are not too fastidious in estab-
lishing a warm, cordial intimacy or friendship, either with
masculine or feminine, either in the management or ex-
change of business, as they look more to the mental and
personal qualities than to their money, for if a person ad-
dressed them that was ill-spoken or badly clad, or seemed
at all vulgar, they would soon feel the fire of resentment
and passion, even though they had an abundance of wealth.
 ;

254 ASTROLOGY.

They become strongly attached to those who are highly

moral and intellectual. They love their own children de-
votedly value them above all price
;
cheerfully endure ;

toil and watching for their sake ; forbear with their faults,
and cheerfully sacrifice to promote their happiness. They
have many friends and few enemies fondness for social ;

cheer and friendly converse strong reasoners, and can give

;

good advice and lay excellent plans for them

to friends,
are benevolent and hospitable, and delight to entertain or
be entertained ; love philosophical conversation, literary
societies, scientific books, and all works relating to mystical
subjects. Their complaints are heart-burn, pains in the
stomach, belching of wind, dull, heavy, or painful sensation
in the head, and of a dyspeptic temperament should not ;

drink too freely of ice-water, and are not particularly ben-

efited by its external application, farther thanis necessary

for cleanliness. Their favorable months are August and

December.
scoepio (fll).

Persons born in October are under a fixed, nocturnal,

southern, mute sign. They have a great deal of magnetic
heat in their system have strong appetites, passions, and
;

of a jealous nature, and when angry a very high temper ;

are quite conservative, conventional, and apt to be preten-

tious. They love, and even venerate, great book knowl-
edge, and have great respect for those in high positions of
life seek government positions desire to superintend,
; ;

and act as overseers, for which they are well adapted are ;

industrious, economical acquire property for domestic

;

purposes are saving in the family, yet spending too

;

freely upon friends. Their activity is greater than their

power, and are liable to overdo and take on too much
work in order to save so much, as often to incur illness,
 THE ZODIAC KULING THE TWELVE MONTHS. 255

and thus lose more than

gain. They have large intel-
lectual organs, love to accumulate books and whatever
facilitates intellectual progress are unfathomable, even
;

by acknowledged friends, and yet have a good moral

basis ; are deceptive, tricky, and instinctively employ many
stratagems calculated to cover up their real motives.
They evade and are equivocal, and though
direct questions,
honest in purpose, yet resort to many little cunning
devices, and express ideas so guardedly as to lack dis-
tinctiveness and directness, and hence often misunder-
stood. They take many ways to secure notoriety they ;

form few friendships, and these only after years of acquaint-

ance, nor evince half the attachment felt are distant in ;

society, and communicate even with friends only on rare

occasions, and divulge very few plans or business matters
to acquaintances or friends; maintain a good share of
self-governme'nt, except when under excitement, and then
let the whole mind out fully have active temperaments
;

though generally able to control resentment, yet, when

once provoked, show the full extent of their anger.
Their complaints would be through sensitiveness, organic
troubles, and disordered nerves, often causing headaches ;

should cheer up, never despond, count favorably, look for

favorable chances, keep up a lively, buoyant state of mind,
and hope on, trusting to the future. Their favorable
months are January and July.

SAGITTABIUS ( f ).

People born in November are under the negative pole of

the Fire Triplicity ; it is a maculine, diurnal, eastern sign.
It shows them to be enterprising, progressive, far-seeing,
quick, and active in an emergency. They have a full share
of high, pure, and spiritual feeling are led and governed ;
 ;

256 ASTROLOGY.

by a species of prophetic guiding ; feel by intuition what is

right and best ; are forewarned of danger, and led by

spiritualmonition into the right way feel internally what ;

is true and false, right and wrong, best and not best

have many premonitions of interior warnings and guidings.

They rarely make mistakes when they follow their own in-
spirations, and can give and take adviceof others. They
perfectly abhor the coarse, low, sensual, and animal action
of the propensities follow after the beautiful and perfect
;

in nature and art have strong propensities, and manifest

;

them in a proper manner. They love to make are able ;

and disposed to mend, fix up, manufacture, and employ ma-

chinery show mechanical skill and dexterity in whatever
;

is done with the hands are perceptive and inventive can

; ;

copy the improvements of others, and supply defects by

original inventions, as well as improve on the mechanical
contrivances of others are clever in the use of tools, and
;

in manual operations of every kind have good mental ;

and constructive temperament are good writers, with ;

cutting nourishes. They are generous and unselfish kind ;

to others, the sick included ; interest themselves in their

wants and woes, as well as their relief cultivate general ;

philanthropy, and practise goodness in sentiment and con-

duct indulge benevolence in all the little affairs of life, in
;

every book and action like to associate with persons of

;

wit, ingenuity, and refinement visit galleries of art and

;

mechanism, scenes of beauty and perfection read poetry ;

and other works of polished and refined writers. They

allow no selfish faculties to infringe on others, and do
much for the happiness of man or brute. They make
good veterinary surgeons handling cattle, poultry, pig-
;

eons, dogs are favored in keeping hotels, race-courses

; ;

and interested in sports and games fortunate in travel- ;

ling, on land or water. They have good constitutions,

 -

THE ZODIAC RULING THE TWELVE MONTHS. 257

inclined to stoutness ; their ailments are indigestion,

brought on by excessive eating, or consuming their food
too rapidly should be discreet in indulging the appetite,
;

in order to assist digestion, and should avoid dainties;

and do not do as wine connoisseurs do that is, in tasting —
wines or delicacies, but direct the attention more to solid,
well-cooked food and soups. Their favorable months are
February and June.

CAPKIC0KNTJS (Kj).

The persons born in December are under an earthy,

feminine, nocturnal, southern sign. They have good moral
and intellectual organs, possess talent and moral worth,
and yet are easy overcome by opposition and difficulties,
and deeply feel rebuke. They bear their own burden and
seldom ran to others for protection and should not be re-;

strained but encouraged. They defend the interests of

friends more than themselves stand for the right and
;

oppose the wrong most spiritedly. Through disordered

nerves thay have a tendency to be irritable, fretful, and
fault-finding. In dress they have good taste and personal
neatness, having a style of their own ; very fastidious in
the ornamental, preferring the quality to the quantity in
jewelry ; are disturbed by spots and wrinkles, and apt to
discard things that are almost perfect, because not quite
so. They appreciate and enjoy beauty and perfection wher-
ever found, especially in nature but are rather awkward and
;

deficient in taste and elegance, and at times lack graceful-

ness and polish in manners have good harmony and per-
;

fection of character, with strong propensities, and some-

times evince them in rather an abrupt and harsh manner,
not always conveying the correct idea at the proper time.
They are by no means conservative in religion, but place.
17
258 ASTROLOGY.

religion mainly in doing good ; have great regard for

duty, often asking themselves what is right and wrong,

adhere closely to the former, never allowing conscience

to bear them down, their motto being " Do just as nearly
:

right as you know how in everything." Their diseases arise

from excessive mental and physical labor, bringing on
fevers, nervous prostration, rheumatism, and injuries to
the knees, and troubles to the ear and headaches. Later
in years will be liable to inflammation of the stomach.
They can be helped by doctors, and would themselves make
good physicians. Their favorable months are March and
November.
 .. —

• XXVIII.

THE MOON IN THE HUMAN BODY AS SHE PASSES

THROUGH THE TWELVE SIGNS OF THE ZODIAC.
Space. Space.
¥ Artes. Degrees. ^ Libra. Degrees.
Head and eyes to 30 Loins and kidneys... 180 to 210
a Taurus. ttj, Scorpio.
Neck and throat 30 60 Kidneys and bladder . 210 240
n Gemini. $ Sagittarius.
Arms and shoulders. 60 90 Hips and thighs 240 270
£B Cancer. V3 Capricornus.
Breast and stomach. 90 120 Knees and loins 270 300
Q Leo. £? Aquarius.
Heart and back 120 150 Legs and ankles 300 330
M Virgo. "H Pisces.
Abdominal organs ... 150 180 Feet and thighs 330 360

As the Moon passes through the twelve signs it shows

that in all operations, not only themonth of birth should
be considered, but also the month of conception, to give
safety and good results both to doctor and patient. Peo-
— —
ple born in March Aries head and eyes succedent house —
— the month of conception would be June Cancer breast — —
—
and stomach also a succedent house. Those in April
— —
Taurus neck and throat succedent house the month of —
—
conception would be July Leo heart and back also a — —
—
succedent house. In May Gremini arms and shoulders —
—
cadent house the month of conception would be August
— — —
Virgo abdominal organs cadent house. June Can- —
— — —
cer breast and stomach an angle the month of concep-
— —
tion would be September Libra loins and kidneys also —
— —
an angle house. July Leo heart and back succedent —
—
house the month of conception, October Scorpio kid- — —
—
neys and bladder a succedent house. August Virgo —
—
abdominal organs cadent house the month of concep- —
tion, November — —
Sagittarius hips and thighs a cadent —
house. September —-Libra—loins and stomach an angle —
— the month of conception, December Capricornus knees — —
260 ASTROLOGY.

—
and loins an angle house. —
October Scorpio kidneys —
— —
and bladder a succedent house the month of conception,
— —
January Aquarius legs and ankles succedent house. —
— —
November Sagittarius hips and thighs a cadent house —
— the month of conception, February Pisces feet and— —
—
thighs cadent house. —
December Capricornus knees —
— —
and loins an angle house the month of conception, March
— — —
Aries head and eyes angle house. January Acpaarius —
— legs and ankles —
a succedent house —
the month of con-
ception, April — —
Taurus neck and throat a succedent —
— —
house. February Pisces feet and thighs — a cadent house
— —
the month of conception, May Gemini arms and shoul- —
ders — a cadent house.
Succedent House.

h S3

«.«!

3:
IX ^
:/"

Succedent H oiise.

Aries, first house — ascendant, or angle.

 — — — —

XXIX.

COUNTRIES RULED BY THE TWELVE SIGNS.

ABIES.

Countries. — England, Germany, Denmark, Lesser Poland,

Palestine, Syria, Naples. Towns : Florence, Verona, Padua,
Marseilles, Burgundy, Saragossa, Bergamo.

TAURUS.

Countries. —Ireland, Persia, Great Poland, Asia Minor,

the Archipelago, and the southern parts of Russia.
Towns: Dublin, Mantua, Leipsic, Parma, Franconia, Lor-
raine also the islands of Cyprus and Samos, and the port
;

and vicinity of Navarino.

GEMINI.

Countries. —North America, Lower Egypt, Lombardy,

Sardinia, Brabant, Belgium, west of England. Towns:
London, Versailles, Mentz, Bruges, Louvaine, Cordova,
New York, and Nuremberg.

CANCER.

Countries. —Holland, Scotland, Zealand, Georgia, and

all Africa. Towns : Constantinople, Tunis, Algiers, Am-
sterdam, Cadiz, Venice, Genoa, York, St. Andrews, Man-
chester, New York, Bern, Lubeck, Milan, and Vicenza.

LEO.

Countries. —France, Italy, Bohemia, Sicily, Rome.

Towns: Rome, Bath, Bristol, Taunton, Cremona, Prague,
 —— —— ;

262 ASTROLOGY.

Apulia, Ravenna, and Philadelphia ; also the Alps and the

ancient Chaldea as far as Bussorah.

Countries. —Turkey in Europe and Asia, Switzerland,

Mesopotamia, or Diarbed; all the country between the
Tigris and the Euphrates, the land of the Turcomans, etc.,
and the West Indies. Towns : Paris, Lyons, Toulouse, St.
Etienne, Basil, Heidelberg, Reading also Jerusalem,
;

Candia, Lower Silesia, Croatia, or Liburnia, Babylon or

Bagdad, Thessaly, Corinth, and the Morea. Also the
trade and government of Livei-pool, which are ruled espe-
cially by the ninth degree.

LIBRA.

Countries. — China, Japan, parts of India near them

Austria, Usbeck in Persia, toward India ; Upper Egypt,
Livonia, the vicinity of the Caspian Sea. : Towns
Lisbon,
Vienna, Antwerp, Frankfort, Spires, Fribourg, Charlestown
in America, and its vicinity.

SCORPIO.

Countries. —Barbary, Morocco, Norway, Valentia, Cata-

lonia, Bavaria,and the ancient Cappadocia. Towns Frank- :

fort on the Oder, Messina, Ghent, Liverpool, which is

especially ruled by the nineteenth degree.

SAGITTARY.

Countries. —
Arabia Felix, Spain, Hungary, parts of
France near Cape Finisterre, Dalmatia, Istria, Tuscany,
Moravia, Sclavonia. Towns: Cologne, Buda, Avignon,
Narbonne, Toledo.
 —— —

COUNTRIES RULED BY THE TWELVE SIGNS. 263

,
CAPKICOKN.

Countries. —
India, Greece, parts of Persia about Circan,
Macran, and Chorassan ; Lithuania, Saxony, Albania, Bul-
garia, Styria, Mexico, and parts about the Isthmus of
Darien, Santa Martha, Popayan, Pasta, etc. Towns : Meck-
lenburg, Hesse, Oxford and also the Orkney Islands.
;

AQUARIUS.

Countries. —Arabia the stony, Russia, Tartary, Prussia,

parts of Poland, Lithuania, and Muscovy, Lower Sweden,
Westphalia. Towns : Hamburg, Bremen, Piedmont also ;

Afghanistan, and other parts of Asia bordering on Persia ;

and this sign has rule over the affairs of state in England,
especially the thirteenth degree.

PISCES.

Countries. —Portugal, Calabria, Normandy, Galicia in

Spain, Cilicia. Towns : Alexandria, Ratisbon, Worms,
Seville, Compostella, Tiverton.
 . .

XXX.

THE SEVENTH HOUSE AND ITS QUESTIONS.

APHOEISMS AND CONSIDERATIONS FOR THE BETTER JUDGING ANY

HORARY QUESTIONS, ESPECIALLY THOSE OF THE SEVENTH HOUSE.

1. See that the question be radical and fit to be judged.

2. Be not confident of the judgment if either the first or
last degrees of a sign ascend. If few degrees ascend, the
matter is not yet ripe for judgment if the latter degrees, ;

the matter of the question is elapsed, or the querent has

been tampering with other artists, or despairs of success.
Meddle not with it at that time.
3. If *> $ or y be in the 10th house unfortunate, it
, ,

will end in the discredit of the artist.

4. Judge not upon every trivial motion or light question,

or when the querent has not wit to know what he would

demand.
5. Observe well the strength and condition of D for it ;

is far better that the lord of the ascendant be unfortunate

than the J)
6. The evil planets show tardiness and difficulty in every

question, unless J) and they receive each other in the sig-

nification.
7. The benefics, % and 9 never import evil but when
,

ruling evil houses ; and if they be significators without re-

ception, even then they put forward the matter.
8. If D be void of course, there is no great hope of the
question, unless she be in t or )£ ^ , b , >

9. Observe from what planet D last separated for it ;

will show what has already happened if from a fortune, ;

 THE SEVENTH HOUSE AND ITS QUESTIONS. 265

good ; but from a malefic, evil ; according to the nature of

the house the planef rules and is in.

10. The application

D shows the present condition of
of
the matter, and what may be
expected. If D apply to a
planet in his fall, it denotes trouble and delays.
11. If evil planets promise good, it will be imperfect or
less than is expected, and come with much effort and if ;

they foreshow be greater than may be feared.

evil, it will

12. If malefics threaten evil, observe whether ©, 2/, or

9 cast any good aspect to them, for then the evil will be
mitigated.
13. If the fortunes promise good, but are weak, or be-
hold not the ascendant, they perform but little without

reception.
14. A planet peregrine, viz., having no essential dignities
at all, is very malicious.
15. Confide not too much in a fortune, unless he be in
his essential dignities.
16. In a figure where both fortunes and infortunes are
equally weak and ill-placed, venture not a judgment, but
defer the party for another time.
17. In all questions where the significator of the thing is
combust, or in <? to ©, he can bring nothing to perfection.
18. If one infortune be joined to another, the good they
promise will come to nothing but the evil they threaten;

will be more violent.

19. The lord of the ascendant out of his dignities, cadent,
shows the querent out of all hopes in the business.
20. A planet under the beams of © (viz., within 12 de-
grees) has no fortitude ; if within sixteen minutes of ©, he
is in cazimi or heart of ©, and then he is very strong.
be oriental, and
21. If the dispositor of the significator
he either ^ % or ^ the matter is sooner performed but
, , , ;

if 9 or $ later the reverse, if they be occidental.

, ;
266 ASTROLOGY.

22. If the significator of the thing desired be in & fixed

and that the thing shall continue,
sign, it denotes stability,
whether it be begun or is to be begun if he be in com- ;

mon signs, it shows the probability of the matter, but not

its conclusion and if in movable signs, a sudden resolu-
;

tion or concluding the matter one way or other. Hence

we begin the foundations of buildings when the signif-
icators are fixed ; short journeys when movable but things ;

wherein a mediocrity is desirable, when they are in mov-

able signs.
23. The 3) or lord of the ascendant, with £5, brings
damage, according to the house they are in. The Q, is in
like manner beneficial.
24. If in any question you find 3 afflicted, there is sel-

dom any good comes of the matter.

25. If D or lord of the ascendant be in their fall, the
querent despairs of the matter, nor does he much care
whether it be performed or not.
26. Consider diligently the planet afflicting the signif-
icator of the thing demanded, and what house he is lord
of, and where placed from the nature of those houses re-
;

quire the cause obstructing.

27. The most powerful affliction to the D is when she is
combust, and if she applies to O it is the worst.
28. If an infortune aspect your significator, and they be
both peregrine or retrograde, you may judge that the mis-
chief threatened is almost inevitable.
29. Take especial notice whether any frustration or
prohibition be before the perfect aspect of the signifi-
cators the planet which frustrates hinders the thing de-
;

manded.
30. In all questions of gain, look well to © ; the querent
will get by persons or things connected with the house it
is in ; but if it be afflicted, he loses in the same way.
 THE SEVENTH HOUSE AND ITS QUESTIONS. 267

31. In questions of marriage, an evil planet in the 7th

shows ill agreement in the married state.

32. If the lord of the 8th be unfortunate in the 8th, the

querent will suffer by the death of some female ; or, con-
cerning debts due to him, by dead men.
33. In what house you find 2/ or 9 weU dignified, ex-

pect benefits by men or things signified by that house as ;

if by kindred in the 4th, by your father or

in the 3d, ;

lands in the 5th, by play, pleasure and so of the others.

; ;

And beware of slander or damage through that house where

W falls.
 XXXI.

THE TENTH HOUSE AND ITS QUESTIONS— PREFERMENT,

TRADE, OR PROFESSIONS.

The usual significators are for the querent ; and the 10th
house, its lord, and the 0, for the place, or preferment,
inquired after.

If the lord of the ascendant or J) be both joined by good

aspect to the O, or by 6 or good aspect to the lord of the
10th,and this planet behold the 10th, or be therein, the
querent shall gain the thing sought for, if he use proper
endeavors.
Or if none be joined to the lord of
of the significators
the 10th, yet if the lord of the ascendant or
J) be in the
10th, unafflicted, he shall gain it and also, if the lord of
;

the 10th be in the ascendant and very easily, if the two

;

lords be going to a good aspect.

The lord of the 10th joined to 2/ or 9 and in the as- ,

cendant, he gains the office easily if joined to \ or $

; ,

and either of them in the ascendant, but well dignified, it

will be gained, but with difficulty.
The lord of the 10th receiving D or the lord of the 1st,
,

denotes success. And if there be translation of light from

the lord of the ascendant to the lord of the 10th, it denotes
that it will be gained by means of such a person as the
planet translating the light describes.
If the lord of the ascendant apply to 6 of the lord of the
10th, and there happen no previous abscission by any other
planet before the 6 be complete, the querent will gain his
desire, but he must labor hard for it.
If any planet be in -)f or /\ to the lord of the 10th, or
 THE TENTH HOUSE AND ITS QUESTIONS. 269

the O , let the querent make application to such persons as

they describe ; for tlyey may greatly befriend the querent
by means of their influence.
If the promising planet in any case be in an angle, the
matter will be readily completed if in a succedent, but ;

slowly and if in a cadent, the affair goes backward at

;

times but may, at last, be performed, if the planet be

;

otherwise well dignified.

If an evil planet behold D or the ascendant by or <? ,

without reception mutual, he hinders the querent by means

of that person who is to solicit the cause for him.
The best sign of all is, when the two lords be joined to-
gether, and the J) separate fx'om the lord of the 10th, and
apply to the lord of the ascendant ; but if she apply to
either, it is good.
If the lord of the ascendant apply to good aspect of the
lord of the 4th, it denotes success but if the lord of the
;

4th be joined also to the lord of the 10th, the matter shall
be effected, but only after much delay and vexation.

WHETHER A PERSON SHALL REMAIN IN THE OFFICE HE HOLDS,

OR NOT?

Observe whether the lords of the 1st and 10th be in 6 ,

or any aspect and note whether the more ponderous

;

planet of the two be in any angle but the 4th if so, he ;

shall not be removed. But if the heavy planet be in the

4th, or approaching it from the 5th, he will leave his office.
Yet, if there be reception between the two lords, he shall
recover it again and if the reception be mutual, he re-
;

turns speedily, and with more honor than before.

You may judge the same if the lord of the ascendant be
joined to a planet in the 3d or 9th, or to their lords, and
 ,

270 ASTROLOGY.

after separation be joined to a planet in any angle, except

the 4th.
But if the two lords (of the 1st and 10th) separate from
each other, then he returns no more to his office, but loses
it entirely.

If the lord of the ascendant, or 10th, or the 3 , are dis-

posed of by any planet in an angle (except the 4th), and
that planet be slow in motion, he shall not be removed
until that planet be combust or retrograde, or leave the
sign he is in but much about that time he will be re-
;

moved, unless some powerful aspects intervene.

If the D be joined to the lord of the 10th, and he in the
10th, the officer or governor, shall not be removed.
If the lord of the ascendant, or J) be joined to the lord
,

of the 10th, and he more weighty than either of them, and

in the 10th, 11th, or 5th houses, free from impediment,
though he behold not the 10th, the officer shall be trans-
ferred to some other place or office but if he behold the
;

10th, he shall remain where he is.

If the D be joined to any planet not in his essential dig-
nities, though with reception (unless it be 2/ or ? by %
or /\J, the querent shall leave his employment, or office.
If either the lord of the 4th, or D be in the 4th, and T
,

5j =^=, or VJ, be on its cusp, he will leave it and this is

;

more certain if D be then joined to the lord of the 4th,

and he peregrine. The same may be feared if be in VS,
~j)

and afflicted, or if she be void of course, and tlie lord of the

ascendant be afflicted.
 XXXII.

THE NATURE AND EFFECTS OF THE FIXED STARS.

Of U —
Ascending The native born will be sober, grave,
•

and patient, and gain by gifts, church preferment, and leg-

acies. Culminating - Gives honor, glory, preferment ; also,
success in trade, or religious preferment.
Of >> . Ascending — The native is grave, thoughtful, and
solicitous about building, mines, and minerals ; full of care,
vexation, and melancholy subject to disgrace. Culminat-
;

ing —Shows strife, and vexation from aged men, loss of

character, troubles, imprisonment, and losses in trade, and

deceitful associates.
Of $ . —
Ascending Gives wealth and power, ingenuity,
and a noble mind courageous and generous. He rises to
;

authority, and is inclined to martial services, by which he

is elevated yet is subject to cuts and wounds some sore
; ;

on the face or pain of the head, and feveiish complaints.

—
Culminating The native will be successful in trade, and
chiefly with metals he shall hold some office of martial
;

eminence, according to his quality of birth.

Of $ . — Good fortune, inheritance, worldly
Ascending
happiness, and the love ofwomen or legacy prefer-
;
gifts,
ment. Culminating— Gives honor, and makes much by
dealing with women.
Of # Ascending— Gives eccentricity, and gain by learn-
.

ing. Culminating—Makes the native eminent in arts, sci-

ences, mechanism, curious inventions, and learning.
Of U and \ Ascending— Give legacies, inheritance,
.

also gain by jovial men, and an eternal name, but foolish

272 ASTROLOGY.

in love-matters, and the dupe of Venus. Culminating —

Show honor and preferment.
Of h and £ . Show loss by landed estates, the health
indisposed by cold temperament, the native poor, and will
have but few friends. If the star be of the first magnitude,
he may rise by usury and dishonest means. Culminating
—The native will bear a bad name, will rise by trade, and
fall again to disgrace and ruin.
Of \ and ? . —
Ascending The native will gain by in-
dustry and marriage, will be of good temper, healthy, and
live in estimation. (I believe the Virgin's Spike is of this

nature.) Culminating —If of the first magnitude, rises to

fame, by men of eminence, with health of body.
Of % and £ —
Ascending If of the first magnitude,
.

give martial preferment and honor. (Sirius is of this nat-

ure.) —
Culminating Prosperity in business, and partial
preferment.
—
Of S and Q. Ascending Give wantonness, sore eyes,
weak sight, liable to trouble, and loss by women. Culmin-
—
ating The native is often in disgrace, and sometimes
brought to imprisonment.
It is only when Stars of the first magnitude Ascend or
Culminate that any eminent be produced.
effects will
Again, when the K A. of the M.
48m. 56s.— Cor
C. is 2h.
Leo ascends the 6th Star and of the 2d magnitude, of the
nature of \ culminates, and one of the same nature sets.
,

So the good produced by Cor Leo is attended with other

troubles.
 XXXIII.

DESCEIPTION OF PERSONS — THEIR TEMPERAMENT, DIS-

POSITION, AND DISEASE UNDER THE TWELVE SIGNS
OF THE ZODIAC.

Aquarius. —A
middle stature, not tall robust, wejl set, ;

strong, plump, healthy make long face, delicate complex-

;

ion, fair and clear, rather pale sandy-colored hair, or dark

;

flaxen, and hazel eyes a very pure skin. Disposition : very

;

good, kind, and humane. Diseases : all those of the legs and
ankles such as broken legs, gout, sprains, cramp, rheu-
;

matism, foul blood, etc.

Pisces. —
Medium stature, crooked or stooping thick, ;

round shoulders an ill figure, and the head bent forward

; ;

pale and fleshy large face dark, soft, brown hair dark
; ;

eyes and plump body. Disposition : timid, dull, and phleg-

matic. Diseases : all those of the feet and toes, as gout,
lameness, corns, bunions ulcerous sores, and cold, moist
;

diseases, and colds by damp feet ;

putrid blood, blotches,
boils, etc.
Aries. —A reasonable stature, dry body, strong bones
and limbs ; the first half fat and fleshy, the latter half more
spare ; the face and neck somewhat long ; and the face
approaching in form to that of the ram complexion ;

sallow, eyebrows full shoulders thick. Disposition : vio-

;

lent and intemperate. Diseases : all those of the head and ;

small-pox, measles, ringworms, epilepsy, apoplexy, fever,

convulsions, baldness, headache, toothache, scurf, and all

complaints arising from heat and dryness ; often pimples,

warts, polypus, etc.
 ;;

274 ASTROLOGY.

Taukus. —A short, but full and well-set stature ; a broad

forehead ; dark, rough, curly hair ; a full face, aud swarthy
complexion thick lips large, strong shoulders
; wide ; ;

mouth and nose a full neck, like the bull's, short, thick,
;

broad hand. Disposition : dull and unfeeling, slow to anger

melancholy but, when provoked, furious as the bull. Dis-
;

eases : croup, quinsy sore throat, swellings therein wens, ;

king's evil, scrofula.

Gemini. —A tall, straight, and well-formed body ; fair

person, but a dark, sanguine complexion, not very clear ;

long arms, but often the hands and feet are short and
fleshy dark-brown hair quick sight a smart, active,
; ;
;

penetrating, and wanton look ;

generally a strong, active
body. Disposition : judicious in worldly affairs ; intelligent
and humane. Diseases : all complaints in and injuries to
the arms and shoulders ; fractures, wounds, pains, etc., in
those parts ; corrupt blood ; rheumatism and flying pains
in the limbs and joints ; also strange, distempered fancies.
Cancer. —A short and small stature ; of a fair but
rather pale complexion, and often a sickly look ; the upper
part of the body larger in proportion than the lower ; a
round and small brown hair small, generally
face, short ; ;

gray eyes a weak voice

; the constitution effeminate. ;

Disposition dull, heavy, and phlegmatic

: if a female, very ;

prolific. Diseases all disorders of the breast and stom-

:

ach short breath, cough, weak digestion

; asthma and ;

consumption also dropsy and cancer. A fruitful consti-

;

tution if a female.
Leo. —A large stature, masculine
body, full and fleshy ;

broad shoulders narrow sides a large round head

; ; ;

austere, oval countenance full, round eyes staring ; ;

quick sight ; dark-yellow hair, often curling or crisping ; a

ruddy, high, sanguine complexion ; a coarse voice. Dispo-
sition : resolute, courageous, spirited, and aspiring ; free
 DESCRIPTION OF PERSONS. 275

and generous heart open, ; active, bold ; all hot diseases and
inflammations. ,

Virgo. —A slender body, of middle stature, but well

made ; a roundish face, well 'favored, yet not handsome ; a
dark, ruddy complexion ; dark-brown hair ; a decisive
voice. Disposition: ingenious, studious, witty, fond of his-
tory and literature ;
judicious and well-spoken. Diseases :

all those of the bowels, spleen, and diaphragm such as ;

worms, wind, obstructions, colic, dysentery, and melan-

choly, also hernia.
Ltbra. —A tall, well-framed body, elegantly made, with a
round and beautiful face and lovely expression all the ;

features regular in youth a fine, sanguine complexion

; ;

but in age pimples, or a very high color the eyes gener- ;

ally blue hair light auburn or flaxen, shining, smooth,

;

and long, yet sometimes a jet black and glossy. This sign
gives more beauty than any other. Disposition : even-
tempered, well-principled, and affectionate. Diseases : all
those of the veins, kidneys, and bladder such as stone, ;

gravel, corrupt blood, weakness, tabes dorsalis, and the

milder kinds of syphilis.
Scorpio. —A middle size ; a corpulent, short, strong, able
body broad visage
; ; dark, muddy complexion ; sad brown
eyes ; curling, plentiful hair ; thick neck and legs ; hairy
and coarse body ; often bow-legged, always ill-formed feet.
Disposition : active, but very reserved and thoughtful in
conversation. Diseases : all those of the groin, bladder,
urethra, fundament, etc.; such as gravel, stone, hernia, fis-

tulas, piles, strangury, strictures, etc.

Sagittary. — Well-formed, rather tall, strong person, with
a very handsome, open countenance ; rather a full face, but
long and oval, and the head formed like that of a horse ;

high forehead the hair growing off the temples, rather

;

bald hair chestnut-colored fine, clear eyes complexion

; ; ;
276 ASTROLOGY.

honey-colored, or sunburnt. Disposition : active, bold, and

intrepid very partial to active sports, as hunting, riding,
;

etc., and fond of horses. Diseases : gout and rheumatism ;

falls, broken bones, fevers, hurts to the thighs, etc., and

gunshot wounds.
Capbicorn. —
A dry constitution and short stature long, ;

lean, and slender visage sallow complexion thin beard

; ; ;

black hair narrow breast small, long neck narrow chin

; ; ; ;

weak knees, and inclined to be crooked thin person. ;

Disposition: subtle, collected, witty, changeable, and melan-

choly ; manner, sometimes skipping about like a
active in
young goat. : all those of the knees and hams
Diseases ;

gout, sprains, fractures, hysterics, scirrhous tumors, and

all cutaneous diseases.

IF IT BE GOOD FOB THE QUEBENT TO TAKE OB LEASE THE

HOUSE, FABM, OB LAND, ETC.

The 10th house will herein show the profit or advantage

to be made by the undertaking, having regard also to the
usual significators of property, viz., the lord of the 2d,
and ©.
The 4th house will show the end of the matter as re-
gards the taking the property.
If there be a fortune ascending, or © be in the ascen-
dant, or the lord of the ascendant be there, or be in ijc, or
/\ to the degree on the cusp and not afflicted, the querent
will take thehouse or farm, and find it a good bargain.
If an infortune ascend, the querent will not take the
property or if he have already taken it, he has no mind
;

to it, and will quickly put it off to another party.

If you find the lord of the 7th in the 7th, or casting a
good aspect to its cusp, or there be benefics therein, the
man will keep his word in the bargain, but he will profit
by it more than the querent.
 ;

DESCRIPTION OF PERSONS. 277

If an infortune be in the 7th and not lord of the 7th,

have great care of tlje covenants or agreements between
you for the landlord will be too hard for you, as he
;

minds nothing but his own ends in the matter.

Consider the 10th house and if a fortune be there or
;

behold its cusp by good aspect, the parties, notwithstand-

ing some rubs, will proceed in their bargain, and the land
will be let to the querent.
If you find an infortune in or in evil aspect to the 10th,
the bargain will be broken off. If it be land, they differ
about the timber, or upon the erecting of some new build-
ings ; and if the thing be a house, they differ about the
repairs.
As to the end of the matter, see to the 4th house. If
fortunes be there, or the lord of the 4th behold the cusp
favorably, it will end well, and both parties will be pleased

but if an infortune be there, or the lord of the house aspect

it by n or $ the whole matter , will end ill, and will please
neither party.

THE DOMINION OF THE MOON IN MAN'S BODY, AS SHE PASSES

THROUGH THE TWELVE SIGNS OF THE ZODIAC.

T Aries, — —
Head and Face Fiery Masculine,
b Taurus, — —
Neck and Throat Earthy Feminine.
II — —
Gemini, Arms and Shoulders Airy Masculine.
SI Cancer, Breast and Stomach— Watery— Feminine.
SI Leo, Heart and Back — Fiery—Masculine,
rrgVirgo, Bowels and Belly—Earthy—Feminine.
=£=Libra, Reins and Loins —Airy—Masculine.
vciScorpio, Secret Members —Watery—Feminine.
f Sagittarius, Hips and Thighs—Fiery— Masculine.
>5 Capricorn, Knees and Hams—Earthy — Feminine.
£? Aquarius, Legs and Ankles —Airy—Masculine.
X Pisces, Feet and Toes —Watery— Feminine.
 Days
of Feb Mar Apr. May Jun. July Aug Sept Oct. Nov. Dec.
Jan.
Mon.

2 25
SI
_n_
vw
T 25
"a m
3
4 A/W
X n
*i $ WW 8
5
si
-TV- 25a
6 V9 T n
7 w a m
8
9
m ac T 25
n{ 'i

10
11 '^AA/
X
5
if
a
m V5>

12
m ¥ 2B -/V HI
13
t WW
n vy
AAA/
AAA/

14
15
16
AAA*
AAA' ¥ 23 a AAA/
AAA/ X
17 n X T
18 ¥ a
19 AAA/
AAV ¥ n 23 AAA/
AAA/ V 8
20 K 8
H
21
22
2B a X
n't 8
23 n n icp ¥ 23
24
25
a AAA/
X n
8 23 4f . AAA/ 8
26 .23 ni ¥ 23 a
27 ri TCP X n
28 a SI 8 a
29
30 2S
m AAA/

n 25
31 X 8

TABLE SHOWING THE DAYS ON WHICH THE MOON ENTERS THE

SEVERAL SIGNS OP THE ZODIAC.
The foregoing table is very useful for farmers, as it gives them
an idea when to perform various operations on cattle and land.
Solomon rightly says there is a " proper time for every purpose un
der the sun." Castration must not be carried on when the Moon is
passing through ttjj, =d=, and especially TT^.
Shrubs, and the like, if planted during the Moon's increase, and
while she is passing through n, =£=,• or £?, will take little root, and
shoot straight up. Shrubs, if planted when the Moon is in 8, W,
or V3, and ou her decrease, will take deep root and strike downward.
For selecting a time for choosing servants, let the Moon be un-
afflicted in 8 S3, or k, for women-servants.
, For men-servants, let
the Moon be in n, iU, f, or ^r. If the Moon be afflicted in x
when you engage a servant, he will assuredly prove unfaithful and
dishonest. If the Moon be in \5, he will run away, or be idle, but
return after a day or two's absence, but will go again this also ap- ;

plies to taking of apprentices.

 DESCRIPTION OF PERSONS. 279

CHARACTERS OF THE PLANETS.

W, Uranus, is fortunate in moneys, arts, and sciences.

In other respects a malefic, especially in marriage and law.
\ Saturn, is the great ill-fortune, and
, is said to be
the greatest plague of man.
%, Jupiter, is the great fortunate planet; benevolent,
but extravagant.
$ Mars, is an unfortunate planet, delighting in science,
,

but warlike.
9 , Venus, is the second fortunate planet.
$ , is both good and evil, according to the
Mercury,
company which he is.
in

#, Luna, is very changeable, somewhat fortunate, but

convertible.
O, Sol, is fortunate.

ASPECTS, AND THEIR CHARACTER.

6 , Conjunction, is good with Jupiter, Venus, and the

Moon ; but is evil with the Moon to Mars, Saturn, or Ura-

nus ; with others moderate.
sfc, Sextile, and /\, Trine, are good configurations with

all.

$D, Semisquare, and SsD, Sesquisquare, and <? , Oppo-

sition, are bad aspects with all the planetary bodies.
 XXXIV.

RULES FOR JUDGING LAWSUITS.

WINNING TESTIMONIES.

1. Lord of the 7th afflicted by aspect or position.

2. Lord of the 7th in the 1st afflicted or not.
3. Lord of the 1st better fortified than the lord of the
7th.
4. Lord of the 1st therein in good aspect of the Sun or
the Moon.
5. Ruler of the 4th afflicting the ruler of the 7th or 8th,
in which case the adversary loses money.
6. Ruler of the 7th or 8th afflicting the lord of the 4th.
7. The Moon applying to good aspect of the lord of the
1st, and to ill aspect of the lord of the 7th.
8. The Sun or Moon in the 1st, and in good aspect of
the lord of the 1st.
9. The Sun or Moon mutually received by the lord of the
1st.

LOSING TESTIMONIES.

1. Ruler of the 1st afflicted by aspect or position.

2. Lord of the 1st in the 7th afflicted or not.
3. Lord of the 7th better fortified than the ruler of the
1st.

4. Lord of the 7th therein posited in good aspect of the

Sun or the Moon.
5. Lord of the 4th afflicting the lord of the 1st or 2d.
6. Lord of the 1st or 2d afflicting the ruler of the 4th.
7. The Moon applying to good aspect of the lord of the
7th, and to ill aspect of the ruler of the 1st.
 RULES FOR JUDGING LAWSUITS. 281

8. The Sun or Moon in the 7th and in good aspect to

the ruler of the 7th.
9. The Sun and Moon mutually received by the ruler of
the 7th.

WHEN TO SELL LAND OR PROPERTY.

1. If the ruler of the 5th is in good aspect with the lord

of the 1st.
2. If the lord of the 2d be well aspected with the lord
of the 4th or 1st.
3. If Jupiter orVenus be in good aspect of Saturn or
Uranus, and these latter be unafflicted themselves.
4. The Part of Fortune in the 5th in good aspect of the
ruler of the 1st and 2d house.
5. The exact time will be when the ruler of the 1st is in
good aspect with the ruler of the 4th, 5th, or 2d
house.
 XXXV.
PLANETARY INFLUENCES ON NATURE.

In sickness, when the Moon applies to a planet contrary

to the nature of the distemper, especially if it be a fortune,
the disease will be changed for the better.
When the Moon at the decumbiture, or first falling sick,
shall be under the beams of the Sun,* or with Saturn, Mars
(or Uranus), if the party be ancient, even her conjunction
with Jupiter, Venus, or Mercury,is not without peril.

Saturn causes long f diseases Mercury, varying ones ; ;

the Moon, such as return after a time, as vertigoes, epi-

lepsy, etc. ; Jupiter and the Sun give short diseases ; but
Mars, the acutest of all.

When the Moon is in a fixed sign,J physic works the less ;

and if in Aries, Taurus, or Capricorn, will be apt to prove

nauseous to the patient.
In purging, it is well that both the Moon and the lord
of the ascendant be descending, and under the Earth in ;

vomiting that they ascend.

Purging, bleeding, etc., ought to be done while the Moon
is in moist signs the chief being Pisces, the next Cancer.
;

When beginning of a disease the luminaries are

at the
both with the infortunes, or in opposition to them, the sick
will hardly escape.
With respect to fevers. When the Sun is afflicted in Leo,
mischievous fevers are threatened.
* Within 17° distance in longitude.
t Hence the term chronic given to long-continued diseases, Kronos being the an-
cient name of Saturn.
t Taurus, Leo, Scorpio, and Aquarius are termed fixed signs.
 ;

PLANETARY INFLUENCES ON NATURE. 283

It will be a fatal time to suffer amputation, or lose any

member, when the Moym is under the Sun's beams and op-
posed by Mars.
When you think to do good to your eyes, let the Moon
be fortunate, increasing in light, and by no means in a
sign of the earthy triplicity.

MARRIAGE.

As regards men, observe the Moon and Venus. If the J)

be found between the eastern horizon and meridian, or in

the opposite quadrant, she causes them to marry early in
life, or after they have passed their prime, to women
younger than themselves. If she be in the other quarters
of the figure, they will marry late in life, or to women
older than themselves. be configurated with Saturn,
If she
it delays marriage and if within a few degrees of the Sun,
;

or in evil aspect to the Sun, the same if both these testi-

;

monies concur, the 3 being at the same time occidental, they

never marry. If the D be oriental, and especially if angu-
lar, and in aspect to many planets, they being strong, and

she be situated in n, / or X, they may marry more than

,

once. If the J) apply to \ by aspect, the wife will be mo-

rose and grave if to 11, well conducted and economical
;

if to $ bold and refractory if to 9 cheerful and hand-

, ; ,

some and if to £ a clever, sensible woman. If 9 be con-

; ,

nected with 2/ \ or $ the wives will be provident and

, , ,

attached to their families. If she be connected with $ they ,

will be violent and ill-conducted, especially if it be by evil

aspect. If the D be in good aspect to the O, and the O
be not afflicted, or if ? be strong, the native marries a per-
son of respectable connections. If good planets be found
in the 7th house, the individual (whether male or female)
is happy in marriage and if evil planets be there, the re-
;
 284 ASTROLOGY.

verse. Herschel in the 7th is evil ; and if he afflict the Moon

in a man's nativity, or the Sun
he destroys
in a woman's,
domestic happiness. The description of the wife will be
much like that of the planet to which the ]) forms the
nearest aspect, considered with the sign he is in. But the
sign on the 7th house may also be regarded. No one, it is

said,marries a person born under the same sign as himself.

v For the marriage of women regard the Sun, Venus, and
Mars. If the © be oriental, they marry early, or to men
younger than themselves if the © be occidental, they
;

marry late or to elderly men. If the Sun be angular, and

in aspect to many planets, especially from U. / or X they , , ,

marry more than once. Saturn configurated to the © (if

the © applies to him) gives steady husbands, but morose ;

Jupiter gives honorable, noble characters Mars violent, ;

rash, unfeeling men ; Venus amiable, handsome husbands ;

and Mercury clever, intelligent, and provident characters.

If 9 be with \ or in aspect to him, the husband will be
,

dull and laborious if with % just and honest if with $

; , ; ,

rash men and adulterous if with $ clever, but fond of

; ,

change. If the © or D apply to # the wife or husband ,

will be eccentric. If the © have no aspect with Mars, and

Mars be weak in the figure, the female native does not do
well in mari'iage and if the © be in ill aspect to \ at the
;

same time, she will be likely to live single. The 7th house
shows in part the description of husband.
The planet Mercury was early found to influence men
born under its rule, that is, when he was potent at the
birth, to a sedentary and a contemplative, or studious, life.
And, as such men were necessarily given to seek retirement
and dwell alone, or far from " the busy haunts of men,"
that planet was named accordingly, from the Hebrew bud,
which signifies " alone," " single," " solitary " whence we ;

find the Indian name of Mercury was Buddha. The Greeks

 —

PLANETARY INFLUENCES ON NATURE. 285

translated this word apparently, for they called him Hermes,

from the term that signified one who lives in solitude
Eremetes ; whence we have the word " hermit."

FORTUNE OF MARRIAGE.

For men the condition of the Moon, the planet Venus,

and the western horizon are to be considered in the fol-
lowing manner :

The Moon located in oriental parts of the heavens de-

notes men to marry early in life, or to many young women
when advanced in age. When the Moon is located in occi-
dental parts, men marry late in life, or, when young, marry
a woman more advanced in years.
The Moon and Venus strong and dignified by position,
in good aspects to the planets Mars, the Sun, or Jupiter,
tokens early marriage, if not opposed by opposite influ-
ences.
The Moon and Venus in good configuration from angu-
lar houses. The Moon or Venus in goo:l configuration
with the planet Mars. The Moon oriental separating from
a good aspect of Venus. The Moon near the full in good
aspect to Mars or the planet Venus.
The planet Venus located in Taurus, Libra, Cancer, or
Leo, near the Sun in the same sign, Venus separating from
a good aspect of Mars.
The Moon 15 degrees from the first quarter separating
from a good aspect of the planet Venus. The Moon a
few degrees past the trine aspect of the Sun. The planet
Venus within 18 degrees of the Sun in the same sign,
separating from a good aspect of Mars. The planet Venus
rising or setting near the horizon in good aspect with the
Moon, Mars, or Jupiter.
These are some of the best positions for denoting early
286 ASTROLOGY.

and prosperous marriages, especially when the rulers there-

of are free from the opposing influences of Saturn and
Herschel.

RICHES AND ADVANTAGE BY MARRIAGE.

The Moon angular located in Taurus and Cancer, in

good aspect with Jupiter or Venus, one or more of these
planets located near the horizon or in the 8th house.
The planets Jupiter or Venus located in the 8th
house, in their dignities by sign in good aspect with the
Sun, Moon, part of fortune, or ruler of the ascendant. The
ruler of the ascendant located in the 8th house in good
aspect, to the Sun, Moon, or the part of fortune. The
ruler of the 7th house in the 8th hoilse in good aspect to
the Sun, Moon, or Venus, or the ruler of the 8th located
in the 7th holding the same csnfigurations. The more
numerous the tokens, and more harmonious the general
positions are in the nativity, the greater the advantage.
The planet Venus in conjunction with Jupiter located on
the meridian, or near the eastern horizon, is a very fortu-
nate position, denoting the native to meet with great and
general favor from ladies, and when in good configura-
Sun or Moon he will be likely to obtain ad-
tion with the
vancement and riches by marriage, or meet with good op-
portunities.
The Moon in conjunction with the planet Venus is
another notable token of friendship, favor, and assistance
from ladies, if these planets be dignified by sign, or located
on the midheaven, or near the ascendant such favor and
;

benefit will come from ladies of rank and position. The

native is often a general favorite with the female class,
more especially so if the Moon should be in good configu-
ration with the Sun or the planet Jupiter. The Moon lo-
cated in the signs Gemini, Sagittarius, or Pisces, denote a
 PLANETARY INFLUENCES ON NATURE. 287

probability of more than one marriage, where the tokens

are unfavorable for l^fe to wedded partners. The wife's
are denoted by the number of planets the Moon applies to
within orbs of influence, or within 10 degrees of her radi-
cal position at birth.The rulers of the ascendant and the
western horizon in harmonious configuration is a token of
harmony in wedded life.
marriage, and social
For marriage, happiness, and prosperity therein, it is
absolutely necessary to have the sexual planets Venus,
Mars, and the Moon, located in certain places in the chart
of birth, free from the evil aspects of the planets Saturn,
Herschel, or Neptune. This applies to both sexes, for
wherever the sexual planets are found located in cold, un-
prolific signs and places, or oppressed by the influences of
the mentioned planets, it is a moral impossibility for such
persons to live harmoniously in wedded life for any length
of time, hence the trouble, loss, exposure, and degradation
continually taking place among society. Such ungenial,
disastrous events may be mitigated, and, in some cases,
prevented, by proper care, judgment, and knowledge in
due time, but such things only appear as passing clouds
in life and of no import to many people, merely tending to
extend their publicity and notoriety of character.

SIGNS OF LATE MABEIAGE, ETC.

The Moon occidental and debilitated by sign. The

Moon about 30 degrees from a new or full moon, locat-
ed in this position in conjunction or opposition with the
planet Saturn or Herschel, is a strong token of single life.

The Moon and Venus weak by position, void of aspect,

neither having any configuration with the planet Mars.
The Moon and the planet Venus in bad aspect to the
The Moon* in discordant
planets Saturn and Herschel.
288 ASTROLOGY.

aspect with the Sun, when the malefic planets join in the
figuration. The Moon and Venus located in the 6th
house, unless assisted by the good aspects of the Sun,
Jupiter, and Mars.
The planet Venus in conjunction or opposition with the
planet Saturn about the worst position that can happen
is

in any nativity, prenoting single life, disappointment,

crosses and losses by female connections and intercourse
in the way and in a variety of other ways, in-
of courtship,
ducing to a gloomy, desponding disposition of
solitary,
character, unless counteracted by strong influences of an
opposite nature, but often influence to a single life, in both
sexes.
The Moon or Venus in conjunction or opposition of the
planet Mars is untoward condition, but espe-
a very evil,
ciallywith the Moon, often producing disagreement, trou-
ble, and losses, both in courtship and in married life, in
various ways, which lead to weeping and sorrow.
The planets Saturn, Herschel, and Mars on the western
horizon, within orbs of influence, are adverse tokens, es-
pecially when in any evil configuration to the rulers over
matrimonial affairs. One or more of these conditions at
birth denote disappointment, discord, trouble, delay, and
obstruction in matrimonial affairs, both in courtship and
married life, in a variety of ways, known only to the per-
sons engaged.
The planetary influences and effects relating to the sub-
be manifested in the same form or
ject in question will not
manner, or with the same intensity in all cases alike. The
general position of the heavens, the position and different
stations in life, will regulate the form of effects. In some
cases the troubles will arise from sickness, deaths, and be-
reavement of wedded partners some through disagree-
;

ment, different mental and physical constitutions and habits

 PLANETARY INFLUENCES ON NATURE. 289

of the persons. Nevertheless, persons born under such

conditions of the heavens will most certainly experience
1

consequences partially or wholly as specified, no matter

what their position in life may be, high or low.

MARRIAGE OF WOMEN.

The position of the Sun, the planet Mars, and the west-
ern horizon are rulers thereof. Good and con-
positions,
figurations to these points in the heavens, denote prosper-
ity and good fortune ; adverse positions in like manner
denote disappointment and misfortune.
When the Sun is oriental, women engage early in life, or
when advanced in years marry men younger than them-
selves. When the Sun is occidental they usually marry
late in life, or when young, men older and advanced in
to
years. The planet Mars, located in the sign Scorpio in
good aspect to the Sun, Moon, or Venus, is a notable token
of early marriage. The Sun oriental in good aspect to the
Moon, Venus, or Mars, when the western horizon is free
from the planets Saturn or Herschel. The Sun and Moon
in good configuration to the planets Mars and Venus often
cause a female to receive great attention from the opposite
sex, early courtship,and many suitors, especially if any of
the planets be rising. The planet Mars, located in the
signs Aries, Scorpio, Cancer, Capricorn, and Pisces, not
above 15 degrees from the Moon in the same sign, is a
token of early marriage, especially when the planet Venus
is applying to a good aspect of Mars. The Moon applying
to a good configuration of the Sun, when the Sun is orien-
tal. The Sun near the western horizon, well configurated
to other planets. The Moon about 5 degrees before the
change or new Moon Mars, Venus, or Mercury near the
;

luminaries. The Sun, Moon, Venus, or Mars rising, if well

 .

290 ASTROLOGY.

configurated. The Sun and Moon and ruler of the ascend-

ant located in feminine signs, and much
better when Mais
and Venus are located in such signs. The planets Mars
and Venus dignified, in good aspect and free from evil as-
pects of Saturn and Herschel. The rulers of the ascend-
ant and western horizon in good configuration.
One or more of these conditions are tokens that the fe-
male will be likely to marry early in life, have good choice
in her selection of a husband, and be generally fortunate in
her courtships, meet with many lovers, and experience do-
mestic happiness and comfort in married life, with a proba-
bility of advancement thereby, as such tokens would de-
note success and prosperity to her husband.

EICHES AND GOOD FOBTUNE BY. MAEEIAGE.

The Sun in good aspect to the Moon, Jupiter, Mars, or

Venus, some of these planets located on the western hori-
zon. Mars and Venus strong by position and configura-
tion denote advantage by marriage, especially if in any as-
pect to the Moon. The lord of the 7th located in the 8th,
or lord of the 8th located in the 7th. The best position is
the Moon in good aspect to the Sun, Jupiter, Mars, or
Venus, some of these planets located on the western hori-
zon, ascendant, or mid-heaven, the Moon separating from
one and applying to the other. The ruler of the western
angle of the nativity located on the meridian, strong by
sign or configuration, is a token of advancement by. mar-
riage.

SIGNS OF LATE MAEEIAGE, DISAPPOINTMENT, DETEIMENT, AND

MISFOETUNE THEEEBY.

The Sun and Moon void of aspect. The Moon about

30 degrees from the new or full, especially if in evil as-
 PLANETARY INFLUENCES ON NATURE. 291

pect to Saturn, Mars, Herschel, or Neptune. The Sun and

Mars weak by position and configuration. The Sun, Moon,
Mars, and Venus locfeted in masculine signs. The planet
Mars located in the signs Gemini, Leo, Virgo, or Taurus,
in evil aspect with Saturn or Herschel. The Sun and
Moon in quartile aspect near the quarters, in evil aspect to
Saturn, Herschel, Mars, or Neptune. The Sun or Moon
in conjunction with Mars, Saturn, or Herschel. The planet
Mars or Venus in conjunction or opposition aspect with
Saturn. The planets Saturn, Herschel, or Mars within
5 degrees of either rising, setting, or the midheaven.
One or more of the aforesaid conditions of the planets in
the chart of birth denote obstruction, and delay to mar-
riage, disappointment, trouble, loss of honor, reputation,
weeping and sorrow, by courtship, marriage, or intercourse
with the opposite sex, unless the greatest of care be at all
times exercised in such matters.
The planets Saturn, Mars, or Herschel setting near the
angle is a very bad token, denoting disappointment, trou-

ble, disagreement, and loss by matrimonial affairs, and

when these planets are in evil aspect to the Sun or Moon
it often denotes short life to the husband, or a person of a
sickly, delicate constitution of body, and unfortunate in his
efforts.

THE FORM OF BODY, STATURE, AND GENERAL CHARACTER OF WIFE

OR HUSBAND

isdenoted by the planet and sign located on the western

horizon, or by the planet the Sun or Moon next applies to
by aspect, or the planet nearest to the luminaries at the
time of birth.
1. When such planets are located in the signs Aries,
Leo, or Sagittarius, they denote a person of a bilious tern-
292 ASTROLOGY.

perament, a well-made, good-looking person, of a florid,

fresh, agreeable complexion, sometimes ruddy or sunburnt,
brown or sandy-colored hair, sharp, lively looking eye,
strong, well-defined, muscular features, prominent cheek-
bones, strong, firm step, confident, commanding disposi-
tion, active, firm, and persevering in character, sharp, witty,
ready, and expert in work, ambitious and high-minded, yet
open and generous, fond of liberty, field-sports, and exer-
cises, horses, dogs, bold and courageous, at times a little
hasty and irritable, especially when opposed, enterprising
and speculative, having large self-esteem, often a little
boasting, strong and healthy and generally
constitution,
successful in their engagements, sometimes a cut, scar,
or mole on the face.
2. When the planet is located in the ariel signs Libra
or Aquarius the person will be of a sanguine temperament,
having a clear, florid, light complexion, handsome, well-
made body, fine, genteel form, open, pleasing aspect, cour-
teous, easy, and attractive, full and fleshy body, often
roundish face, bright blue eye, dimpled cheeks and chin,
captivating countenance, kind, open, social, and free in con-
versation and manners, witty and humorous, fond of jest,
sport, and mirth, orderly, fashionable, and fond of dress,
fond of the arts, music, painting, polite literature, there-
fore often accomplished and expert in such things.
When the said planets are located in the signs Gemini
and Scorpio they denote more of a bilious temperament,
therefore the form of body will partake something like No.
1, but of a tawny, sunburnt complexion, strong-made body

and muscular features, Roman nose. Gemini, large eyes

— but Scorpio generally small eye.
When located in the signs Capricorn and Virgo they
denote a person of a dry, spare body, long features, delicate,
slender form, pale, sallow complexion, dark-brown hair,
 PLANETARY INFLUENCES ON NATURE. 293

active,studious disposition, fond of science, knowledge,

and learning, reservad in conversation and manners, fond
of retirement and private society, careful, cautious, greedy
after money and property, curious and singular in man-
ners being so retired, studious, and cautious, they are apt
;

at times to become gloomy and desponding the eye is

;

generally small, of a brown or gray color, often bright or

sparkling, a person of a delicate constitution of body.
As this part of the science is chiefly of a symbolical nat-
ure in its application, in practice the planet representing
the husband or wife. When located in the constellation
Taurus it usually denotes a person of a low, thick-set,
strong-made body rather common-looking features, strong
;

thick neck and lips, square, short face, inclining to be cor-

pulent in body as a whole, more animal than intellectual,
being a person of a nervous, cold temperament, not of
much forecast, easy, contented, and lowering aspect, a per-
son of lightish hair, gray eye, and pale or sallow com-
plexion.
When the said planets are located in the signs Cancer
or Pisces they generally denote a round, full face, light-
gray eye, open, pleasant, innocent-looking countenance,
and prominent eye, of a quiet, social dis-
lightish hair, full
position,and manners passive and obedient, domesticated
and free, fond of novelty, news, and recreation, plain, in-
dustrious sort of people in the common affairs of life, often
fond of small cattle and dumb animals, poultry, birds, etc.,

fond of jest and sport.

 XXXVI.

ASTROLOGICAL HINTS TO FARMERS.

Sow or plant when the Moon is in Taurus, Virgo, or

Scorpio, if possible, ingood aspect with Saturn but set ;

or sow all kinds of pulse when the Moon is in Cancer and ;

when she is in Libra or Capricorn dress your gardens and

trim your small trees and shrubs.
If you prune your vines when the Moon is at full :~
Taurus, Leo, Scorpio, or Sagittarius, neither worms r ~r

birds will infest your grapes.

Do not graft trees when the Moon is waning or decreasing.
Fruits and wood for use should be cut in the decrease of
the Moon but ; if you would have timber to keep long, fell
ittoward the latter part of the winter, while the Moon is
under the Earth, in some aspect to Saturn, for that will
prevent its rotting, and render it exceedingly hard and
durable.
Firewood, hedges, etc., which you would have grow
quickly again, cut when the Moon is above the Earth, in
the first quarter, and joined to either Venus or Jupiter.
Shear sheep during the increase of the Moon commence ;

when she goes to an aspect of Jupiter, then wool will grow

again much better.
It is not easy to account for the general belief that wood
cut during the Moon's wane is not liable to the worm.
Even the Indians will not fell trees for their canoes when
the satellite is in full. And our ancestors, who did not
wish to be bald, objected to their hair being cut while
the Moon was waning. The lunar influence also has its
effects upon the insane, as also upon water. The oak was
 ASTROLOGICAL HINTS TO FARMERS. 295

always held in veneration by the ancient Britons and Gauls.

The Druidical altats were enclosed with oaks, and the
branches served for wreaths for the musicians and other
votaries that took part in these sacred festivals and solem-
nities. An oaken garland was the recompense of one who
saved the life of another in battle. The leaves of oak were
used in token of victory. The mistletoe is much prized,
and the saying is, to those that shall have given to them so
precious a boon will prosper and favored is he that gets
;

kissed under the mistletoe, as it is the symbol of love and

of the congress of Mars and Venus. The oak the sovereign
virtue of Mars mistletoe, Venus.
; Mistletoe should be
cut on the sixth day of the Moon.
The Moon has strong effect on animal life. Agricultu-
rists, graziers, and shepherds confidently affirni that if they

castrate any of their cattle at the exact time the Moon is

southing, that animal will certainly die. Shepherds avoid
those times when the Moon is in the sign Scorpio, as we'll
as her time of southing, and choose that day when she is
in the opposite sign, Taurus. The last rule is observed by
some of the best-informed medical men of the present day,
which is in exact conformity with Ptolemy's 20th Apho-
rism " Pierce not with iron that part of the body which
:

may be governed by the sign actually occupied by the

Moon." It is for the purpose of knowing these auspicious
or inauspicious periods that " Moore's Almanack " has
gained such strong hold among the agriculturists of this
country. It would, perhaps, be as well to avoid those days
when the luminaries are in conjunction or opposition, as
the blood would then flow more freely into the sign the
Moon is in, like the tides of the ocean. The origin of these
celestial observations was doubtless coeval with the antedi-
luvians ; for Ptolemy informs us that the ancients "noticed
the aspects of the Moon when at the full, in order to direct
296 ASTROLOGY.

the copulation of their herds and flocks." The patriarch

Jacob was well versed in this art he knew how to elect
;

favorable times and knew the power of sympathy by his

;

peeling the rods and putting them in the watering- troughs,

at such times as the flocks conceived and brought forth
cattle, ring-streaked, speckled, and spotted.
We have a double object in bringing forward the in-
disputable fact that our agriculturists do invariably prac-
tise this piece of Astrology. First, we wish to show that,
as it is found infallibly that if cattle be operated on
when the Moon is on the meridian, they suffer extremely,
and very generally die, this becomes a matter of observa-
tion, a " great fact " in nature which our philosophers
ought to examine. For the assertion may well be hazarded
that this lunar influence is not confined to the lower ani-
mals only ; and we may expect that it will be found that
operations in surgery performed on the human frame will
be unsuccessful, and frequently fatal, if performed when
the Moon is on or near the meridian ; for the cattle doctors
do not like to operate if the Moon be within one hour of
southing. Secondly, we desire to prove that facts in nat-
ure, and nothing else, are the foundations of Astral Science.
For here we see a large body of practical men still adher-
ing to a custom which is proved to have existed in all coun-
tries and in all ages while our philosophers are declaiming
;

against all belief in lunar influence, or stellar influence

either ;
yet the doctrine that the sign Scorpio has rule
over the secret members is manifested by the fact that the
animal found to die if those parts be "pierced with
is

iron," as Ptolemy words it, while the Moon is in that sign.

It will surprise us nothing if this custom among the
farmers be denied, though it is universal, for the lunar in-
fluence over the earth is more powerful than is generally
known.
 THE HARVEST MOON.
The above diagram is a true representation of the east side of the
globe, when elevated to 54 degrees, which is near our latitude. The
zenith or residence is indicated by the letter Z. N and S the North
and South poles, on which the Earth turns. AE the equator, b l
the North limits, and c t the South limits of the Sun ;and also are
the circles the Sun describes on the longest and shortest days. In n i,
he rises above the dark part between the 3d and 4th hour line that ;

is, ahout half-past three a.m. in midsummer. The line c l represents

the ecliptic iu the position in which it stands at sunset about mid-
harvest. All the other circles that centre in the poles are hour lines,
numbered from midnight to mid-day. At nine days old, the Moon
will be on the meridian at c, only 12 degrees high or H C. At twenty-
four days old she will be at l, having the same depression or H L so ;

in fifteen days she only varies 24 degrees, that is, only about one and
a half per day which is caused by the ecliptic or c l, being so near
;

parallel to a level with the horizon, which is always the case when
Aries ascends, which must ascend as the Sun sets in Libra. Now as
—
the Moon rises in the 1st quarter in the forenoon 2d quarter in the
— —
afternoon 3d quarter in the evening 4th quarter in the morning ;

so the 3d quarter is the most convenient time to see her rise. At

other times her rising is unseen and unknown to the generality al- ;

though she always varies the same in her rising in every revolution
when in the same constellation ; or in the same part of the Zodiac,
or line c l.
 ;

XXXVII.

AIDS TO THE FORETELLING OF THE WEATHER.

Saturn, in conjunction of Jupiter in fiery signs, signifies

a great drought ; in airy signs, plenty of wind in watery
;

floods, continual rain ; also inundations and overflowings

of water ; and the fall of houses
in earthy signs, earthquakes
and eradication same when they are
of trees. Judge also the
in a malicious square or opposition but less extensively. ;

Saturn in conjunction, square, or opposition of Mars in

watery signs, denotes rain in winter, autumn, and summer ;

and in summer oftentimes thunder and lightning, espe-

cially if in fiery signs in autumn and winter windy, dry
;

weather, when in fiery signs ; in airy signs in all seasons

great winds and sometimes rain.
Saturn in conjunction, square, or opposition of the Sun,
in the spring denotes cold, rain ; or hail ; in summer much
rain, with thunder and lightning, according to the nature
of the sign ; in autumn tempestuous, stormy weather ; and
in winter grievous cold, snowy, slabby weather.
Saturn in conjunction, square, or opposition of Venus,
promises in the spring rain and cold in summer sudden ;

cold ; in autumn much rain ; and in winter rain and snow ;

especially if the sign be watery.

Saturn in conjunction, square, or opposition of Mercury,
signifieswind and rain in the spring especially in watery ;

and airy signs also in summer wind and showers but if

; ;

they be in fiery signs, thunder, lightning, and rain or hail

in autumn wind and cold, according to the nature of the
signs and in winter cold and snow.
; Jupiter in conjunc-
tion, square, or opposition of Mars shows the spring to be
AIDS TO THE FORETELLING OF THE WEATHER. 299
windy and tempestuous a thundering and lightning sum-
;

mer rain and storms in autumn and in winter cold

; ;

snows and sharp winds, according to the nature of the

signs.
Jupiter in conjunction, square, or opposition of the Sun,
in the spring signifies high winds ; in summer thunder
and lightning ; and in autumn vehement winds but in ;

the winter very dry, cold, frosty weather. For the most
part they signify thus in every sign.
Jupiter in conjunction, square, or opposition of Venus,
shows a temperate according to the nature of the sea-
air,

son, all the year long.Yet if they be in watery signs they

incline somewhat to mizzling showers.
Jupiter in conjunction, square, or opposition of Mercury,
denotes great and vehement winds in every quarter they
are so aspected, if in airy signs in watery signs rain and
; ;

in fiery thunder and lightning, but of no great continu-

ance.
Mars in 6 or <? of the Sun, in fiery signs, prom-
,

iseth drought in summer, dry air in the spring, in autumn

and winter frost in watery signs, showers in the spring,
;

in summer thunder and rain, in autumn showers, in winter

rain and cold.
Mars in 6 or <? of Venus, in the spring will cause
,

sudden, great, and violent rains in the summer arid au- ;

tumn tempests but if in fiery signs, or each other's house,

;

great thunders and lightnings.

Mars in 6 n or <? of Mercury, in fiery signs, causes heat
,

and drought in summer but rain if in watery signs, and

;

sometimes thunder and lightning. In autumn sudden,

great winds and in winter cold.
;

The Sun in 6 of Venus, in the spring causeth rain in ;

summer tempests and rain in the autumn showers and ;

wind in winter much moisture.

;
300 ASTROLOGY.

The Sun in 6 of Mercury, denotes wind and moisture,

especially in watery and airy signs ; but in fiery a serene
air in summer and frosty in winter. Venus in 6 Mercury,
rain in the spring, summer, and autumn
and snow in the;

winter, and sudden, high winds. Also in the summer they

raise storms and tempests.
Judge also the same in everyone being in sextile or
trine but you must know they are not altogether so bad.
;

These inferior aspects frequently pass by without doing

more than causing the sky to be overcast with clouds, in-
stead of producing absolutely rain. "We must also remark
the parallels of declination, as they are nearly as potent as
even the conjunction.

FORTUNATE DAYS IN THE WEEK.

Moon in Aries at birth, their fortunate day is Tuesday.

Moon in Taurus at birth, their fortunate day is Friday.
Moon in Gemini at birth, their fortunate day is Wednes-
day.
Moon in Cancer at birth, their fortunate day is Monday.
Moon in Leo at birth, their fortunate day is Sunday.
Moon in Virgo at birth, their fortunate day is Friday.
Moon in Libra at birth, their fortunate day is Saturday.
Moon in Scorpio at birth, their fortunate day is Tuesday.
Moon in Sagittary at birth, their fortunate day is Thurs-
day.
Moon in Capricorn at birth, their fortunate day is Mon-
day.
Moon in Aquarius at birth, their fortunate day is Wednes-
day.
Moon in Pisces at birth, their fortunate day is Saturday.
This is valuable to be known, for then persons can take
advantage of the good effects of the Lunar positions.
 XXXVIII.

THE GODDESS CALL

The science of astrology was the only thing known gen-

erally in the East as " wisdom " and when we are told in
;

Scripture that Moses was learned in all the "wisdom" of

the Egyptians, means nothing more or less than that he
it

was well versed in their astrology. The Indian goddess

Gali appears to have been an emblem, by which the priests
signified " wisdom " for there has been found in the six-
;

teen-letter Tamul (a very refined language), a poem called

the " Kaliwakim " which may be understood to mean the
;

Wakim or Hakim of Cali. Some of its sentiments are

worthy of reproduction.

" Zealous study of sciences brings increasing happiness and honor.

The more we learn, the more understanding we get.
Learning is really the most durable treasure.
The true end of knoioledge is to distinguish good and bad.
Fly from all that is low.
A wise man will never cease to learn.
If all should be lost, what we have learned will not be lost.
Enjoy always the company of wise men.
He who has learned most is most worthy of honor.
He who studies sophistry and deceit, turns out a wicked man.
Science is an ornament wherever we come.
He who converses with the wicked perishes with them.
Honor a moral master.
He who knoweth himself is the wisest.
If one knows what sin is, he becomes wise.
Well-principled wise men approach the perfection of the Divinity.
All perishes except learning.
Religious wise men enjoy great happiness.
Wisdom is the greatest treasure on earth.
302 ASTROLOGY.

Learning gives great fame.

Wise men are as good as kings.
Do not deceive even thine own enemy.
He that knows the sciences of the ancients, is the greatest philoso-
pher.
Truth is in learning the best.
Wisdom is a treasure everywhere.
The Veda teaches wisdom.
Speak and write for the public good.
Ifknowledge has a proper influence on the mind, it makes us virt

There is much more in the original (see the Asiatic

Transactions, vol. vri., p. 357) in the same strain.
 XXXIX.

THE CHARACTER AND NUMBER OF THE BELIEVERS

IN ASTROLOGY, SINCE THE WORLD BEGAN.

The firston the list of believers, excepting always the

names ofAbraham, Moses, Daniel, and others of the sacred
writers, among the Chaldeans, was Berosus. He was a
native of Chaldea, but he passed into Greece and resided a
long time at Athens. He there signalized himself by writing
a "History of Chaldea," and by his astrological predictions ;
for which the people of Athens erected a statue in honor
to his memory, having a golden tongue. {Plin. 2, 103 Id. ;

7, 37.) His age is thought to be 268 b.c.

Now here was a man of eminence in his day, who Lived
and was honored for his astrology in Athens, a city that
had not long before known Socrates and Plato a city, the
;

glimmer of the greatness of which will never be extinct.

Yet this man was a "fool," and all his believers and ad-
mirers were " fools," according to a recent number of the
Saturday Review, which a few years since declared that all
the then seventy thousand readers of Zadkiel were "fools."
We find next, among the Persians, the honored name of
Zoroaster, who was known for his deep and acute researches
in philosophy and the study of astronomy. His followers
are still found in numbers in parts of Persia and under
;

the title of " the Parsees," in the extensive provinces of

India. Of him it is sufficient to quote M. Anquetil, who
says,under the heading of Vie de Zoroastre, p. 1, vol. 2,
" Les Grecs, les Latins et les orientaux, concourent a nous
representer Zoroastre comme un genie du premier ordre,
comme un homme extraordinaire." From first to last his
 !

304 ASTROLOGY.

teachings uphold the doctrines of the stars, from which his

title was taken.
Among the Jews we find Josephus, Aben Ezra, and Mai-
monides, the names of men which never can be forgotten,
all of whom practised and upheld the doctrine of the stars.

Aben Ezra has been rightly declared to be the most

learned of the Hebrews.
Among the Greeks we claim Thales, who was one of the
seven wise men of Greece. He was a celebrated astrono-
mer, and first calculated with accuracy a solar eclipse.
Anaxamander foretold the earthquake that overthrew La-
cedemon. He was preceptor to Socrates and Euripides.
Next we find Pythagoras. Of him we need only say that
" he perceived in the universe regularity, correspondence,
beauty, proportion, and harmony, as intentionally produced
by the Creator." In Anaxagoras we find the son of a
king, who applied himself to astronomy. He predicted
that one day a stone would from the Sun, which it is
fall

said really fell into the river iEgos. He was acquainted

with eclipses also. It is known that a very common belief
existed in astrology, as evidenced in the death of Ancseus.
He pressed one of his slaves Avith hard labor in his viue-
yard, who told him that he would never taste of the wine
therefrom. He had already the cup in his" hand, and called
the slave to convince him that he was a false prophet."Not
yet, sir," the slave replied, " for there is many a slip between
the cup and the At that
lip." very moment Ancseus was
told that a wild boarwas in the vineyard. He ran to drive
away the wild beast. He was killed in the attempt
We next find Aratus, the poetical philosopher. His
opening lines in "The Phenomena " have been well ren-
dered by Dr. Lamb.
" Let us begin from Jove. Let every mortal raise
His grateful voice to tune Jove's endless praise.
 ! — —
! ;

NUMBER OF THE BELIEVERS IN" ASTROLOGY. 305

Jove fills the heaven —the earth—the sea—the air ;

We feel his spirit moving here and everywhere.

And we his offspring are.* He, ever good,
Daily provides for man his daily food,
Ordains the seasons by his signs on high,
Studding with gems of light the azure canopy.
What time, with plough nnd spade, to break the soil,

That plenteous stores may bless the reapers' toil

What time to plant and prune the vine he shows,
And hangs the purple cluster on its boughs.
To Him —the First — the Last — homage yield,all

Our Father —Wonderful— our Help— our Shield."

We shall here quote one or two other passages from Dr.
Lamb's masterly rendering of this old astrological poet :

" Athwart the ball first rise majestic sight —

Orion's giant limbs and shoulders bright.
Who but admires him, stalking through the sky,
With diamond-studded belt, and glittering thigh ?
Nor with less ardor, pressing on his back,
The mottled Hound pursues his fiery track.
Dark are his lower parts, as wintry night
His head with burning star intensely bright.
—
Men call him " Sirius " for his blasting breath
Dries mortals up in pestilence and death."

From the " Diosemia," p. 77, we take these expressive

lines :

" No grateful sight to husbandmen appear

One or more comets with their blazing hair
Forerunners of a parch'd and barren year."

Among the ancient Egyptians we must notice the father

of all modern astrology, the famous Claudius Ptolemy.

* St. Paul read Aratus. He quoted these words before the courts of the Areopa-
gites. (See Acts 17, v. 28.) Yet this great apostle did not hint a word against the as-
trology of Aratus. How then can we believe that he disbelieved in that science ?
Think of this, O ye people
20
306 ASTROLOGY.

His work, the " Tetrabiblos," rendered by Proclus, must ever

remain a lasting monument of the great and grand truths
of astrological knowledge. It has now been in existence
nearly two thousand years. His skill in astronomy was
patent for above fourteen hundred years, during which
his doctrines were universally accepted by European and
Arabian men of science. His knowledge of geography was
equally well known.
Among the Romans we have Cicero, whose name can
never die and Nigidius Figulus, a celebrated j)hilosopher
;

and astrologer of Rome, one of the most learned men of his

age. He was intimate with Cicero. He was made praetor,
and honored with a seat in the senate. He was highly com-
mended by Cicero for his singular excellency in all parts of
learning, divine and human ; more particularly in physic
and astrology. (Vide Gic. in Timceo.) He foretold at the
birth of Octavius that he should be lord of the world (hav-
ing taken the hour of his birth). Varro and he were cer-
tainly the most learned men in the most learned age.
Gellius, 17, 7, calleth him Romance civitatis doctissimum.
We also find there Virgil, whose " Georgics " alone be-
speak the influences of the heavens, in language that can
never be confuted.
Come we next to Manilius. He was born a Roman and
lived in Rome when Rome was in her glory, and " full of

the greatest men that ever time produced." For the same
age that saw Manilius, enjoyed Varro, Lucretius, Cicero,
Csesar, Virgil, Varius, Horace, and Augustus, " whose horo-
scope was Capricorn." Here we cannot resist the induce-
ment words of Creech
to quote the " The modern philos-
:

ophers build worlds according to the models of the ancient

heathen, and Zeno is the architect."
Attention is also drawn to the well-known characters
Melanchthon, the reformer Cardan, the well-known mathe-
;
 . : .

NUMBER OF THE BELIEVERS IN ASTROLOGY. 307

matician ; Tycho Brahe, the astronomer

; Kepler, the ge-
nius who discovered the elliptical orbits of the planets
first ;

Archbishop Usher, the chronologist ; John Dryden and

Milton, poets.

LIST OF ASTROLOGERS.

The following is a list of great men who have studied

and practised astrology
Mercurius Trismegistus. James Usher, Archbishop A.D.

Zoroaster. 1580
Pythagoras. Lord Francis Bacon b. 1561
Hippocrates. Dr. Geoffry Le Neve b. 15 79
Thales. 1523
Aristotle. Philip Melanchthon b. 1497
Cicero. Bishop Robert Hall. . . . b. 1574
Socrates. 1601
Galen. Rev. John Henderson
Claudius Ptolemy, prince of the 1602
Science. George Digby,Earl of Bris-
Josephus, the Jewish historian. 1612
Polydorus Virgil. Dr. Nicholas Culpepper. 1616
A.D. 1620
844 1617
1280 SirThomas Gresham
1284 Mr. John Milton, the
Michael Nostradamus 1553
T. B. Cardan 1534 Placidus de Titus ........
1501 1628
Sir Henry Cornelius Agrip- Henry Coley 1633
1486 1654
J. Kepler, founder of the Dr. John Partridge, Phy-
Newtonian Astronomy. 1644

Sir Edward Kelly... 1550

Erasmus Rhianholdus. . . 1551 B. Paracelsus
J. B.Morinus 1583 Sir Richard Steele
Hobbs, Malmsbaria 1588
Sir Christopher Heydon... 1561 1617
308 ASTROLOGY.

Vincent Wing, Astrono- *.d. Geo. Witchell, Astronomer ad.

mer Royal, Portsmouth. ..b. 1728
Dr. Butler 1626 Dr. Ebenezer Sibley b. 1751
Robert Turner 1626 John Worsdale 1756
John Dryden, poet laure- Mr. Blake, b. November
ate 1631 28, at 7.45 p. m 1757
Mr. Flamstead, first As- J. P. Kellerman, Due de
tronomer Royal 1646 Valney 1775
Mr. John Heydon 1629 Right Hon. Wm. Pitt 1759
Sir Robert Hoi burn Dr. William Salmon
Sir K. Digby Mr. Oxley 1800
Mr. Thomas Simpson

To these may be added, French author of

Gaffarel, the
"Unheard-of Curiosities and many foreigners besides.
;
"

Surely these men could not all have been wanting in sa-
gacity so far as not to be able to detect the fact, if astrol-
ogy were all a dream ; as those only declare who have never
studied or examined If there were even one author,
it.

who could show by works that it were without the

his
foundation of sterling facts, then might we come to the
belief we are asked by men who really and in truth know
nothing about the matter to adopt. Let us reply, that the
undeviating coincidences of planetary positions are count-
ed by millions.
 .

XL.

EXPLANATION OF TERMS USED IN THIS WORK.

Abscission. — See " Frustration."

Affliction. —A planet, or the cusp
of a house, being in
evil aspect to any planet, or 6 to a malefic.
Angles. —
The four houses which commence at the points
where the O rises, culminates, sets, and arrives at mid-
night viz., the east, south, west, and north.
;

Application. —
The approaching of one planet to another,
or to the cusp of any house, either by 6 or any aspect.
Ascendant. —
The eastern horizon, or the cusp of that
house which represents the party as the cusp of the 5th ;

is the ascendant for a child of the querent.

Aspect. — The
being placed at certain distances from a
planet, or the cusp of a house as, if % be 60 degrees
;

from J) then they are both said to be in sextile aspect to

,

each other. They are found to agree exactly with the an-
gles of regular polygons which may be inscribed in a circle.

—
Barren Signs. n, Si., and nj7.
Benefics. —
The two planets U and $
Bestial Signs. — T, b, SI, t (the first half excepted),
and V?.

Besieged. —A planet being enclosed between two others.

—Falling from an angle these are the 3d, 6th,
Cadent. ;

9th, and 12th houses.

Cazimi. — The of 0, or being within 17 minutes of
hearfc
the exact longitude of © ; which is considered a strong
position, but, we think, erroneously.
Collection of Light. —When a planet receives the aspects
of any two others which are not themselves in aspect. It
 ;

810 ASTROLOGY.

denotes that the affair will be forwarded by a third person,

described by that planet ; but not unless they both receive
him in some of their dignities.
Combustion. —
The being within 8° 30' of the O, which is
said to burn up those planets near him, so that they lose
their power. It is always an evil testimony.
Common Signs. — TL, H£, t, and X-
Conjunction. —Two planets being
in the same longitude.
If they be exactly in the same degree and minute, it is a
partile conjunction, and very powerful if within the half ;

of the sum of their two orbs, it is a platic conjunction, and

less powerful.
Culminate. —To arrive at the midheaven.
Cusp. — The beginning of any house.
—
Day -house. That house ruled by any planet by day as ;

£? is the day-house of \ f of U. If the question be

;

asked by day, or while © is above the horizon, and it be

required to know what house >? rules, look for £? and ;

wherever it may be found, that is the house of \ .

Declination. —
The distance any heavenly body is from
the equator.
Decreasing in Light. —When any planet is past the 8 of
O, it decreases in light ; it is a testimony of weakness.
Decumbiture. —A lying down ; the figure erected for the
time of any person being first taken ill, and taken to their
bed.
Degree. —
The 30th part of a sign in the Zodiac ; or the
360th part of any circle.
Descendant.—The western horizon or cusp of the 7th ;

house.
Detriment. —The sign opposite the house of any planet
as $ in === is in his detriment. It is a sign of weakness,
distress, etc.
Dignities. —These are either essential or accidental. The
 EXPLANATION OF TERMS USED. 311

former are when any planet is in its own house, exaltation,

triplicity, term or fa«e the latter are, when any planet is
;

in an angle, and well aspected, not afflicted, swift in mo-

tion, increasing in light, etc. The reverse of dignities are
debilities.
Direct.—When any planet moves on in the regular order
of the signs, from f toward b , etc.

Direction. — The calculating the arc between two heav-

enly bodies, etc. It is a term chiefly used in nativities.
Dispose, Dispositor.—A. planet disposes ofany other
which may be found in its essential dignities. Thus, if ©
be in T, the house of S , then $ disposes of 0, and is said
to rule, receive, or govern him. When the dispositor of
the planet signifying the thing asked after is himself dis-
posed by the lord of the ascendant, it is a good sign. To
dispose by house is the most powerful testimony then by ;

exaltation, then triplicity, then term, and lastly, face, which

is a very weak reception.
Double-bodied Signs.
n, ?, 5€- —
—
Dragon's Head. It is thus marked, Q, and is the north
node of D or where she crosses the ecliptic into north lat-
,

itude. It is always a good symbol, denoting success, a

good disposition, etc.

Dragon's Tail. —It is thus marked, £?, and is where the

3 crosses the ecliptic into south latitude, or her south
node. It is very evil, and in all things the reverse of £2 ;

it diminishes the power of good, and increases that of evil

planets.
Earthy Signs. —8 , ^K, and Ttf , which form the earthy tri-

plicity.
Exaltation. —An essential dignity, next in power to that
of house.
Face. —The weakest of all the essential dignities.
Fall.— A. planet is in its fall when in the sign opposite to
 ,

312 ASTEOLOGY.

its exaltation. It shows a person in a weak and hopeless

state, unless the planet be well aspected.
Familiarity. —
Any kind of aspect or reception.
—
Feminine Signs. These are all the even signs, reckoning
from Aries as the 2d, 4th, 6th, 8th.
;

— V, Sir t
Fiery Signs, or Fiery Triplicity. -

Figure.—The diagram which represents the heavens at

any time ; also called a scheme or horoscope.
it is

Fortunes. — and $ and the O, D and

li ; aspecting , ,if

them, and not afflicted, are considered fortunate planets.

Fruitful Signs. — Z5, rn,, and X.
Frustration. — The cutting off or preventing anything
shown by one aspect by means of another. Thus, if $
lady of the ascendant, were hastening to the /\ of & lord ,

of the 7th, in a question of marriage, it might denote that

the match would take place ; but if £ were to form an §
of $ before $ reached her /\ of that planet, it would be a
frustration ; and would show that the hopes of the querent
would be cut and if $ were lord of the 12 th, it might
off ;

denote that would be done by a private enemy.

it

—
Horary Questions. So named from the Latin word hora,
an hour, because the time of their being asked is noted, and
the figure of the heavens for that time is taken to judge the
result. The word hora appears to be derived from the
Egyptian name for the Sun, which Herodotus informs us
was Horus or Orus ; the Hebrew or, lux, light, or day, and
oriens, eastern, all appear to have had the same origin.
The Buddhists call the Sun Hiru, which, with its Brahmini-
cal name also, appears equally to have been derived from
Egypt, the first cradle of astrology.
Horoscope. —The ascendant is sometimes so called ; but
it ismore generally a term for the figure of the heavens
used by astrologers for predicting by nativities, mundane
astrology, and horary questions.
 EXPLANATION OF TERMS USED. 313

Houses. —
The twelve divisions or compartments into
which the circle of the heavens is divided also the signs ;

in which any planet is said to have most influence.

—
Human Signs. n, ™K, £?, and the first half of / Any .

person's significator therein shows them to be of a humane

disposition.
Impedited.— This signifies .being afflicted by evil stars.
The D is impedited in the highest degree when in 6 with ©.
Joined — Being in any aspect.
to.

Increasing in Light. —When any planet is leaving ©, and

isnot yet arrived at the £ after which it decreases in light.
;

The former is a good, the latter an evil, testimony, especially

as regards the J) .

Increasing in Motion. — When any planet moves faster

than it did on the preceding day.
Inferior Planets. o $ and J) — so called because their
, , ;

orbit is inferior to that of the Earth.

Infortunes. — W, h , and & ; also $ when he is much
afflicted.

Intercepted. —
A sign which is found between the cusps of
two houses, and not on either of them.
Latitude. —
The distance any star is north or south of the
ecliptic. The never has any latitude. Latitude on the
Earth is the distance any place is north or south of the
equator.
Lights. — The O and D .

Light of Time. —The © by day and the D by night.

Longitude. — The distance any star is from the first point
of T , or beginning of the Zodiac.
Lord. —That planet whose house is occupied by any other
is said to be the lord or ruler of that other ; and if his sign
be on the cusp of any house, he is called the lord of that
house. Thus, if T ascend in any figure, $ who rules that ,

sign, is the lord of the ascendant.

 —

314 ASTROLOGY.

Masculine Signs. —They are the odd signs, viz., the 1st,
3d, 5th.
Medium —The midheaven.
Coeli.

Meridian. —The midheaven, or place where is at noon.

The opposite point, or where O is at midnight, the cusp of
the 4th house, is the meridian under the Earth.
Movable Signs. — T, and SB, ===, Itf.

Night-houses. — Those signs in which the planets are

stronger by night than by day.
Nodes. —The points where any planet crosses the ecliptic
in its path of latitude.
Order of the Houses They rank in power as follows :

1st, 10th, 7th, 4th, 11th, 5th, 9th, 3d, 2d, 8th, 6th, 12th.

Orb. —That distance round a planet to which its influence

more particularly extends. The orb of the cusp of any
house, a fixed star, or ©, is 5 degrees.
Oriental.—Planets found between the 4th house and the
midheaven, rising, are in the eastern half of the figure,
and said to be oriental. When they have passed the mid-
heaven, and until they reach the 4th again, they are occi-
dental. In nativities, the O and J) are oriental from the
1st to the 10th, and from the 7th to the 4th, and occidental
in the opposite quarters.
Peregrine. —Having no essential dignity whatever. A
planet is not reckoned peregrine that is in mutual reception
with any other.
Platic. —Any aspect which is not partile or exact, but
only within orbs, or rather within the moiety of the two
planets' orbs. As if £> be in f 10°, and D in =c= 20°, the
D is still in <? to h ; because the half of their joint
orbs being 10° 30', she still wants 30' of being clear of
his <?. ,

Querent. —The person who queries or inquires.

Quesited. —The person or thing inquired about.
 EXPLANATION OF TEEMS USED. 315

Radical.— That which belongs to the radix, or root to ; fit

be judged. ,
Reception. — The being received by any planet being in is

that planet's essential dignities ; it is a good testimony

when mutual.
Refranation. —When two planets are coming to any as-
pect, and one falls retrograde before the aspect is com-

plete, it denotes that the matter will wholly fail.

Retrograde. —When any planet is decreasing in longitude.
It is a very great debility.
Separation. —When any aspect is past, but is yet within
orbs, the planets are said to separate from each other. It
denotes that the influence is passing away.
Significator. —
The planet which is llord of the house
which rules the matter inquired after, is the significator of
the quesited ; the lord of the ascendant is the general sig-
nificator of the querent. The J) is in general his consignif-
icator.
—
Signs of Long Ascension. 25, St, irg, =a=,TT|„ £. A ^c in
them is said to have the effect of a O and a D that of a /\.
,

Signs of Short Ascension. —

Ttf, <£?, ^, f, 8 IT- A /\ is ,

said to have the effect of a ,

and a D that of a >|c.
Swift in Motion.—When a planet moves faster than its

mean motion.
Table of Houses. —These are necessary to erect a figure
of the heavens.
Term. — An essential dignity.
Testimony. —
Having any aspect or dignity, or being in
any way in operation in the figure as regards the question
asked.
Translation of Light. —
The conveying the influence of
one planet to another, by separating from the aspect of one
and going to the aspect of the other. It is a very power-
ful testimony.
316 ASTROLOGY.

Triplicity. —An essential dignity. The Zodiac is divided

into four trigons, or triplicities : the fiery ,f, Q,, f the ;

earthy, 8 , t!JZ, V3 ', the airy, n, — ,£? and the watery, Zo,
;

ttl, and }£ ; agreeing with the four elements into which the
ancients divided the whole of the natural world as follows :

THE FOUR TRIPLICITIES.

Void of Course. —Forming no aspect in the sign it is in.

When D is so, it denotes in general no success in the ques-

tion.
Watery Signs. — 23, TU, and X.
Watery Triplicity. — 55, n^, and X.

Zodiac. —A belt which surrounds the earth, about eigh-

teen degrees broad, in which the Sun and planets continu-
ally move.
 EXPLANATION OF TEEMS USED. 317

ASTRONOMICAL CHARACTERS EXPLAINED.

f Aries ® Cancer === Libra V3 Capricorn

8 Taurus Q Leo ttl Scorpio C Aquarius
n Gemini ttr Virgo # Sagittarius X Pisces

^ Saturn £ Mercury IS Uranus

2f Jupiter G Tellus (the Earth) $ Ceres
$ Mars 3) Luna Moon)
(the $ Pallas
O Sol (the Sun) Q North Node 5 Juno
? Venus y South Node g Vesta
6 Conjunction, when planets are in same sign, degree, minute, etc.
* Sextile when two signs distant. [H Quartile when three signs dis-
tant. A Trine when four signs distant. 8 Opposition when six signs
distant.

A GLOSSARY OP ASTROLOGICAL TERMS APPLICABLE TO NATIVITIES.

Affliction. —
Any planet being ill aspected, by another, or
being in an unfortunate situation, is said to be afflicted.
Airy Signs. — — and
JJ, , £?.
Ambient. —The heavens, when spoken of in a general
manner.
Angle. —The 1st, 4th, 7th, and 10th houses. When plan-
ets are therein, they are more powerful than in any oth-
er situation. Their order of strength is 10th, 1st, 7th,
4th.
Application. —
To apply. These terms mean the approach
of any planet to the body or aspect of another, or to the
cusp of any house.
Ascension, Right. —
The distance any body or point in the
heavens is from the beginning of the ecliptic, or first point
of Aries in a right sphere. It is measured upon the equa-
tor in degrees and minutes of a degree, or hours, minutes,
and seconds. It is thus abbreviated A.R.
Ascension, Oblique. If a star be not on the equator, it
will, when it rises, form an angle with that part of the
318 ASTKOLOGY.

equator which is rising at the same time, and this is called

its

Ascensional Difference. —This, added to its right ascen-

sion (A.R.), if it have south declination, but subtracted
therefrom if it have north declination, gives its oblique as-
cension.
Ascendant. — The first house, or that space between the
eastern horizon and one-third of the distance toward the
meridian under the Earth.
Benefics. —The good planets % and 9 .

Cadent. —A planet which has passed any angle, and re-

mains within one-third of its semi-arc of the cusp of that
angle. The whole space of the 3d, 6th, 9th, and 12th
houses.
Circles of Position. —An astronomical term used in calcu-
lating the polar elevation of any planet. They are small
circles bearing the same relation to the meridian circle
which the parallels of latitude do to the equator.
—
Combust. Being within about 8 J degrees of the O, when
the planet loses part of its power (owing to the burning
qualities of ©), which is transferred to that luminary. If
the planet have great latitude, the © has not much power
on it beyond the distance of 7 degrees.
Converse Motion is that which is caused by the diurnal
rotation of the Earth on its axis, which makes the © and D
appear to rise, approach the meridian, set, etc. It applies
particularly to the © and J) when they are carried toward
the promittors or their aspects.
Cusp. —The beginning of any house. Thus the eastern
horizon is the cusp of the 1st house ; and the meridian,
where the © is at noon, is the beginning or cusp of the
10th house.
Declination. —The distance any body is north or south of

the equator. The © never has more than 23° 28' of dec-
 ;

EXPLANATION OF TERMS USED. 319

which is when he is in one of the tropics, and is

lination,
caused by the pole of the Earth being inclined from the
plane of the Earth's»orbit.
Descension. —The going down of any body from the me-
ridian above to that below the Earth ; for though the O is
lost sight of at sunset, he still descends till he reaches the
meridian at midnight.
Descension, Oblique. —The reverse of oblique Ascension
(which see).

Descendant— The 7th house, or that space from the west-

ern horizon to one-third of the distance toward the merid-
ian above the Earth.
Direction. —The measuring the space between the bodies
or aspects of any two planets, or that between any two
parts of the heavens, to ascertain at what period of life the
promised effect will appear. This distance is a certain
number of degrees of the A.R. of the Sun, which, when he
has passed over, the direction is complete. It is called the
Arc of Direction.
Direction, Secondary. —The aspects
formed by the Moon
in the days immediately succeeding the birth. Each day
between the birth and the time the aspect is formed is
equal to one exact year of life thus, if the D form a good
;

aspect with U, exactly 21 days after birth, the native will

feel its effects just about his 21st birthday.
Direct Motion. —This is in reality converse motion, but is

so called to distinguish the case of the promittors being

carried toward the bodies or aspects of the Sun or Moon,
which directions are considered somewhat less powerful
than those by converse motion.
Diurnal Arc is the length of time that part of the heav-
ens in which any planet is at birth is above the Earth
and it is usually measured in degrees.
Earthy Signs, —
b "K, and Y3.
,
320 ASTROLOGY.

—
Equation of Time. Owing to the irregular motion of the
Earth round the Sun, this latter body docs not always come
to the meridian exactly 24 hours after its last passage over
that point but as all calculations in the old Ephemeres of
;

the places of the planets are made for the time the Sun was
on the meridian (or apparent noon), the watch sometimes
was several minutes before or after noon at that moment.
This difference between the apparent noon, or that shown
by the Sun, being on the meridian, and the mean noon, or
that shown by a correct watch, is the Equation of Time,
which is the angular distance in time between the mean
and the true Sun. The amount to be added to, or taken
from, the time shown by the watch is given for every 6th
day in the Ephemeris. If the Ephemeris says, " clock be-
fore Sun," then take the time mentioned from the time of
birth ; but if it say, " clock after Sun," then add the time
mentioned (which is the equation of time) to the time of
birth, as shown by the watch. —
Example. The Ephemeris
gives the equation of time for November 1, 1840, " clock
slow 16m. 17s. " hence, if the time of birth by a watch
;

were the 1st of November, 1840, at 6 p.m. the apparent time

of birth would be 6h. 16m. 17s. p.m., to which time all the
planets' places, and the figure of the heavens, must be cal-
culated.
Fiery Signs T, SI, and f .

—
Figure of the Heavens. A map or picture of the heavens
as they exist at the moment anyone is born showing the
;

points of the Zodiac rising, setting, and on the meridian ;

also those on the cusp of each house, and the situations of

the planets.
Houses. —The divisions of the heavens which form ( >|c, d ,

or /\) aspects with the meridian or ascendant or, in other

;

words, those spaces which show the one-third part of any

planet's semi-arc, either above or below the horizon. They
 ;

EXPLANATION OF TERMS USED. 321

are also portions of oblique ascension, consisting of 30 de-

grees each, or one-twelfth part of the whole circle of 360
degrees, being thus e%ch equal to one sign of the Zodiac
and, like them, they are twelve in number, and are reck-
oned from the eastern horizon toward the left hand, in the
order of the signs, the ascendant being the 1st house.
Hyleg. —
That body or point which is the giver of life.
—
Hylegiacal Places. The 1st house, from 5 degrees above
to 25 degrees below its cusp the 7th house, from 5 de-
;

grees below to 25 degrees above its cusp the 9th house, ;

from 5 degrees outside its cusp to half way between the

midheaven and the ascendant.
Ingress. —
A transit over the place the ©, D M. C, or ,

asc. has arrived at in the Zodiac.

Latitude, on the Earth, is the distance of any place north
or south of the equatorial line ; in the heavens, it is the
distance of any body north or south of the ecliptical line.
Longitude, on the Earth, is the distance of any place east
or west of Greenwich ; in the heavens, it is the distance of
any body from the first point of the Zodiac T, 0° 0', meas-
ured on the ecliptic.
Lights of Luminaries. 5 —The © or .

Lunation. —The 6 , and D also the length

, or <? of © ;

of time in which D appears to move round the Earth the ;

time from new Moon to new Moon.

Malefics. —
W, \ and $. ,

M. C. or Medium Goeli, or Midheaven. The meridian —

above the Earth.
Meridian. —That point which is always south (where © is

at noon) is the meridian above the Earth and that point

;

which is always north (where © is at midnight) is the me-

ridian below the Earth.
Meridian Distance. —The distance any body is by A. E.
from the meridian.
322 ASTROLOGY.

Moderator.—The Q, D, M. C, or ®, because each

asc.,

acts in a mode
peculiar to itself.

Nocturnal Arc. — The length of time any point in the

heavens is below the Earth, from its setting till it rises
again. It is usually turned into degrees.
Node. — That part of the ecliptic where a planet passes
out of north into south latitude is its south node ; that
where it north node.
goes into north latitude is its

Oriental Occidental. —
From the 4th house eastward to
the 10th is oriental and from the 10th westward to the
;

4th is occidental. But O or D are oriental between the

1st and 10th and its opposite quarter, and are occidental
between the 10th and 7th and its ojjposite quarter.
Parallels, in the Zodiac, are equal distances from the
equator, or having the same declination, whether of the
same name or the opposite. In the world, they are equal
distances from the meridian, in proportion to the semi-arcs
of the planets which form them.
—
Polar Elevation or Pole. The pole of a country is its lat-
itude that of body in the heavens is a certain elevation
;

from the meridian toward the horizon. The word "pole "
has caused some confusion it is merely an abbreviation;

for "polar elevation."

Promittor. —
The planets #, J? 2/, $, 9, and 8. If ,

O or D are directed to each other, the one directed to

may be termed a promittor so if ©, Asc, or M. C, be ;

directed to © or D these become promittors, because they

,

promise the event.

Radical ; Radix. —The figure at birth is the radix or root
from which everything is judged ; and the term radical
refers to it.

—
Rapt Parallel. Parallels formed by the motion of the
Earth on its axis, where both bodies are rajDt or carried
away by the same until they come to equal distances from
the meridian.
 EXPLANATION OF TERMS USED. 323

Rectification. — The correcting the supposed time of birth,

to find the true time.
Retrograde The backward motion which the planets ap-
pear to have sometimes, in consequence of the position
and motion of the Earth.
Revolution. —
The moving round the © by the Earth,
which makes the © appear to revolve and return to his
place at birth once a year ; very near the time of birth.
Semi-arc. — The half the arc a planetwould form above
the Earth if it remained fixed in the Zodiac from the time
of its rising until that of its setting, is called its semi-arc
diurnal. The half of the arc it would, in like circum-
stances, form under the Earth from its setting until its
rising, is called its semi-arc nocturnal. If a planet were to

be on the midheaven, and not to move out of its place in

the Zodiac, it would set, and then descend to the north
meridian in exactly 12 sidereal hours, because the Earth is
12 such hours in turning half round consequently what-
;

ever time the planet took in going from the midheaven to

the horizon, if that time be taken from 12 hours, it would
show the time it takes to go from the horizon to the merid-
ian below the Earth. Hence, if we know the length of a semi-
arc, by deducting it from 180 degrees (which are half the cir-
cle), we have the other semi-arc of that part of the heavens.
Separation. —When an aspect is past, the planets are
said to be separating from that aspect and observe, that
;

in a nativity the influence of any aspect to the moderators

is more powerful if it be a few (4 or 5) degrees past, than

if it be not yet formed.

Sidereal Time is the angular distance of the first point

of Aries, or the true vernal equinox. It is of course the
true right ascension on the meridian at mean noon, or that
shown by a good clock.
Significator. —
That body or point which is directed, as it
signifies the nature of the direction's influence.
324 ASTROLOGY.

Succedent. —Those houses which lie between the angular

and cadent houses, viz., 2d, 5th, 8th, and 11th, and planets
in them.
Superiors and Inferiors. —
# , ^ 2/ and $ , are called
, ,

the former, being beyond the Earth and $ and $ are

;

called the latter, being between the Earth and the Sun.
The former are far more powerful and durable, in general,
in their effects.
Transits. — These are the passing over the place of any
moderator or planet, or their aspects, either in the radix
or revolution, by any other body.
Watery Signs. —
5£, Til, and }£.

A DESCBIPTION AND TABLE OF THE TWELVE HOUSES.

 EXPLANATION OF TERMS USED. 325

1st. —This influences the person, health, and character

of the native. Good* planets show a good constitution and
benevolent disposition ; evil planets the reverse.
2d. —Influences in some degree the property of the native.
If good planets be there, they assist to give wealth, ac-
cording to their nature evil planets the reverse.
;

3d. —This influences the native's journeys, brethren, or

near relations.
4th. —
This influences the native's father, his property
in land or houses, and his inheritance.
5th. —This affects his children, and the good or evil they
may receive thereby.
6th. — Shows sickness and disease.
7th. — This has influence on the house of marriage.
— This points out, in part, the house of death.
8th.
—This has something to do with distant voyages,
9th.
and pursuits in science, law, and religion.
10th. —This has much influence on honor or and credit,
on trade, profession, or employment.
11th. — This house will show the character of his friends,
whether true or false.

12th. — This the house of private enemies, and accord-

is

ing to the quality of planets therein will the native meet

with persons to do them injury or secret mischief.

THE ALPHABET.

This consists of twelve characters, which represent the

twelve Signs of the Zodiac ; they are these :

Northern. Southern.

¥ Aries. ® Cancer =a= Libra. V3 Capricorn.

8 Taurus. Q Leo. Til Scorpio. & Aquarius.
n Gemini. Tin. Virgo. # Sagittary. x Pisces'.
326 ASTROLOGY.

Also of eight others, which represent the Planets, as fol-

lows :

}g. Herschel. O Sol, the Sun.

t? Saturn. 9 Venus.
U Jupiter. £ Mercury.
S Mars. D Luna, the Moon.

And five others, which represent the Aspects, or positions

which these planets bear to each other, as follows :

6 when two planets are in the same place.

Conjunction, or
% Sexttte,when they are 60 degrees or two signs apart.
or
Q Square, or when they are 90 degrees or three signs apart.
A Trine, or when they are 120 degrees or four signs apart.
S Opposition, or when they are 180 degrees or six signs asunder.

There are also some called the new aspects ; they were
discovered by the great Kepler, one of the ablest astrolo-
gers of modern date, and are as follows : — The Serni-Sextile,
or 30 degrees ; the Semi-Square, or 45 degrees ; Sesqui-
quadrate, or 135 degrees and the Quintile, or 72 degrees
;
;

and Biquintile, or 144 degrees. The power of these is not

so great as that of the old aspects. The Moon's nodes are
—
thus marked ^ north, y south. Lastly, there is another
character, which is called the Part of Fortune, ©.
There is a very remarkable peculiarity in the angles
which form both the old and new aspects. The fact is,
that every astrological aspect forms the exact angle, or
supplemental angle, of a regular polygon, which may be
inscribed in a circle.

A TABLE OF THE ASPECTS AND THE POLYGONS WHOSE ANGLES

THEY MEASURE.

30 degrees. A semi-sextile, the supplemental angle of a

regular duodecagon, or figure of twelve sides.
 EXPLANATION OF TEEMS USED. 327

45 degrees. A semi-square, the supplemental angle of a

regular octagon, or |igure of eight sides.
60 degrees. A sextile, the angle of a regular triangle, or
figure of three sides.
72 degrees. A quintile, the supplemental angle of a reg-
ular pentagon, or figure of five sides.
90 degrees. A square, the angle of a regular quadrangle,
or figure of four sides.
120 degrees. A trine, the angle of a regular hexagon, or
figure of six sides.
135 degrees. A sesquiquadrate, the angle of a regular
octagon, or figure of eight sides.
144 degrees. A biquintile, the angle of a regular decagon,
or figure of ten sides.
180 degrees. The opposition, the amount of two right
angles, which is the sum of the three angles of every triangle.
The signs are not bodies, but spaces of 30 degrees each,
and divide the ecliptic, or apparent tracks of the planets
round the Earth, into twelve equal parts and the measure- ;

ment of both this circle and the equator begins where they
cross each other as the Sun ascends northward, conse-
quently, we measure the distance from this point, called
the vernal equinox or first point of Aries, on the ecliptic,
and call it longitude. If a star be a little north or south
of the ecliptic or Sun's apparent track, we call the distance
from the ecliptic latitude. The longitude of the stars is
measured by signs and degrees but on the equator by
;

degrees only, which is called right ascension, and their

distances from the equator are called declination.
The learner should practise writing the characters, and be-
come well acquainted with the signs which are opposite to
each other.
328 ASTROLOGY,

A TABLE TO TURN TIME INTO DEGREES AND MINUTES, OR TO

TURN DEGREES AND MINUTES INTO TIME.

Deg. H. M. Deg. H. M. Deg. H. M. Deg. H. M. Deg. H. M. Deg. H. H.

Min. M. S. Min. 11. S. Min M. 3. Min. M. S. Min. M. 8. Min. M. S.

1 0. 4 31 2. 4 61 4. 4 91 6. 4 121 8. 4 151 10. 4

2 0. 8 32 2. 8 62 4. 8 92 6. 8 122 8. 8 152 10. 8
3 0.12 33 2.12 63 4.12 93 '

6.12 123 8.12 153 10.12

4 0.16 34 2.16 64 4.16 94 6.16 124 8.16 154 10 16
5 0.20 35 2.20 65 4.20 95 6.20 125 8.20 155 10.20
6 0.24 36 2.24 66 4.24 96 6.24 126 8.24 156 10.24
7 0.28 37 2.28 67 4.28 97 \ 6.28 127 8.28 157 10.28
8 0.32 38 2.32 68 4.32 98! 6.32 128 8.32 158 10.32
9 0.36 39 2.36 69 4.36 99 6.36 129 8.36 150 10.36
10 0.40 40 2.40 70 4.40 100 6.40 130 8.40 160 10.40

11 0.44 41 2.44 71 4.44 101 6.44 131 8.44 161 10.44

12 0.48 42 2.48 72 4.48 102 6.48 132 8.48 162 10.48
13 0.52 43 2.52 73 4.52 103 6 52 133 8.52 163 10.52
14 0.56 44 2.56 74 4.56 104 6.56 134 8.56 164 10.56
15 1. 45 3. 75 5. 105 7. 135 9. 165 11.
16 1. 4 46 3 4 76 5. 4 106 7. 4 136 9. 4 166 11. 4
17 1. 8 47 3. 8 77 5. 8 107 7. 8 137 9. 8 167 11. 8
18 1.12 43 3.12 78 5.12 108 7.12 138 9.12 168 11.12
19 1.16 49 3.16 79 5.16 109 7.16 139 9 16 169 11.16
20 1.20 50 3.20 80 5.20 110 7.20 140 9 20 170 11 20

21 1.24 51 3 24 81 5.24 111 7.24 141 9.24 171 11.24

22 1.28 52 3.28 82 5.28 112 7.28 142 9.28 172 11.28
23 1.32 53 3.32 83 5.32 113 7 32 143 9.32 173 11.32
24 1.36 54 3.36 84 5.36 114 7.36 144 9.36 174 11.36
25 1.40 55 3.40 85 5.40 115 7.40 145 9.40 175 11.40
26 1.44 56 3.44 86 5.44 116 7.44 146 9.44 176 11.41
27 1.48 57 3.48 87 5.48 117 7.48 .147 9.48 177 11.48
28 1.52 58 3.52 88 5.52 118 7.52 148 9 52 178 11.52
29 1.56 59 3.56 89 5.56 119 7.56 149 9.56 179 11.56
30 2. 60 4. 90 6. 120 8. 150 10. 180 12.

Explanation of the Table to turn Degrees and Minutes into Time or

the Reverse.

—
Mule to turn Degrees into Time. Look in the column marked
deg. min. for the number of degrees required, and opposite to them,
in the next column to the right hand, will be the hours and minutes.
Ruleturn Minutes of a Degree into Time. Look in the column
to —
marked deg. min. for the number of minutes required, and opposite
 .. — A

EXPLANATION OF TERMS USED. 329

to then), in the next column to the right hand, will be the minutes
—
and seconds of time. N.B. If the degrees are above 180, take that
number from them, and rind the time for the remainder; then to
that time add 12 hours.
—
Example. What is the time answering to 49 degrees and 27 min-
utes ? The number opposite 49 degrees is

3h 16 m 0"

The number opposite 27 minutes is 1 48

Answer 3 17 48

Rule to turn Time into Degrees, etc. — Look opposite the required
hours and minutes for the degrees in the column before it ; and if the
time be minutes and seconds, that column will show minutes of a
degree.

Aspects between the Signs.

Signs in

Sextile. Square. Trine. Opposition.

T Aries TT /wv
25 V? a t =fe

8 Taurus 25 X a x? m yj m
n Gemini. . . . a t m x =^= ^ *
25 Cancer m « -= T "L X >5
SI Leo =*= n ni 8 * T ,£?
njj Virgo "l 25 * n V5 8 X
=2= Libra t si yj 25 z? n T
n\_Scorpio. . . .
vs m ^ a X 25 8
f Sagittarius £? === x ^ t a n
V3 Capricorn. X i\ T =a= 8 TT}7 25
£? Aquarius . T f 8 til n == a
X Pisces 8 v? n t 25 TT1,
^
backward in he heavens.
1 D. Direct, or forward.

Explanation of the Aspects. — Conjunction. — A planet is in conjunc-

tion with another when both have the same longitude. Sextile. —
planet is said to be in sextile with another when their difference of
longitude is 60 degrees. Quartile. —Two heavenly bodies are in
330 ASTROLOGY.

quartile aspect when their difference of longitude is 90 degrees.

Trine. — Two heavenly bodies are in trine aspect when their differ-
ence of longitude is 120 degrees. Opposition. — Two heavenly bodies
are in mutual opposition when their difference of longitude is 180
degrees (half the circle). Two bodies are in parallel declination when
their declinations are the same, whether north or south. There are
minor aspects, viz., the differencesof longitude of 30 degrees, 36
degrees, 45 degrees, 72 degrees, 135 degrees, and 144 degrees. The
sextile and trine are benefic, the quartile and opposition are malefic as-

pects. The conjunction and parallel declination vary in nature, ac-

cording to the natures of the planets. The 45 degrees and 135 de-
grees of the minor aspects are malefic, the rest are benefic. The
—
minor aspects were suggested by Kepler. From ZadkieVs Almanac,
published by Glen & Co., 328 Strand, W. C, London, England.
Price, twelve cents.

Raphael's tables of houses.

Latitude.

For Glasgow 55° 53' N.

Liverpool 53° 25' N.

Birmingham ,
52° 28' N.

London 51° 32' N.

All places in 45° 0' N.

New York 40° 43' N.

All places in 37° 0' N.
Calcutta 22° 33' N.

Madras 13° 4' N.

These tables of houses are serviceable for all places in

or near these latitudes and in any part of the world, and
can be purchased at 4 Pilgrim Street, London, E. C, Eng-
land. Price, twenty-five cents.
 INDEX

A ship, her safety and destruction, Chronological periods, 26

101 Chronology, 17
Affinities, spiritual, 171 Colors of the planets and signs, 100
Aids to the foretelling of the weather, Considerations before judgment, 125
298 Cosmogony, 30
An historical Review, 1 Countries ruled by the twelve signs,
Ancient god Saturn, 38 261
Ancient Zodiac of Thebes, 72 Creation of the world, 30
Aquarius, 245
Aries, 247 Days of the week, origin of, 8
Art of measuring time, 17 planets ruling the, 138
Aspects and their character, 279 Description of persons, 273
Aspects, of the, 82 in the twelve signs, 177
Astrologers, character and number Destiny, 46
of, 303 Destruction of a ship, 101
list of, 303 Disease under signs of the Zodiac,
Astrological aspect, rationale of, 115 273
Astrological hints to farmers, 294 Disposition under signs of the Zo-
Astrology and medicine, 111 diac, 273
principles on which founded, 115 Dragon's head and tail, 77
Astronomical problems, 1 57
Effect of aspects between signin-
Buddhist planets, 62 cators, 205
Effects of direction, 228
Cali, the Goddess, 301 Elementary motions of the twelve
Cancer, 250 signs, 135
Capricornus, 257 Eleusinian mysteries, 67
Character and number of astrologers, Erecting a figure of the heavens, 80
303 Essential dignity of the planets, 122
Character, aspects and their, 279 Explanation of terms used in this
Characters of the planets, 279 work, 309
331
332 INDEX
Farmers, astrological hints to, '204 Marriage, how the parties shall agree
Figure, the true time of erecting, 132 after, 105
of the heavens, 80 richesand advantages of, 286
Fixed stars, nature and effect of, 271 richesand good fortune of, 290
Form of body, stature, and general of women, 289
character of wife or husband, 291 signs of late, 287, 290
Formulas, trigonometrical, 157 Mars, 143
Fortune, the part of, 242 in the twelve signs, 183
of marriage, 285 Medicine, astrology and, 111
Members of body the planets influ-
Gemini, 249 ence, 155
Goddess Cali, 301 Mercury, 147
Greek mythologists, 62 Months and weeks, 53
Moon, 148
Head and tail, the dragon's, 77 in the twelve signs, 198
Heavens, erecting a figure of the, 80 as she passes through the signs of
the, 71 the Zodiac, 259
Horary inquiries, 150 Moon's aspect in the heavens, 153
Horoscopes, instructions in making, Mysteries, Eleusinian, 67
173 Mythologists, Greek, 62
Houses, the twelve, 86
How the parties shall agree after Nature and effect of fixed stars, 271
marriage, 105 of the twelve houses, 86
Husband, form of body, etc., 291 of the planets, 223
planetary influences on, 282
Instructions in making horoscopes, Neptune, 152
173
Inquiries, horary, 150 Observations, final, 244
on the effects of direction, 228
Jews, Sabbath of the, 57 and predictions, 101
Judgment, considerations before, 125 Of the aspects, 82
Jupiter, 141 Origin of the days of the week, 8
in the twelve signs, 180
Part of fortune, 242
Kronos, or Saturn, 38 Parts of ship ruled by signs, 103
Periods, chronological, 26
Land, when to sell, 281 Persons, description of, 273
Lawsuits, rules for judging, 280 Pisces, 246
and their successes, 103 Planetary influences on Nature, 282
Leo, 251 Planet, Neptune, 152
Libra, 253 Planets, the, 71
Losing testimony, 280 Buddhist, 62
and their significations, 93
Marriage, 283 characters of, 279
fortunes of, £85 in their own houses, 140
 INDEX 333

Planets, ruling the seven days of the Sickness and length of time before
week, 188 recovery, 107
that hinder the thing .demanded, Signification of the twelve houses, 86
133 Significations, the planets and their,
the essential dignity of the, 122 93
the nature of the, 223 Significator, what is it ? 128
Polygon, first regular, 117 Significators, effects of the aspects
second regular, 118 between the, 20.j
third regular, 119 Signs, countries ruled by the twelve,
Predictions, observations and, 101 261
Preferment, 268 the elementary motions of the
Principles of wisdom on which as- twelve, 135
trology is founded, 115 parts of ship ruled by, 103
Problems, astronomical, 157 of the Zodiac ruling the months,
Professions, 268 245
Property, when to sell, 281 of late marriage, 290
the colors of the planets and, 100
Querent, what is it ? 128 of late marriage, 287
Quesited, what is it ? 128 of the Zodiac, 74
Questions, the seventh house and its, Saturn in the twelve, 177
264 Jupiter in the twelve, 130
the tenth house and its, 268 Mars in the twelve, 183
the sun in the twelve, 187
Rationale of the Astrological as- Venus in the twelve, 191
pect, 115 Mercury in the twelve, 195
Remain in office or not, 269 the moon in the twelve, 198
Review, an historical, 1 Specific rules, 229
Riches and advantages in marriage, Spiritual affinities, 171
286 Sun, 144
and good fortune by marriage, 290 in the twelve signs, 187
Rules for judging lawsuits, 280 Sun's motion in the Zodiac, 75
of moon's aspect in the heavens,
153 Table of essential dignities of the
planets, 124
Sabbath of the Jews, Saturn and Tail, the dragon's head and, 77
the, 57 Taurus, 248
Safety of a ship, 101 Temperament under signs of the Zo-
Sagittarius, 255 diac, 273
*
Saturn, 140 Tenth house and its questions, 268
and the Sabbath of the Jews, 57 Terms, explanation of, 309
the ancient god, 38 Testimony, losing, 280
in the twelve signs, 177 winning, 280
Scorpio, 254 Thing demanded, will it be brought
Seventh house and its questions, to perfection ? 12S
264 Time, art of measuring, 17
334 INDEX
Time of erecting a figure, 132 Women, marriage of, 289
Trade, 268 World, creation of the, 30
Trigonometrical problems, 157
Twelve signs, description of persons Years, climacteric, 120
in the, 177
Zodiac, disposition under signs of,
273
Venus, 146
disease under signs of, 273
in the twelve signs, 191
temperament under signs of, 273
Virgo, 251
ancient, of Thebes, 72
diagram of sun's motion in the,
Weather, aids to the foretelling of 75
the, 298 the signs of the, 74
When to sell land or property, 281 signs of, ruling the months, 245
Wife, form of body, etc., 291 moon as she passes through signs
Winning testimony, 2S0 of, 259

^6
7?
A.